2014-2015
Ground Floor,
Fax : (080) 2286 1078
2. A-25, Mohan Co-operative Rajgarh Main Road,
Industrial Estate, Mathura Road, 12. No. 36/2178, Syda Building, 2nd Floor, Opp. City Heart Nursing Home,
New Delhi - 110 044. Kaloor Kadavanthra Road, Kaloor, Guwahati - 781 007.
Tel : (011) 2699 0028 / 29 / 30, 3990 2200 Kochi 682 017. Tel : (0361) 245 8498
Fax : (011) 2699 0047 Tel : (0484) 234 2921, 658 0921
Fax : (0484) 233 3921 21. 94, Udham Singh Sarani,
3. Bhakta Towers, 2nd & 3rd Floor,
Plot No. KB 22, Salt Lake, Sector - 3, 13. B-15, Thirumalai Towers, Ground Floor,
Kolkata - 700 098. IV-D, Fourth Floor, Ashrampara,
Tel : (033) 4021 3535 / 36 723, Avanashi Road, Siliguri - 734 001.
Fax : (033) 4021 3537 Coimbatore 641 018. Tel : 94341 91635 / 98009 77780
Tel : (0422) 650 2728, 222 3634 / 0283
4. 34, 3rd Floor, Kalpataru Square, 22. Aparna Towers,
Fax : (0422) 222 3164
Kondivita Road, Off Andheri-Kurla Road, 1st Floor,
Andheri (East), 14. Plot No.95, II Floor, Shreyash Heights,
2/3, Bypass Road,
Mumbai - 400 059. Ramdas Peth, VIP Road,
Madurai 625 010.
Tel : (022) 3385 6200 Nagpur - 440 010.
Fax : (022) 3385 6201 Telefax : (0452) 230 8414
Tel : (0712) 662 7857 / 58
Fax : (0712) 662 7859
5. Gee Gee Universal, 23. 404, Eshwar Plaza,
8th Floor, Door No. 2, 18/1 & 18/2, 15. 204-205, Megapolis Square, Dwaraka Nagar,
Catalogue
McNichols Road, Chetput, 579, M G Road, Main Road,
Chennai 600 031. Indore - 452 001. Vishakhapatnam 530 020.
MC14-15/10000/05/2015
Tel : (044) 3024 7200, 2836 4165 / 67 / 68 Tel : (0731) 393 1650 / 51 / 52
2014
Tel : (0891) 663 5652
Fax: (044) 2836 4169 Fax : (0731) 393 1653 Fax : (0891) 663 9363
6. 205-208, 2nd Floor, Block - II, 16. MF-2, Dattas Lords House,
White House, Kundan Bagh, Begumpet, Jammi Chettu Street, 24. Plot No. 359,
2015
Hyderabad 500 016. Vijayawada 520 010. Saheed Nagar, 2nd Floor,
Tel : (040) 2341 4398 / 67, 4567 1717 Tel : (0866) 661 1393, 664 6393 Bhubaneswar - 751 007.
Fax : (040) 6636 6974 Fax : (0866) 669 9393 Tel : (0674) 254 0623
customer.care@legrand.co.in
Building trust Sharing the Understanding
with 36,000 legacy of a you through
employees 4.5 billion euros 1,70,000
turnover in the products
year 2013
The only company manufacturing low voltage electrical equipments complying to all the
important world standards.
The group designs and manufactures over 98 product families comprising of 1,70,000
products annually, with due emphasis on high performance, simplified installation and user
convenience.
Every year, Legrand invests 4.7% of its global turnover on Research and development activities
involving over 1800 people worldwide.
Partnering you
with more than
4600 active Legrand
patents
a global edifice
Legrand is global specialist in electrical and digital
building infrastructures. The Groups headquarter
is based at Limoges, France. Legrand (India),
the leaders in Miniature Circuit Breakers, RCDs
and Distribution Boards in India, is the indian
subsidiary of Legrand group. The Group services
the needs of residential, commercial, hospitality
and industrial sectors.
NORTH
EAST
WEST
SOUTH
Accenture - Chennai Nokia - Siemens Network - Chennai Plaza Reality - Green Acres - Chennai
CENTRAL
Power
Power, Protection, Isolation, Controlling,
accessorries 1600
Protection, Isolation,
Controlling, Signalling
P. 146 P. 147 P. 184
and Metering Contactors EMDX Lexic Railway
electrical MCBs
energy meters
046 74
P. 210 P. 210 P. 211
SPN DBs ETPN DBs 7 segment
607715
DBs
607825
607725
Ekinoxe TM
607835
607810
607820 607840
607747
P. 240-243 P. 243-245 P. 246-247
Mechanical Push-buttons, Automatic switches,
Wiring Devices for ArteorTM
4
P. 50 P. 54-55 P. 56-57 P. 58
DRX 100 DPX/DPX DPX 160 DPX 250
MCCBs electrical MCCBs thermal magnetic
characteristics MCCBs
P. 74-77 P. 78-79
DPX Ekinoxe
auxiliaries TPN DBs
for DPX and DPX-I
607835
C16
100A
607750 607780
607755
607760 607790
P. 213 607875
P. 216 P. 216
P17 Tempra Metal One Way Cable End Box,
Plug and Socket Enclosures Meter Box and
DBs PPI Kit
607745
607870 607885 607881
P. 351
Anti-bacterial
switches
P. 359
Flush mounting &
surface mounting
boxes
(Contd....)
5
Wiring Devices
for MosaicTM &
mylincTM
P. 378 P. 378-379 P. 380
Wiring Devices for Mylinc
Switches and
Mylinc Dimmers &
Regulators, sockets
White
Modular
MylincTM accissories and power units plates
Management
Lighting
Lighting
Lighting Management
systems
P. 577
Security &
Safety
Video Door
Security Entry kits
6
P. 452-458 P. 473-479 P. 481-484
Snap-on DLP-U PVC Aluminium
trunking & Aluminium snap-on column
Trunking system
P. 570 P. 571
Lighting management Lighting
sensors for multi- management
circuit ceiling sensors for
mounted controllers controllers
P. 594
Metra
plugs and
sockets
7
alphabetical list
A B
Control mechanisms -
ArteorTM Radio / Zigbee................................302
Access control - ArteorTM. ............................ 247 Battery for temperature control central unit - Control mechanisms (Receiver) -
ArteorTM BUS/SCS......................................... 315 ArteorTM Radio / Zigbee................................ 301
Access master box.......................................403
Bell indicator - MyriusTM................................348 Copper/fiber optic converter unit - LCS2......511
Accessories for
Blank module - ArteorTM................................ 261 Cord outlet - ArteorTM.................................... 261
19" - LCS2. .............................................. 528
Blanking cover plate Cover plate
ArteorTM...................................................265 Indian standard - ArteorTM............................ 261
Round version - mirror - ArteorTM........... 287
ArteorTM home networks.........................334 Blanking plate for
Round version -
ArteorTM BUS/SCS..................................300 brushed metal - ArteorTM........................289
MyriusTM..................................................350
Cat.6 - LCS2............................................496 Round version -
MylincTM. ................................................. 379
DMX3 - 2500/4000/6300.......................... 26 signature - ArteorTM. ............................... 291
BUS alarm module - ArteorTM. ...................... 287
Enclosure - LCS2. ................................... 547 Round version - tatto - ArteorTM..............286
BUS cable - ArteorTM. ................................... 320
LCS2........................................................496 Square & round version -
BUS cord - ArteorTM...................................... 320 neutral - ArteorTM. ........................... 284-285
MCCBs 100A - DRX................................. 50
BUS meter with memory - ArteorTM. ............. 329 Square version - mirror - ArteorTM.......... 287
MPCBs - Lexic........................................ 185
BUS power supply - Arteor ........................ 311
TM
Square version -
MylincTM. ................................................. 376 brushed metal - ArteorTM........................289
Buzzer - Myrius ..........................................348
TM
Aluminium snap-on columns........................ 481 Cables for telephone networks cat.3........... 513 Detectors - ArteorTM BUS/SCS...................... 317
Ammeter & voltmeter - Lexic........................ 198 Cabling units - LCS2. .................................... 525 Digital time switch - Alpharex - DX3. ............ 145
Amplifiers - ArteorTM BUS/SCS..................... 319 Central unit for Dimmer & regulator
8
DPX3 / DPX electrical charactersitics.............54 Finishing plates for empty power & Data, audio & video sockets -
data desk grommets.....................................440 round version - ArteorTM......................... 253
DPX3 160 equipment and
mounting accessories.................................... 57 Fixed runners - LCS2. ...................................492 Data, audio & video sockets -
square version - ArteorTM. ...................... 252
DPX3 160 thermal magnetic............................ 56 Fixed shelves - LCS2..................................... 529
Electronic chime - ArteorTM. ................... 251
Drawout version - Fiexed version - DMX3.................................... 28
DMX3 - 2500/4000/6300................................ 28 Key fob - ArteorTM................................... 250
Flexy DBs - Ekinoxe...................................... 214
DX3 MCBs...............................................136-140 Key fob switch - ArteorTM........................ 250
Floor boxes & under floor boxes..................264
DX3 isolators.................................................. 141 Lighting, electric roller blind & curtain
Floor parts - Soluflex cable floor system......408 control - round version - ArteorTM........... 249
DX3 RCCBs.................................................... 141
Flush box - MylincTM......................................383 Lighting, electric roller blind & curtain
DX3 RCBO..................................................... 142 control - Square version - ArteorTM. ....... 249
Flush box - ArteorTM...................................... 262
DX3 RCD........................................................ 143 Shaver socket - ArteorTM. ....................... 250
Flush mounting box - LCS ...........................446
2
I
DX time swtich............................................. 145
3
Flush-mounting boxes for
installation in concrete floors........................436
DX3 contactors.............................................. 146
Free standing cabinets - LCS2. ....................536 Illuminated lighting unit - ArteorTM................ 247
DX3 modular DIN - rail products................... 178
Indian & Euro - US
combined socket outlet - ArteorTM................ 255
9
L
Mobile scenario controller - ArteorTM. ..........299 Phase selector TPN DBs - Ekinoxe............... 212
M
Motor Starter - white - MyriusTM....................350 Power strip pre-wired - ArteorTM................... 255
Motor starter - black - MyriusTM. ...................356 Power supply - ArteorTM home networks......335
Manageable WI-FI access points
Multifunction sleeves - Plexo3....................... 232 Power supply - ArteorTM BUS/SCS............... 318
802.11a & b/g - LCS2. ................................... 514
Manageable WI-FI access points Multistandard socket - MylincTM. .................. 379 Power unit
802.11n - LCS2. ............................................. 514 ArteorTM................................................... 255
Multistandard socket outlet - ArteorTM..........254
Measurement and control of electric MylincTM. ................................................. 379
My Home BUS............................................... 329
equipment....................................................... 75
MyriusTM - white....................................... 347
MCB - DX3..................................................... 136
Pre-wired modules with
MCB - ArteorTM..............................................254
R
Metra plug & socket - Hypra........................598
Mini-trunking & its accessories for Patch panels - Cat 6 - LCS2..........................505 RCBO - white - MyriusTM...............................350
32mm * 12.5mm - DLP............................462 Patch panels - Cat 5e - LCS2........................506 RCBO - DX3................................................... 142
32mm * 20mm - DLP..............................462 Patch panel telephone Reactors and power factor
50 ports 110 connects - LCS2. ..................... 513 controllers - Alpican...................................... 124
Mobile dublers - LCS2. ................................. 512
Peripheral opening detectors - Real terminal -
Mobile sockets - P17 Tempra IP 44..............588 ArteorTM BUS/SCS......................................... 318 DMX3 2500/4000/6300................................... 31
10
Rear pluggable Sockets, plugs and mobile sockets - USB female sockets - ArteorTM..................... 258
RJ 45 sockets - ArteorTM............................... 257 IP 66 - LV 16 & 125 A - P 17 tempra..............589
USB cable - ArteorTM. ................................... 313
Relay actuator modules - ArteorTM. .............. 317 Socket with copper feedthrough -
Cat 6 - LCS2..................................................503
Remote control switch - MyriusTM.................364
V
Soluflex cable floor system................... 406-407
Remote control IR -
Radio/Zigbee - ArteorTM. ..............................309 Sounders - ArteorTM BUS/SCS...................... 318
Video door entry........................................... 577
Remote Management - SPN DBs - Ekinoxe........................................ 210
ArteorTM - BUS/SCS...................................... 321 Video internal display units -
Standard duty, 3 phase, 440 V - 50 Hz"....... 115
ArteorTM BUS/SCS.........................................322
Remote unit - white - Myrius ......................348
TM
T
Water heater switches - ArteorTM.................. 240
Weatherproof switch -
Z
ArteorTM BUS/SCS.........................................308
Selector switch - Lexic.................................. 199
Touch plate for scenario control -
Self-adhesive document ArteorTM Radio/Zigbee..................................300 Zone distriubution boxes - LCS2. ................. 478
holders for plans - LCS2. ..............................535
Touch screen - ArteorTM BUS/SCS...............309 10" equipment - LCS2. .................................. 532
Sensor - white - MyriusTM..............................348
Touch screen display (MP6) 10" cabinet - LCS2......................................... 532
Sensor - black - MyriusTM..............................356 DMX3 2500/4000/6300................................... 29
110 tool - LCS2. ............................................. 512
Single pole latching relays - ArteorTM........... 246 TPN DBs - Ekinoxe.......................................... 78
19" cable entry plates - LCS2. ...................... 528
Skirting light Transponders - ArteorTM BUS/SCS............... 317
19" management panel - LCS2..................... 529
ArteorTM................................................... 247 Trip free switches - DMX3............................... 26
19" lighting kit - LCS2.................................... 529
MyriusTM - white.......................................348 Triple pole MPCBs - Lexic............................ 185
19" racks - LCS2............................................530
MyriusTM - black......................................354 TV sockets
19" cabinets - LCS2....................................... 531
MylincTM. ................................................. 378 ArteorTM................................................... 256
19" PDU - LCS2. ............................................533
Snap-on trunking MyriusTM - white.......................................349
routing sections and accessories................ 452 7 segment TPN DBs - Ekinoxe...................... 211
MyriusTM - black......................................355
Socket - MylincTM. ......................................... 379 7 segment TPN MCCB DBs - Ekinoxe.......... 211
Sockets, plugs and mobile sockets - 180 corner sensors - ArteorTM..................... 313
U
IP 44 - LV 16 & 32 A - P 17 tempra...............588
180 switch sensors - ArteorTM..................... 313
Sockets, plugs and mobile sockets -
IP 66 - LV 16 & 32 A - P 17 tempra...............589 Unit of 6 x RJ 45 connectors - LCS2.............488
11
catalogue number index
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
0039 35 188 1/20 0104 72 466 48(1) 0106 98 469 5/25 0109 25 465 5 0111 63 476 10/100
0013 00 0039 36 - 1/20 0104 72 468 48 0106 99 471 5/25 0109 25 469 5 0111 63 478 10/100
0013 56 216 1 0039 38 - 1/20 0104 72 470 48(1) 0109 25 471 5 0111 64 477 10/100
0013 57 - 1 0039 39 - 5/20 0107 02 466 20/100 0109 27 263 10/100 0111 65 478 10/100
0013 58 - 1 0039 40 - 1/20 0105 20 466 20(1) 0107 06 468 10/50 0109 27 465 10/100 0111 66 476 20/200
0039 41 - 1/20 0105 20 468 20 0107 07 470 5/50 0109 27 467 10/100 0111 66 477 20/400
019 17 232 1 0039 43 - 1/20 0105 20 470 20(1) 0107 22 464 10/50 0109 27 469 10/100 0111 66 478 20/400
019 18 - 1 0039 44 - 5/20 0105 21 464 20(1) 0107 32 - 10 0109 27 471 10/100 0111 88 464 20/500
019 55 - 1 0039 56 - 1/42 0105 21 468 20 0107 32 466 10 0109 27 - 10/100 0111 88 467 20/500
019 61 - 20 0039 57 - 1/42 0105 21 470 20(1) 0107 32 468 10 0109 31 263 50/50 0111 88 469 20/500
019 62 - 1 0039 58 - 1/42 0105 22 466 20(1) 0107 32 470 10 0109 31 465 5/50 0111 88 471 20/500
019 63 - 1 0105 22 468 20 0107 35 464 5/25 0109 31 469 5/50 0111 88 476 20/500
019 64 - 2 0040 00 0105 22 470 20(1) 0107 35 466 5/25 0111 88 477 20/500
0109 31 471 5/50
019 65 - 2 0044 36 198 10/200 0105 24 468 8 0107 35 468 5/25 0109 32 263 50/50 0111 88 478 20/500
019 66 - 1 0044 53 197 10/100 0105 24 470 8(1) 0107 35 470 5/25 0109 32 467 5/50 0111 88 481 20
019 67 - 2 0044 54 - 10/60 0105 26 - 8(1) 0107 36 466 5/25 0109 32 469 5/50
019 68 - 1 0044 55 - 10/60 0105 80 454 24(1) 0107 36 468 5/25 0109 32 471 5/50 0112 02 477 20
019 69 - 1 0044 63 - 10/100 0105 80 455 24(1) 0107 36 470 5/25 0109 35 467 5 0112 03 - 5
019 70 - 2 0044 64 - 10/60 0105 80 456 24 0107 42 466 5/25 0109 35 471 5 0112 04 - 10
0044 83 198 10/100 0105 82 464 24(1) 0107 42 468 5/25 0109 37 263 5/50 0112 06 - 5
0026 01 311 1 0044 84 - 10/100 0105 82 466 24(1) 0107 42 470 5/25 0109 37 465 5/50 0112 12 476 20
0026 02 - 1 0044 85 - 10/100 0105 82 468 24(1) 0107 67 464 10 0109 37 467 5/50 0112 12 477 20
0026 11 - 1 0044 86 - 10/100 0105 82 470 24(1) 0107 80 - 5/50 0109 37 469 5/50 0112 12 478 20
0026 21 - 1 0107 80 466 5/50 0112 13 476 5/50
0109 37 471 5/50
0026 22 - 1 0046 00 198 1/12 0106 02 464 10/40 0107 80 468 5/50 0112 13 477 5/50
0109 37 - 5/50
0026 27 - 1 0046 02 - 1/12 0106 02 466 10/40 0107 80 470 5/50 0112 13 478 5
0109 41 263 10
0026 31 - 1 0046 10 - 2/84 0106 02 468 10/40 0107 81 464 5/50 0112 14 476 20
0109 41 465 10/50
0046 13 - 2/84 0106 02 470 10/40 0107 81 466 5/50 0112 14 477 20
0109 41 469 10/50
0028 00 185 1 0046 15 - 2/84 0106 11 466 5/50 0107 81 468 5/50 0112 14 478 20
0109 41 471 10/50
0028 01 - 1 0046 17 - 2/84 0106 11 468 5/50 0107 81 470 5/50 0112 16 476 10
0109 42 263 10
0028 02 - 1 0046 18 - 2/84 0106 11 470 5/50 0107 82 464 5/50 0112 16 477 10
0109 42 467 20
0028 03 - 1 0046 20 - 2/84 0106 22 464 10/50 0107 82 466 5/50 0112 16 478 10
0109 42 469 20
0028 04 - 1 0046 21 - 2/84 0106 22 466 10/50 0107 82 468 5/50 0112 21 476 1/5
0109 42 471 20
0028 05 - 1 0046 22 - 2/84 0106 22 468 10/50 0107 82 470 5/50 0112 25 478 1
0109 61 263 5
0028 06 - 1 0046 23 - 2/84 0106 22 470 10/50 0107 83 464 5/50 0112 32 476 1
0109 61 465 5/25
0028 07 - 1 0046 31 199 1/12 0106 32 466 5/50 0107 83 466 5/50 0112 34 477 1
0109 61 469 5/25
0028 08 - 1 0046 34 - 1/12 0106 32 468 5/50 0107 83 468 5/50 0112 36 478 1
0109 61 471 5/25
0028 09 - 1 0046 36 - 1/12 0106 32 470 5/50 0107 83 470 5/50 0112 42 477 1
0109 62 263 5
0028 10 - 1 0046 38 - 1/12 0106 82 464 50 0107 85 466 10 0112 43 476 1/10
0109 62 467 10
0028 11 - 1 0046 50 - 1/20 0106 82 466 50 0107 89 468 5 0112 45 477 1/5
0109 62 469 10
0028 12 - 1 0046 52 - 1/20 0106 82 468 50 0107 92 470 2 0112 47 478 1/5
0109 62 471 10
0028 13 - 1 0046 53 - 1/20 0106 82 470 50 0112 51 476 1/10
0109 65 469 5
0028 14 - 1 0046 60 198 1/12 0106 82 476 50 0108 00 466 10/100 0112 51 477 1/5
0028 16 - 1 0109 81 263 5
0046 63 - 1 0106 82 477 50 0108 00 468 10/100 0112 51 478 1/5
0028 17 - 1 0046 76 147 1 0106 82 478 50 0108 00 470 10/100 0109 82 - 5
0028 18 - 1 0046 77 - 1 0106 86 468 50 0108 01 464 10/100 0200 00
0028 22 - 1 0046 80 - 1 0106 86 470 50 0108 01 468 10/100 111 00 476 8(1) 0253 28 64 1
0028 23 - 1 0046 84 - 1 0106 86 477 50 0108 01 470 10/100 0253 29 - 1
0028 25 - 1 0106 86 478 50 0108 02 466 10/100 0111 02 477 4(1) 0253 30 - 1
0028 26 - 1 0047 75 199 1/12 0106 87 464 40 0108 02 468 10/100 0111 04 478 4(1) 0253 31 - 1
0028 29 - 1 0047 76 - 1/12 0106 87 467 40 0108 02 470 10/100 0111 06 466 12(1) 0253 32 - 1
0028 30 - 1 0047 77 - 1/12 0106 87 469 40 0108 04 468 10/100 0111 06 468 12 0253 40 - 1
0028 31 - 1 0047 78 - 1/12 0106 87 471 40 0108 04 470 10/100 0111 06 470 12(1) 0253 41 - 1
0028 32 - 1 0047 79 - 1/12 0106 88 464 10/100 0108 06 - 10/100 0111 06 477 12(1) 0253 42 - 1
0028 34 - 1 0106 88 467 10/100 0111 06 478 12(1) 0253 45 - 1
0048 68 66 1/48 0106 88 469 10/100 0109 10 263 5/50 0111 08 476 24(1) 0253 46 - 1
0030 00 0106 88 471 10/100 0109 10 467 5/50 0111 08 477 24(1) 0253 47 - 1
0036 71 196 1 0090 00 0106 89 464 5/50 0109 10 469 5/50 0111 08 478 24(1) 0253 48 - 1
0097 99 535 10 0106 89 467 5/50 0109 10 471 5/50 0111 10 477 16(1) 0253 49 - 1
0038 28 189 1 0106 89 469 5/50 0109 21 263 20 0111 11 476 16(1) 0253 52 - 1
0038 29 - 1 0098 19 65 1/50 0106 89 471 5/50 0109 21 465 20 0111 11 478 16(1) 0253 53 - 1
0106 91 464 20/200 0109 21 469 20 0111 12 477 8(1) 0253 54 - 1
0039 20 188 1/20
0100 00 0106 91 466 20/200 0109 21 471 20 0111 13 478 8(1) 0253 55 - 1
0039 21 - 1/20 0104 12 464 20(1) 0106 91 468 20/200 0109 22 263 20 0111 58 476 20/100 0253 56 - 1
0039 22 - 1/20 0104 22 466 20(1) 0106 91 470 20/200 0109 22 467 20 0111 60 477 10/50 0253 64 - 1
0039 23 - 1/20 0104 32 468 20(1) 0106 98 464 5/25 0109 22 469 20 0111 61 478 10/100 0253 65 - 1
0039 28 - 5/20 0104 52 470 8(1) 0106 98 467 5/25 0109 22 471 20 0111 62 477 10/100 0253 66 - 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
12 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 13
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
14 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
0335 52 506 1 0462 14 531 1 0464 79 525 1 0488 03 564 6 0517 01 512 50 0518 72 498 5
0335 54 - 2 0462 20 532 1 0464 80 528 1 0488 04 567 1 0517 02 - 50 0518 73 - 5
0335 54 511 2 0462 23 - 1 0464 81 - 1 0488 06 - 1 0517 03 - 50 0518 74 - 5
0335 55 506 2 0462 25 - 1 0464 82 525 1 0488 07 566 1 0517 04 - 50 0518 75 - 5
0335 55 511 2 0462 55 531 1 0464 83 528 1 0488 08 - 1 0517 06 - 50 0518 76 - 5
0335 61 501 1 0462 60 - 1 0464 84 - 1 0488 09 567 1 0517 07 - 50 0518 77 - 5
0335 62 - 1 0462 64 - 1 0464 851 529 1 0488 17 566 1 0517 09 - 1 0518 78 - 5
0335 63 - 1 0462 90 517 1 0464 86 528 1 0488 20 571 1 0517 20 260 1 0518 79 - 5
0335 64 - 2 0462 91 - 1 0464 87 - 1 0488 22 - 1 0517 20* 540 1 0518 80 - 5
0335 65 - 2 0464 88 - 1 0488 23 313 1 0517 22 260 1 0518 81 - 5
0335 66 - 2 0463 00 525 1 0464 89 - 1 0488 23 571 1 0517 22 540 1 0518 82 - 5
0335 67 - 1 0463 06 - 1 0464 90 - 1 0488 24 313 1 0517 23 - 1 0518 83 - 5
0335 68 501 1 0463 12 - 1 0488 24 571 1 0517 24 - 1 0518 84 - 5
0335 73 496 1 0463 18 - 1 0465 00 529 1 0488 25 - 1 0517 25 - 1 0518 85 - 5
0335 76 - 2 0463 19 - 1 0465 00 531 1 0488 28 - 1 0517 26* - 1 0518 90 - 1
0335 77 - 2 0463 21 - 1 0465 01 529 1 0488 30 - 1 0517 27* - 1
0335 79 513 1 0463 22 - 1 0465 01 531 1 0488 41 570 1 0517 40 511 10 0533 00 512 3
0335 84 496 1 0463 23 - 1 0465 02 529 1 0488 42 - 1 0517 41 - 10 0533 01 - 3
0335 85 - 1 0463 28 - 1 0465 02 531 1 0488 43 - 1 0517 52 502 5 0533 02 - 3
0335 86 - 1 0463 29 - 1 0465 05 529 1 0488 44 - 1 0517 53 - 5 0533 03 - 3
0335 88 506 1 0463 30 - 1 0465 06 - 1 0488 45 - 1 0517 54 - 5
0335 89 501 1 0463 33 - 1 0465 07 - 1 0488 47 - 1 0517 55 - 5 0535 60 448 1
0335 90 496 1 0463 34 - 1 0465 08 - 1 0488 50 - 1 0517 57 503 4 0535 61 - 1
0335 90 501 1 0463 35 - 1 0465 09 - 1 0488 51 - 1 0517 58 - 4 0535 62 - 1
0465 10 - 1 0488 52 - 1
0335 90 506 1 0463 37 - 1 0517 59 - 4 0535 63 - 1
0465 11 - 1 0488 68 568 10
0335 90 511 1 0463 38 - 1 0517 62 502 1 0535 64 - 1
0465 12 - 1 0488 72 311 10
0335 91 496 10 0463 39 - 1 0517 63 - 1 0535 65 - 1
0465 13 - 1
0335 91 501 10 0463 39 - 1 0488 72 568 10 0517 64 - 1 0535 90 444 1
0465 17 - 1
0335 91 506 10 0463 41 - 1 0488 72 571 10 0517 65 - 5 0535 91 - 1
0465 18 - 1
0335 91 511 10 0463 42 - 1 0488 73 - 10 0517 72 - 1 0535 92 - 1
0465 19 - 1
0335 91 - 10 0463 43 - 1 0488 75 568 5 0517 73 - 1 0535 98 408 1
0465 221 - 1
0335 91 517 10 0463 85 - 1 0517 74 - 1 0535 98 409 1
0465 231 - 1
0335 92 532 1 0463 86 - 1 0489 11 564 1 0517 75 - 1 0535 98 410 1
0465 28 528 1
0335 93 518 1 0489 14 567 1 0517 80 498 5 0535 98 411 1
0465 282 529 1
0335 94 - 8 0464 06 330 1 0489 16 - 1 0517 81 - 5 0535 98 444 1
0465 29 528 1
0335 96 540 1 0464 07 - 1 0489 17 566 1 0517 82 - 5 0535 99 - 5
0465 292 529 1
0335 97 - 1 0464 15 - 1 0489 31 564 1 0517 83 - 5
0465 30 528 1
0335 98 - 1 0464 16 - 1 0489 32 566 1 0517 86 499 4 0539 49 512 5
0465 301 529 1
0335 99 - 1 0464 18 - 1 0489 33 - 1 0517 87 - 4
0465 31 528 1
0464 19 - 1 0489 71 568 1 0517 88 - 4 0540 00 436 1
0465 311 529 1
0348 48 528 1 0464 23 - 1 0489 72 - 1 0517 90 508 4 0540 01 - 1
0465 322 - 1
0348 48 531 1 0464 25 - 1 0517 91 - 4 0540 02 - 1
0465 332 - 1
0464 26 - 1 0492 22 313 10 0517 92 - 4 0540 03 - 1
0465 381 - 1
0364 53 529 1 0464 27 - 1 0492 34 - 1 0517 93 - 4 0540 05 - 1
0465 391 - 1
0364 54 - 1 0464 30 527 1 0492 49 321 1 0517 94 - 4 0540 06 - 1
0465 401 - 1
0464 31 - 1 0517 95 - 4 0540 07 - 1
0365 80 535 20 0464 32 - 1
0465 41 531 4 0500 00 0517 96 503 4 0540 08 - 1
0465 42 - 4
0365 81 - 20 0464 34 - 1 0515 00 508 4 0517 97 - 1 0540 10 - 1
0465 461 534 1
0365 82 - 1 0464 35 - 1 0515 01 - 4 0517 98 - 4 0540 11 - 1
0465 47 - 1
0464 36 - 1 0515 02 - 4 0540 12 - 1
0400 00 0465 511 - 1
0464 38 - 1 0465 521 - 1 0515 03 - 4 0518 50 502 1 0540 13 - 1
0407 49 318 1 0464 39 - 1 0465 651 - 1 0515 04 - 4 0518 51 - 1 0540 15 - 1
0464 40 - 1 0465 70 330 1 0515 05 - 4 0518 52 - 1 0540 16 - 1
0408 98 323 1 0464 50 - 1 0465 71 - 1 0515 10 503 4 0518 53 - 1 0540 17 - 1
0464 51 - 1 0465 75 528 1 0515 11 - 4 0518 54 - 1 0540 18 - 1
0431 00 318 10 0464 54 - 1 0465 76 - 1 0515 12 - 4 0518 55 - 1 0540 20 - 1
0431 01 - 10 0464 56 - 1 0465 81 534 1 0515 13 - 4 0518 56 - 1 0540 21 - 1
0431 08 - 1 0464 58 - 1 0465 84 - 1 0515 14 - 4 0518 57 - 1 0540 22 - 1
0431 10 - 1 0464 60 - 1 0465 85 - 1 0515 15 - 4 0518 58 - 1 0540 23 - 1
0431 12 - 1 0464 61 - 1 0465 90 533 1 0515 23 499 4 0518 59 - 1 0540 26 - 1
0464 62 - 1 0465 93 - 1 0515 24 - 4 0518 60 - 1 0540 28 - 1
0462 00 531 1 0464 63 - 1 0465 94 - 1 0515 25 - 4 0518 61 - 1 0540 31 - 1
0462 01 - 1 0464 64 - 1 0465 95 - 1 0518 62 - 1 0540 33 - 1
0462 02 - 1 0464 66 527 1 0465 96 - 1 0516 36 507 1 0518 63 - 1 0540 60 440 10
0462 03 - 1 0464 69 528 1 0516 37 - 1 0518 64 - 1 0540 62 - 10
0462 06 - 1 0464 70 - 1 0466 23 75 1/20 0516 38 - 1 0518 65 - 1 0540 63 - 10
0462 07 - 1 0464 72 - 1 0516 39 - 1 0518 66 498 5 0540 65 - 1
0462 08 - 1 0464 73 - 1 0476 93 527 1 0516 40 - 1 0518 67 - 5 0540 67 - 1
0462 09 - 1 0464 74 - 1 0476 94 - 1 0516 41 - 1 0518 68 - 5 0540 70* - 1
0462 11 - 1 0464 76 - 1 0476 95 - 1 0516 42 - 1 0518 69 - 5 0540 71* - 1
0462 12 - 1 0464 77 - 1 0516 43 507 1 0518 70 - 5 0540 72* - 1
0462 13 - 1 0464 78 525 1 0488 00 567 1 0516 93 334 1 0518 71 - 5 0540 73* - 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 15
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
0566 01 588 1 0695 56 509 1/20 0756 76 455 5 0883 31 305 1 3501/5 313 10 4062 50 144 1
0566 09 - 1 0695 57 - 1/20 0756 81 454 5 3501/6 - 10 4062 52 - 1
0566 13 - 1 0695 61 504 1/20 0756 81 455 5 0892 79 318 2 3501/7 - 10 4062 64 - 1
0566 14 - 1 0695 69 - 5/100 0756 81 456 5 0892 79 319 2 3501/8 - 10 4062 76 - 1
0566 21 - 1 0695 79 512 1 0756 88 454 5 0892 79 321 2 3501/9 - 10 4062 78 - 1
0566 29 - 1 0695 80 262 10/100 0756 88 455 5 0892 79 322 2 3501/AMB - 5 4062 80 - 1
0566 33 - 1 0695 80 512 10 0756 88 456 5 3501/AUX - 5 4062 82 - 1
0566 34 - 1 0695 81 504 1 0756 90 454 10 0893 07 403 1/10 3501/CEN - 5 4062 86 - 1
0566 41 - 1 0695 81 509 1 0756 90 455 10 0893 79 318 2 3501/GEN - 5 4062 88 - 1
0566 49 - 1 0695 81 512 1 0756 90 456 10 0893 79 319 2 3501/GR - 5 4062 89 - 1
0566 53 - 1 0893 79 321 2 3501/O/I - 5 4062 90 - 1
0566 54 - 1 0696 51 262 10/100 0765 87 510 10 0893 79 322 2 3501/OFF - 5 4062 91 - 1
0566 61 - 1 0696 72 - 5/50 0765 88 505 10 3501/ON - 5 4062 93 - 1
0566 69 - 1 0696 80 - 5/25 0896 04 399 1 3501/PUL - 5 4062 95 - 1
0566 73 - 1 0696 89 - 10/100 0778 80 512 1 0896 20 264 1 3501/SLA - 5
0566 74 - 1 0778 81 512 1 0896 21 - 1 3501/T - 5 4063 03 144 10
0697 40 564 1 0778 91 504 10 0896 25 - 1 3501/TM - 5 4063 04 - 10
0572 98 588 1 0697 80 564 1 0896 26 - 1 3501K - 1 4063 06 - 10
0572 99 - 1 0779 05 522 1 0896 30 - 1 3501K/1 - 1 4063 07 - 10
0700 00 0896 32 - 1 4063 13 - 10
0779 06 - 1
0573 00 588 1 0756 01 454 201 0779 30 260 1 0896 34 402 1 3502 313 1 4063 14 - 5
0573 02 - 1 0756 02 - 121 0779 30 540 1 0896 34 - 1 4063 15 - 5
0573 20 - 1 0756 03 455 121 0896 44 392 1 3504 313 1 4063 16 - 5
0573 22 - 1 0756 04 - 81 0784 57 564 1 0896 49 - 1 4063 19 - 10
0756 06 456 81 0784 71 572 1 0896 67 424 24* 3506 315 1 4063 20 - 10
0576 69 588 20 0756 08 454 201 0784 72 - 1 0896 68 - 32* 3506 318 1
0576 70 - 20 0756 08 455 201 0784 73 - 1 0896 69 - 20* 4065 00 141 1/5/60
0576 72 - 20 0756 08 456 201 0784 75 - 1 0896 83 402 1 3507/06 318 1 4065 01 - 1/5/60
0756 09 454 261 0784 78 - 1 0896 83 - 1 4065 02 - 1/5/60
0577 21 588 3 0756 11 - 10 0896 84 - 1 3508BUS 316 10 4065 04 - 1/5/60
0577 22 - 3 0756 12 - 10 0785 12 348 1/1 0896 84 - 1 3508U2 - 10 4065 05 - 1/5/60
0577 23 - 2 0756 13 455 5 0785 70 - 1/1 0896 85 - 1 3508U3 - 10 4065 09 - 1/40
0756 14 - 5 0785 71 - 1/1 0896 86 - 1 4065 10 - 1/40
0589 10 588 1 0756 16 456 5 0785 72 - 1/1 0896 87 - 1 3522 316 1 4065 11 - 1/40
0589 18 - 1 0756 21 454 10 0785 73 - 1/1 4065 13 - 1/40
0756 22 - 10 0900 00 3523 316 1 4065 14 - 1/40
0600 00 0756 23 455 5 0904 67 504 1 4065 18 - 1/32
0786 14 521 1
0634 00 323 1 0756 24 - 5 0786 16 - 1 3530S 317 3 4065 19 - 1/32
0634 31 - 1 0756 26 456 5 0919 45 512 1 4065 20 - 1/32
0786 17 - 1
0634 32 - 1 0756 31 454 10 3540 317 5 4065 22 - 1/32
0634 33 - 1 0756 32 - 10
0786 18 - 1 3000 00 4065 23 - 1/32
0786 28 499 10
0634 34 - 1 0756 33 455 5 3369 04 323 1 3541 309 1
0786 29 - 10
0634 38 - 1 0756 34 - 5 3369 04 320 1 4085 80 136 1/10/120
0634 39 - 1 0756 36 456 5 3542 309 1 4085 81 - 1/10/120
0787 00 351 1/10
0634 41 - 1 0756 41 454 10 3456 315 1 4085 83 - 1/10/120
0756 42 - 10 3690 71 577 1 4085 84 - 1/10/120
0791 71 572 1
0672 31 298 1 0756 43 455 5 3460 00 320 1 3690 76 - 1 4085 85 - 1/10/120
0791 72 - 1
0672 33 - 1 0756 44 - 5 3460 00 322 1 3690 81 - 1 4085 87 - 1/10/120
0791 73 - 1
0672 34 - 1 0756 46 456 5 3460 20 321 1 3690 86 - 1 4085 90 - 1/10/120
0791 75 - 1
0672 35 299 1 0756 61 454 10 3460 20 323 1 4085 92 - 1/10/120
0791 78 - 1
0672 36 - 1 0756 61 455 10 3749 00 323 1 4085 93 - 1/10/120
0672 37 298 1 0756 61 456 10 0800 00 3477 311 1 4085 94 - 1/10/120
0672 39 299 1 0756 62 454 10
4000 00 4085 95 - 1/10/120
0802 90 350 10/200
0672 40 - 1 0756 63 455 10 3479 317 1 4049 11 217 1 4085 96 - 1/10/120
0802 91 - 10/200
0672 50 305 1 0756 66 454 20 4049 12 - 1 4085 97 - 1/10/120
0802 99 - 10/200
0672 63 298 1 0756 66 455 20 3480 318 1 4049 14 - 1 4085 98 - 1/10/120
0672 64 299 1 0756 66 456 20 4049 17 - 1 4085 99 138 1/5/160
0844 24 318 1
0672 67 321 1 0756 67 454 20 3480V12 - 1 4049 18 - 1
0672 68 - 1 0756 67 455 20 4049 20 - 10 4086 00 138 1/5/161
0882 30 568 1
0756 69 454 10 3482 318 1 4049 26 - 1 4086 01 - 1/5/162
0882 32 299 1
0674 59 314 1 0756 69 455 10 4049 37 - 1 4086 02 136 1/5/60
0756 69 456 101 0882 32 309 1 3495 320 1 4049 38 - 1 4086 03 - 1/5/60
0675 52 308 1 0756 71 454 5 0882 35 568 1 4049 39 - 1 4086 05 - 1/5/60
0675 53 - 1 0756 71 455 5 0882 91 305 1 3496 - 1 4049 40 - 3/30 4086 06 - 1/5/60
0675 54 - 1 0756 71 - 5 4049 41 - 10 4086 07 - 1/5/60
0675 55 319 1 0756 71 456 5 0883 05 303 1 3499 - 1 4049 42 - 1 4086 09 - 1/5/60
0675 56 308 1 0756 72 454 5 0883 20 - 1 4049 43 - 1 4086 12 - 1/5/60
0675 57 - 1 0756 72 455 5 0883 22 - 1 3501/0 313 10 4049 44 - 3/30 4086 14 - 1/5/60
0675 58 - 1 0756 75 - 5 0883 23 - 1 3501/1 - 10 4049 45 - 10 4086 15 - 1/5/60
0675 92 309 1 0756 75 - 5 0883 25 - 1 3501/2 - 10 4049 89 - 6 4086 16 - 1/5/60
0756 75 456 5 0883 27 - 1 3501/3 - 10 4049 90 - 6 4086 17 - 1/5/60
0695 03 303 1 0756 76 454 5 0883 30 - 1 3501/4 - 10 4049 91 217 20/840 4086 18 - 1/5/60
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
16 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
4086 19 136 1/5/60 4087 11 137 1/10/120 4088 10 138 1/10/120 4100 09 140 1 4106 57 145 1 4114 00 143 1/32
4086 20 - 1/5/60 4087 12 - 1/10/120 4088 11 - 1/10/120 4100 10 - 1 4106 58 - 1 4114 01 - 1/32
4086 21 - 1/40 4087 14 - 1/10/120 4088 12 - 1/10/120 4100 11 - 1 4106 59 - 1 4114 02 - 1/32
4086 22 - 1/40 4087 16 - 1/10/120 4088 13 - 1/10/120 4100 12 - 1 4114 15 - 1/32
4086 24 - 1/40 4087 17 - 1/10/120 4088 14 - 1/10/120 4100 13 - 1 4111 85 143 1/16 4114 16 - 1/32
4086 25 - 1/40 4087 18 - 1/10/120 4088 15 - 1/5/60 4100 14 - 1 4111 86 - 1/16
4086 26 - 1/40 4087 19 - 1/10/120 4088 16 - 1/5/60 4100 15 - 1 4111 87 - 1/16 4115 07 142 1/5/60
4086 28 - 1/40 4087 20 - 1/10/120 4088 18 - 1/5/60 4100 20 - 1 4111 88 - 1/16 4115 08 - 1/5/60
4086 31 - 1/40 4087 21 - 1/10/120 4088 19 - 1/5/60 4100 21 - 1 4111 89 - 1/16 4115 17 - 1/5/60
4086 33 - 1/40 4087 22 - 1/10/120 4088 20 - 1/5/60 4100 22 - 1 4115 18 - 1/5/60
4086 34 - 1/40 4087 26 - 1/5/60 4088 21 - 1/5/60 4100 23 - 1 4112 04 143 1/16 4115 27 - 1/5/60
4086 35 - 1/40 4087 27 - 1/5/60 4088 23 - 1/5/60 4100 24 - 1 4112 05 - 1/16 4115 28 - 1/5/60
4086 36 - 1/40 4087 29 - 1/5/60 4088 25 - 1/5/60 4100 25 - 1 4112 06 - 1/16
4086 37 - 1/40 4087 30 - 1/5/60 4088 26 - 1/5/60 4100 26 - 1 4112 07 - 1/16 4117 05 142 1/32
4086 38 - 1/40 4087 31 - 1/5/60 4088 27 - 1/5/60 4100 27 - 1 4112 08 - 1/16 4117 06 - 1/32
4086 39 - 1/40 4087 32 - 1/40 4088 28 - 1/5/60 4100 28 - 1 4112 33 - 1/16 4117 15 - 1/32
4086 40 138 1/5/60 4087 33 - 1/40 4088 29 - 1/5/60 4100 33 - 1 4112 34 - 1/16 4117 16 - 1/32
4086 41 - 1/5/60 4087 35 - 1/40 4088 30 - 1/5/60 4100 34 - 1 4112 35 - 1/16 4117 25 - 1/32
4086 42 - 1/5/60 4087 36 - 1/40 4088 31 - 1/5/60 4100 35 - 1 4112 36 - 1/16 4117 26 - 1/32
4086 43 136 1/32 4087 37 - 1/40 4100 36 - 1 4112 37 - 1/16
4086 44 - 1/32 4087 38 - 1/40 4097 53 139 1 4100 37 - 1 4112 38 - 1/16 4118 51 141 1/5/60
4086 46 - 1/32 4087 40 - 1/40 4097 54 - 1 4100 38 - 1 4112 39 - 1/16 4118 52 - 1/5/60
4086 47 - 1/32 4087 42 - 1/40 4097 55 - 1 4100 39 - 1 4112 40 - 1/16 4118 53 - 1/5/60
4086 48 - 1/32 4087 43 - 1/40 4097 56 - 1 4100 40 - 1 4112 41 - 1/16 4118 56 - 1/5/60
4086 50 - 1/32 4087 44 - 1/40 4097 57 - 1 4100 41 - 1 4112 42 - 1/16 4118 57 - 1/5/60
4086 53 - 1/32 4087 45 - 1/40 4097 58 - 1 4118 58 - 1/5/60
4086 55 - 1/32 4087 46 - 1/40 4097 59 - 1 4101 34 140 1 4118 61 - 1/5/60
4113 22 142 1/32
4086 56 - 1/32 4087 47 - 1/40 4097 60 - 1 4101 35 - 1 4118 62 - 1/5/60
4113 23 - 1/32
4086 57 - 1/32 4087 48 - 1/40 4097 61 - 1 4101 36 - 1 4118 63 - 1/5/60
4113 24 - 1/32
4086 58 - 1/32 4087 52 - 1/32 4097 62 - 1 4101 37 - 1 4118 71 - 1/5/60
4113 25 - 1/32
4086 59 - 1/32 4087 53 - 1/32 4097 63 - 1 4101 38 - 1 4118 72 - 1/5/60
4113 26 - 1/32
4086 60 - 1/32 4087 55 - 1/32 4097 64 - 1 4101 39 - 1 4118 73 - 1/5/60
4113 27 - 1/32
4086 61 - 1/32 4087 56 - 1/32 4097 66 - 1 4101 40 - 1 4118 74 142 1/5/60
4113 28 - 1/32
4086 62 138 1/9 4087 57 - 1/32 4097 67 - 1 4101 41 - 1 4118 76 141 1/32
4113 29 - 1/32
4086 63 - 1/9 4087 58 - 1/32 4097 68 - 1 4101 47 - 1 4118 77 - 1/32
4113 30 - 1/32
4086 64 - 1/9 4087 60 - 1/32 4097 69 - 1 4101 48 - 1 4118 78 - 1/32
4113 31 - 1/32
4086 65 136 1/32 4087 62 - 1/32 4097 70 - 1 4101 49 - 1 4118 81 - 1/32
4113 32 - 1/32
4086 66 - 1/32 4087 63 - 1/32 4097 71 - 1 4101 50 - 1 4118 82 - 1/32
4113 33 - 1/32
4086 68 - 1/32 4087 64 - 1/32 4097 72 - 1 4101 51 - 1 4118 83 - 1/32
4113 34 - 1/32
4086 69 - 1/32 4087 65 - 1/32 4097 73 - 1 4101 52 - 1 4118 86 - 1/32
4113 35 - 1/32
4086 70 - 1/32 4087 66 - 1/32 4097 74 - 1 4101 53 - 1 4118 87 - 1/32
4113 36 - 1/32
4086 72 - 1/32 4087 67 - 1/32 4097 75 - 1 4101 54 - 1 4118 88 - 1/32
4113 37 - 1/32
4086 75 - 1/32 4087 68 - 1/32 4097 76 - 1 4101 60 - 1 4118 91 - 1/5/60
4113 38 - 1/32
4086 77 - 1/32 4087 72 - 1/32 4097 77 - 1 4101 61 - 1 4118 92 - 1/5/60
4113 39 - 1/32
4086 78 - 1/32 4087 73 - 1/32 4097 79 - 1 4101 62 - 1 4118 93 - 1/5/60
4113 40 - 1/32
4086 79 - 1/32 4087 75 - 1/32 4097 80 - 1 4101 63 - 1 4118 94 142 1/5/60
4113 65 - 1/16
4086 80 - 1/32 4087 76 - 1/32 4097 81 - 1 4101 64 - 1 4118 96 141 1/32
4113 66 - 1/16
4086 81 - 1/32 4087 77 - 1/32 4097 82 - 1 4101 65 - 1 4118 97 - 1/32
4086 82 - 1/32 4087 78 - 1/32 4097 83 - 1 4101 66 - 1 4113 67 - 1/16 4118 98 - 1/32
4086 83 - 1/32 4087 79 - 1/32 4097 84 - 1 4101 67 - 1 4113 68 - 1/16 4118 99 142 1/32
4086 84 - 1/32 4087 81 - 1/32 4097 85 - 1 4101 73 - 1 4113 69 - 1/16
4086 85 - 1/32 4087 82 - 1/32 4097 86 - 1 4101 74 - 1 4113 70 - 1/16 4124 29 146 1
4086 87 - 1/32 4087 83 - 1/32 4097 87 - 1 4101 75 - 1 4113 71 - 1/16 4124 30 - 1
4086 88 - 1/32 4087 84 - 1/32 4097 88 - 1 4101 76 - 1 4113 72 - 1/16 4124 31 - 1
4086 89 - 1/32 4087 86 - 1/32 4097 89 - 1 4101 77 - 1 4113 73 - 1/16
4086 91 - 1/32 4087 88 - 1/32 4097 90 - 1 4101 78 - 1 4113 74 - 1/16 4125 44 146 1
4086 94 - 1/32 4087 89 - 1/32 4097 92 - 1 4101 79 - 1 4113 75 - 1/16 4125 45 - 1
4086 96 - 1/32 4087 90 - 1/32 4097 93 - 1 4101 80 - 1 4113 76 - 1/16 4125 47 - 1
4086 97 - 1/32 4087 91 - 1/32 4097 94 - 1 4113 77 - 1/16 4125 48 - 1
4086 98 - 1/32 4087 92 - 1/32 4097 95 - 1 4105 68 143 1 4113 78 - 1/16 4125 49 - 1
4086 99 - 1/32 4087 93 - 1/32 4097 96 - 1 4105 69 - 1 4113 79 - 1/16 4125 50 - 1
4087 94 - 1/32 4097 97 - 1 4105 71 - 1 4113 88 - 1/16 4125 51 - 1
4087 00 136 1/32 4087 98 138 1/10/120 4097 98 - 1 4105 78 - 1 4113 89 - 1/16 4125 53 - 1
4087 01 - 1/32 4087 99 - 1/10/120 4097 99 - 1 4105 79 - 1 4113 90 143 1/32 4125 56 - 1
4087 02 - 1/32 4105 82 - 1 4113 91 - 1/32 4125 57 - 1
4087 03 138 1/9 4088 01 138 1/10/120 4098 00 139 1 4113 92 - 1/32
4087 04 - 1/9 4088 02 - 1/10/120 4098 01 - 1 4106 25 143 1 4113 93 - 1/32 4126 23 146 1
4087 05 - 1/9 4088 03 - 1/10/120 4098 02 - 1 4106 26 - 1 4113 94 - 1/32 4126 29 145 1
4087 06 137 1/10/120 4088 04 - 1/10/120 4098 03 - 1 4106 29 - 1 4113 95 - 1/32 4126 30 - 1
4087 07 - 1/10/120 4088 06 - 1/10/120 4106 38 - 1 4113 97 - 1/32 4126 31 - 1
4087 09 - 1/10/120 4088 08 - 1/10/120 4100 07 140 1 4106 39 - 1 4113 98 - 1/32 4126 34 - 1
4087 10 - 1/10/120 4088 09 - 1/10/120 4100 08 - 1 4106 42 - 1 4113 99 - 1/32 4126 41 - 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 17
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
18 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
4210 66 62 1/12 5722 72 539 1 5723 61 254 1 5727 77 258 1/20 5730 04 245 10/100 5733 52 241 20/200
4210 67 - 1/12 5722 73 252 1/20 5723 70 260 1 5727 77 539 1 5730 21 241 20/200 5733 53 - 20/200
4210 68 57 1/8 5722 73 259 1/20 5723 70 538 1 5727 78 259 1/20 5730 24 - 20/200 5733 54 - 20/200
4210 69 61 1/8 5722 73 539 1 5723 76 257 1/10 5727 78 538 1 5730 27 - 20/200 5733 55 - 20/200
4210 70 57 1/2 5722 74 252 1/20 5723 76 514 1 5727 79 252 1/20 5730 66 245 10/100 5733 56 - 20/200
4210 70 61 1/2 5722 74 259 1/20 5723 77 257 1/10 5727 79 259 1/20 5730 69 - 10/100 5733 57 - 20/200
4210 71 57 1/5 5722 74 538 1 5723 77 514 1 5727 79 538 1 5730 71 241 10/100 5733 58 - 20/200
4210 72 61 1/16 5722 75 252 1/20 5723 78 257 1/10 5727 80 258 10/100 5730 72 - 10/100 5733 59 243 20/200
4210 73 57 1/5 5722 75 258 1/20 5723 94 261 1/10 5727 80 539 10 5730 73 - 10/100 5733 60 - 20/200
4210 74 61 1/16 5722 75 539 1 5727 81 252 1/20 5730 87 261 10/100 5733 61 - 20/200
4210 75 62 1/6 5722 76 259 1/20 5724 52 247 10/100 5727 81 259 1/20 5733 62 241 20/200
5722 76 539 1 5724 53 - 10/100 5727 81 538 1 5731 03 245 10/100 5733 66 245 10/100
5000 00 5722 77 258 1/20 5724 88 253 5/25 5727 82 252 1/20 5731 04 - 10/100 5733 70 241 20/200
5739 85 316 1 5722 77 539 1 5727 82 259 1/20 5731 21 241 20/200 5733 71 - 20/200
5739 91 - 1 5722 78 259 1/20 5725 37 240 5/50 5727 82 538 1 5731 24 - 20/200 5733 72 - 20/200
5722 78 538 1 5725 38 - 10/100 5727 83 258 1/20 5731 27 241 20/200 5733 73 - 20/200
5720 23* 539 1 5722 79 252 1/20 5725 42 - 10/100 5727 83 539 1 5731 69 245 10/100 5733 76 - 10/100
5720 24* 541 1 5722 79 259 1/20 5725 43 - 10/100 5727 84 258 1 5731 71 241 10/100 5733 80 243 20/200
5720 25* - 1 5722 79 538 1 5725 44 - 10/100 5727 84 539 1 5731 72 - 10/100 5733 81 - 20/200
5720 26* - 1 5722 80 539 10 5725 49 - 10/100 5727 85 253 1/20 5731 73 - 10/100 5733 82 248 5/50
5720 27* - 1 5722 81 252 1/20 5725 51 242 1/10 5727 85 259 1/20 5731 87 261 10/100 5733 83 249 5/50
5720 37 240 5/50 5722 81 259 1/20 5725 63 240 20/200 5727 88 252 1/20 5733 84 248 5/50
5720 38 - 10/100 5722 81 538 1 5725 64 241 20/200 5727 88 259 1/20 5732 20 243 10/100 5733 85 249 5/50
5720 42 - 10/100 5722 82 252 1/20 5725 65 - 20/200 5727 88 538 1 5732 22 248 10/100 5733 90 241 10/100
5720 43 - 10/100 5722 82 259 1/20 5725 67 251 5/40 5727 89 253 1/20 5732 23 249 10/100 5733 92 - 10/100
5720 44 - 10/100 5722 82 538 1 5725 68* 541 1 5727 89 259 1/20 5732 24 248 10/100 5733 96 243 10/100
5720 49 - 10/100 5722 83 258 1/20 5725 71 252 10/100 5727 93 335 1 5732 25 249 10/100 5733 97 - 10/100
5720 51 242 1/10 5722 83 539 1 5725 74 251 5/50 5727 94 - 1 5732 34 248 10/100 5733 98 253 5/25
5720 55 246 1/20 5722 84 258 1 5725 78 252 5/25 5732 35 249 10/100
5720 63 240 20/200 5722 84 539 1 5725 90 538 1 5728 00 513 10 5732 36 248 10/100 5734 00 240 20/200
5720 64 241 20/200 5722 85 253 1/20 5725 91 - 1 5728 01 - 5 5732 37 249 10/100 5734 01 - 20/200
5720 65 - 20/200 5722 85 259 1/20 5725 92 539 1 5728 06 256 20/200 5732 72 253 1/20 5734 02 - 20/200
5720 67 251 5/40 5722 88 252 1/20 5725 93 - 1 5728 06 500 10 5732 72 259 1/20 5734 03 - 20/200
5720 68* 541 1 5722 88 259 1/20 5725 94 539 1 5728 10 513 10 5732 73 253 1/20 5734 04 243 20/200
5720 71 252 10/100 5722 88 538 1 5725 96 252 1 5728 12 - 10 5732 73 259 1/20 5734 05 - 20/200
5720 74 251 5/50 5722 89 253 1/20 5725 96 259 1 5728 13 - 10 5732 74 253 1/20 5734 10 240 20/200
5720 78 252 5/25 5722 89 259 1/20 5725 96 538 1 5728 22 504 10 5732 74 258 1/20 5734 11 - 20/200
5720 83 514 1 5722 93 335 1 5725 97 252 1 5728 23 - 10 5732 84 248 10/100 5734 12 240 10/100
5720 84 - 1 5722 94 - 1 5725 97 259 1 5728 24 253 10/100 5732 85 249 10/100 5734 13 243 20/200
5720 89 538 1 5725 97 538 1 5728 24 504 10 5732 86 248 10/100 5734 14 - 20/200
5720 90 - 1 5723 00 513 10 5728 30 257 10/100 5732 87 249 10/100 5734 15 251 20/200
5720 91 - 1 5723 01 - 5 5726 04 255 10/100 5728 30 508 10 5732 94 248 5/50 5734 16 244 5/50
5720 92 539 1 5723 10 - 10 5726 16 - 10/100 5728 31 257 10/100 5732 95 249 5/50 5734 17 240 20/200
5720 93 - 1 5723 12 - 10 5726 53 250 1 5728 31 503 10 5732 96 248 5/50 5734 25 256 20/200
5720 94 - 1 5723 13 - 10 5726 54 255 1/5 5728 32 257 10/100 5732 97 249 5/50 5734 26 - 20/200
5720 96 252 1 5723 22 504 10 5728 32 508 10 5734 27 256 20/200
5720 96 259 1 5723 24 253 10/100 5727 11 244 1/10 5728 33 257 10/100 5733 00 241 20/200 5734 28 252 20/200
5720 96 538 1 5723 24 504 10 5727 20 243 10/100 5728 33 503 10 5733 01 - 20/200 5734 28 256 20/200
5720 97 252 1 5723 30 257 10/100 5727 26 247 1/20 5728 35 257 10/100 5733 02 - 20/200 5734 28 504 20
5720 97 259 1 5723 30 508 10 5727 27 246 1/20 5728 35 512 10 5733 03 - 20/200 5734 29 256 20/200
5720 97 538 1 5723 31 257 10/100 5727 30 250 1/20 5728 36 257 10/100 5733 04 - 20/200 5734 29 509 20
5723 31 503 10 5727 39 244 1/10 5728 36 512 10 5733 05 - 20/200 5734 30 256 20/200
5721 04 255 10/100 5723 32 257 10/100 5727 40 245 5/60 5728 39 504 1 5733 06 - 20/200 5734 30 509 20
5721 16 - 10/100 5723 32 508 10 5727 50(2) 247 1/10 5728 44 261 10/100 5733 07 - 20/200 5734 32 256 20/200
5721 53 250 1 5723 33 257 10/100 5727 52(2) - 1/10 5728 49 500 10 5733 08 - 20/200 5734 32 500 20
5721 54 255 1/5 5723 33 503 10 5727 59 250 10/50 5728 50 - 5 5733 09 243 20/200 5734 33 261 20/200
5723 35 257 10/100 5727 70 258 10/100 5728 51 - 10 5733 10 - 20/200 5734 34 256 20/200
5722 11 244 1/10 5723 35 512 10 5727 70 539 10 5728 52 - 10 5733 11 - 20/200 5734 34 504 10
5722 20 243 10/100 5723 36 257 10/100 5727 72 252 1/20 5728 53 504 5 5733 12 241 20/200 5734 40 254 20/200
5722 22 247 1/20 5723 36 512 10 5727 72 259 1/20 5728 54 - 10 5733 20 - 20/200 5734 42 251 20/200
5722 23 - 10/100 5723 39 504 1 5727 72 539 1 5728 55 - 10 5733 21 - 20/200 5734 43 - 10/100
5722 26 - 1/20 5723 44 261 10/100 5727 73 252 1/20 5728 57 500 5 5733 22 - 20/200 5734 48 254 10/100
5722 27 246 1/20 5723 49 500 10 5727 73 259 1/20 5728 58 - 10 5733 23 - 20/200 5734 49 261 20/200
5722 30 250 1/20 5723 50 - 5 5727 73 539 1 5728 59 - 10 5733 26 - 10/100 5734 50 240 10/100
5722 39 244 1/10 5723 51 - 10 5727 74 252 1/20 5728 70 260 1 5733 30 243 20/200 5734 51 - 10/100
5722 40 245 5/60 5723 52 - 10 5727 74 259 1/20 5728 76 257 1/10 5733 31 - 20/200 5734 52 - 10/100
5722 50(1) 247 1/10 5723 53 504 5 5727 74 538 1 5728 76 514 1 5733 40 241 10/100 5734 54 - 10/100
5722 52(1) - 1/10 5723 54 - 10 5727 75 252 1/20 5728 77 257 1/10 5733 42 - 10/100 5734 55 242 1/10
5722 59 250 10/50 5723 55 - 10 5727 75 258 1/20 5728 77 514 1 5733 46 243 10/100 5734 58 251 10/100
5722 70 539 10 5723 57 500 5 5727 75 539 1 5728 78 257 1/10 5733 47 - 10/100 5734 59 243 10/100
5722 72 252 1/20 5723 58 - 10 5727 76 259 1/20 5733 50 241 20/200 5734 60 - 10/100
5722 72 259 1/20 5723 59 - 10 5727 76 539 1 5730 03 245 10/100 5733 51 - 20/200 5734 61 251 5/50
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 19
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
5734 62 244 10/100 5736 30 509 20 5737 96 248 5/50 5739 55 322 1 5743 55 245 1/10 5757 36 289 1/20
5734 63 - 10/100 5736 34 256 20/200 5737 97 249 5/50 5739 58 321 1 5743 57 - 1/10 5757 40 284 5/30
5734 64 247 5/25 5736 42 251 20/200 5739 77 319 1 5757 41 285 5/30
5734 66 255 10/100 5736 43 - 10/100 5738 00 240 20/200 5739 79 254 5/50 5744 01 252 1/40 5757 42 - 5/30
5734 67 254 5/50 5736 49 261 20/200 5738 01 - 20/200 5739 80 255 1/10 5744 01 259 1/20 5757 43 287 1/5
5734 68 244 10/100 5736 50 240 10/100 5738 02 - 5/40 5739 84 318 1 5744 51 252 1/40 5757 44 - 1/5
5734 69 - 10/100 5736 51 - 10/100 5738 05 247 5/50 5739 86 322 1 5744 51 259 1/20 5757 46 289 1/5
5734 70 254 20/200 5736 52 - 10/100 5738 06 - 5/50 5739 90 320 1 5744 86 319 5 5757 50 284 5/30
5734 71 - 10/100 5736 54 - 10/100 5738 07 255 1/10/100 5739 90 322 1 5744 87 - 5 5757 51 285 5/30
5734 72 255 10/100 5736 55 242 1/10 5738 08 254 20/200 5744 90 - 5 5757 52 - 5/30
5734 73 254 10/100 5736 58 251 10/100 5738 09 - 20/200 5740 00 242 1/10 5744 91 - 5 5757 53 287 1/5
5734 74 252 10/100 5736 59 243 10/100 5738 10 255 5/50 5740 01 - 1/10 5757 54 - 1/5
5734 74 256 10/100 5736 60 - 10/100 5738 58 303 1 5740 02 - 1/10 5745 01 253 1/20 5757 56 289 1/5
5734 74 504 10 5736 61 251 5/50 5738 60 - 1 5740 03 - 1/10 5745 01 259 1/20 5757 60 284 2/20
5734 75 256 10/100 5736 62 244 10/100 5738 62 - 1 5740 07 244 1/10 5745 03 309 1 5757 61 285 2/20
5734 75 509 10 5736 63 - 10/100 5738 64 - 1 5740 111 322 1 5745 04 - 1 5757 62 - 2/20
5734 76 256 10/100 5736 66 255 10/100 5738 66 - 1 5740 32 324 1 5745 05 319 5 5757 63 287 1/10
5734 76 504 10 5736 67 254 5/50 5738 70 299 1 5740 33 - 1 5745 06 - 5 5757 64 - 1/10
5734 77 256 10/100 5736 68 244 10/100 5738 82 248 5/50 5740 34 246 1/20 5745 11 - 5 5757 66 289 1/10
5734 77 504 10 5736 69 - 10/100 5738 83 249 5/50 5740 34 564 1 5745 12 - 5 5757 70 284 2/16
5734 79 261 10/100 5736 70 254 20/200 5738 84 248 5/50 5740 34 566 1 5745 51 253 1/20 5757 71 285 2/16
5734 80 - 5/50 5736 71 - 10/100 5738 85 249 5/50 5740 38 323 1 5745 51 259 1/20 5757 72 - 2/16
5734 85 254 1 5736 72 255 10/100 5738 86 255 1/10/100 5740 39 - 1 5745 87 250 1 5757 73 287 1/8
5738 87 - 1/10/100 5740 40
5734 89 254 10/100 5736 73 254 10/100 322 1 5745 87 300 1 5757 74 - 1/8
5738 88 - 1/10/100 5740 41
5734 91 261 10/50 5736 74 252 10/100 - 1 5745 88 250 1 5757 76 289 1/8
5738 89 - 1/10/100
5736 74 256 10/100 5740 42 - 1 5745 88 300 1 5757 80 284 2/16
5738 90 - 1/10/100
5735 01 244 1/10 5736 74 504 10 5740 43 323 1 5745 89 250 1 5757 81 285 2/16
5735 10 255 5/50 5736 75 256 10/100 5740 46 313 1 5745 90 - 1 5757 82 - 2/16
5739 00 309 1
5735 20 261 5/35 5736 75 509 20 5740 46 571 1 5745 90 300 1 5757 90 284 2/12
5739 01 - 1
5735 30 240 5/20 5736 76 256 10/100 5740 47 246 1/20 5745 91 250 1 5757 91 285 2/12
5739 02 - 1
5735 42 255 1/5 5736 76 504 10 5740 47 564 1 5745 92 - 1/100 5757 92 - 2/12
5739 03 - 1
5735 44 298 1 5736 77 256 10/100 5740 48 313 1 5745 92 300 10
5739 04 308 1
5735 45 - 1 5736 77 504 10 5740 48 571 1 5745 93 250 1 5758 00 284 2/12
5739 05 - 1
5735 46 - 1 5736 89 254 10/100 5740 49 567 1 5745 93 300 1 5758 01 285 2/12
5739 06 - 1
5735 47 - 1 5740 50 242 1/10 5758 02 - 2/12
5739 07 - 1
5735 48 - 1 5737 01 244 1/10 5740 51 - 1/10 5750 70 284 5 5758 10 261 10/100
5739 12 - 1
5735 49 - 1 5737 10 255 5/50 5740 52 - 1/10 5750 71 285 5
5739 13 - 1
5735 50 305 1 5737 16 309 1 5740 53 - 1/10 5750 72 285 5 5759 00 284 10/100
5739 18 314 1
5735 51 299 1 5737 16 314 1 5740 57 244 1/10 5750 73 287 1/5 5759 01 285 10/100
5739 19 - 1
5735 64 247 5/25 5737 16 319 1 5740 84 246 1/20 5750 74 - 1/5 5759 02 - 10/100
5739 20 - 1
5735 70 261 5/25 5737 16 321 1 5740 87 250 1 5750 75 290 1/5 5759 03 287 1/5
5739 21 - 1
5735 71 - 1/10 5737 17 309 1 5740 87 300 1 5750 76 289 1/5 5759 04 - 1/5
5739 22 - 1
5735 72 - 2/10 5737 17 314 1 5740 88 250 1 5759 05 290 1/5
5739 23 - 1
5735 73 - 2/8 5737 17 319 1 5740 88 300 1 5757 00 284 10/100 5759 06 289 1/5
5739 24 - 1
5735 74 - 2/10 5737 17 321 1 5740 89 250 1 5757 01 285 10/100 5759 10 284 10/100
5739 25 - 1
5737 20 243 10/100 5739 26 319 1
5740 90 250 1 5757 02 - 10/100 5759 11 285 10/100
5736 00 240 20/200 5737 22 248 10/100 5739 27 - 1 5740 90 300 1 5757 03 287 1/5 5759 12 - 10/100
5736 01 - 20/200 5737 23 249 10/100 5739 28 - 1 5740 91 250 1 5757 04 - 1/5 5759 13 287 1/20
5736 02 - 20/200 5737 24 248 10/100 5739 29 - 1 5740 92 - 1/100 5757 05 290 1/5 5759 14 - 1/20
5736 03 - 20/200 5737 25 249 10/100 5739 32 320 1 5740 92 300 10 5757 06 289 1/5 5759 15 290 1/20
5736 04 243 20/200 5737 30 240 5/20 5739 33 - 1 5740 93 250 1 5757 10 284 10/100 5759 16 289 1/20
5736 05 - 20/200 5737 34 248 10/100 5739 34 317 1 5740 93 300 1 5757 11 285 10/100 5759 20 284 5/50
5736 06 251 5/50 5737 35 249 10/100 5739 35 - 1 5740 94 246 1/20 5757 12 - 10/100 5759 21 285 5/50
5736 10 240 20/200 5737 36 248 10/100 5739 36 - 1 5740 96 313 1 5757 13 287 1/5 5759 22 - 5/50
5736 11 - 20/200 5737 37 249 10/100 5739 37 - 1 5740 97 246 1/20 5757 14 - 1/5 5759 23 287 1/20
5736 12 240 10/100 5737 42 255 1/5 5739 38 - 1 5740 98 313 1 5757 15 290 1/5 5759 24 - 1/20
5736 13 243 20/200 5737 72 253 1/20 5739 39 - 1 5757 16 289 1/5 5759 25 290 1/20
5736 14 - 20/200 5737 72 259 1/20 5739 40 - 1 5743 00 242 1/10 5757 20 284 10/100 5759 26 289 1/20
5736 15 251 20/200 5737 73 253 1/20 5739 41 - 1 5743 01 - 1/10 5757 21 285 10/100 5759 30 284 5/30
5736 16 244 5/50 5737 73 259 1/20 5739 44 - 1 5743 02 - 1/10 5757 22 285 10/100 5759 31 285 5/30
5736 17 240 20/200 5737 74 253 1/20 5739 45 - 1 5743 03 - 1/10 5757 23 287 1/20 5759 32 - 5/30
5736 25 256 20/200 5737 74 258 1/20 5739 46 - 1 5743 05 245 1/10 5757 24 - 1/20 5759 33 287 1/5
5736 26 - 20/200 5737 79 254 5/50 5739 47 - 1 5743 07 - 1/10 5757 25 290 1/20 5759 34 - 1/5
5736 27 256 20/200 5737 80 255 1/10 5739 48 - 1 5743 112 322 1 5757 26 289 1/20 5759 35 290 1/5
5736 28 252 20/200 5737 84 248 10/100 5739 49 - 1 5743 19 245 1/10 5757 30 284 5/50 5759 36 289 1/5
5736 28 256 20/200 5737 85 249 10/100 5739 50 322 1 5743 39 - 1/10 5757 31 285 5/50 5759 40 284 2/20
5736 28 504 20 5737 86 248 10/100 5739 51 - 1 5743 50 242 1/10 5757 32 - 5/50 5759 41 285 2/20
5736 29 256 20/200 5737 87 249 10/100 5739 52 - 1 5743 51 - 1/10 5757 33 287 1/20 5759 42 - 2/20
5736 29 509 20 5737 94 248 5/50 5739 53 - 1 5743 52 - 1/10 5757 34 - 1/20 5759 43 287 1/10
5736 30 256 20/200 5737 95 249 5/50 5739 54 - 1 5743 53 - 1/10 5757 35 290 1/20 5759 44 - 1/10
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
20 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
5759 46 289 1/10 5763 35 288 1/20 5764 97 291 1 6038 58 481 10 6077 64 216 1 6078 98 217 1
5759 50 284 2/16 5763 36 - 1/20 6077 64 - 1
5759 51 285 2/16 5763 37 291 1/20 5765 00 289 1 6076 90 215 1 6077 65 214 1 6079 03 216 1
5759 52 - 2/16 5763 38 286 1/20 5765 03 287 1 6076 91 - 1 6077 66 - 1 6079 04 - 1
5759 53 287 1/8 5763 39 290 1/20 5765 04 - 1 6076 92 - 1 6077 67 - 1 6079 05 - 1
5759 54 - 1/8 5763 40 289 1/20 5765 06 289 1 6076 93 - 1 6077 68 - 1 6079 06 - 1
5759 56 289 1/8 5763 41 288 1/20 5765 07 291 1 6076 94 - 1 6077 69 - 1 6079 10 78 1
5763 42 - 1/20 5765 27 - 1 6076 95 213 1 6077 70 212 1 6079 10 213 1
5760 01 245 5 5763 43 290 1/20 5765 30 289 1 6076 96 214 1 6077 71 - 1 6079 11 78 1
5760 15 261 10/100 5763 44 - 1/20 5765 33 287 1 6077 72 - 1 6079 11 213 1
5760 16 - 10/100 5763 45 288 1/20 5765 34 - 1 6077 00 210 1 6077 73 216 1 6079 12 78 1
5760 50 - 10/100 5763 46 - 1/20 5765 36 289 1 6077 01 - 1 6077 73 - 1 6079 12 213 1
5763 47 291 1/20 5765 75 290 1/5 6077 02 - 1 6077 74 - 1 6079 13 78 1
5761 60 289 1/5 5763 48 286 1/20 5765 80 284 5/30 6077 03 - 1 6077 74 - 1 6079 13 213 1
5761 61 288 1/5 5763 49 290 1/20 5765 81 285 5/30 6077 05 - 1 6077 75 217 1 6079 14 78 1
5761 62 - 1/5 5763 50 289 1/20 5765 82 - 5/30 6077 06 - 1 6077 76 - 1 6079 14 213 1
5761 63 290 1/5 5763 51 288 1/20 5765 83 287 1/5 6077 07 - 1 6077 77 - 1 6079 15 78 1
5761 64 - 1/5 5763 52 - 1/20 5765 84 - 1/5 6077 08 - 1 6077 83 216 1 6079 15 213 1
5761 65 288 1/5 5763 53 290 1/20 5765 85 290 1/5 6077 09 - 1 6077 84 - 1 6079 16 78 1
5761 66 - 1/5 5763 54 - 1/20 5765 86 289 1/5 6077 10 - 1 6077 93 - 1 6079 16 213 1
5761 67 291 1/5 5763 55 288 1/20 5765 95 290 1/5 6077 11 - 1 6077 94 - 1 6079 17 78 1
5761 68 286 5 5763 56 - 1/20 6077 12 - 1
5761 99 290 1/5 5763 57 291 1/20
6000 00 6077 13 - 1 6078 03 216 1
6079 17 213 1
6079 18 78 1
5763 58 286 1/20 6014 50 G 211 1 6077 15 - 1 6078 03 - 1 6079 18 213 1
5762 90 289 1/5 5763 59 290 1/20 6014 51 G - 1 6077 16 - 1 6078 04 - 1 6079 19 79 1
5762 91 288 1/5 5763 60 289 1/5 6014 52 G - 1 6077 17 - 1 6078 04 - 1
6079 19 213 1
5762 92 - 1/5 5763 61 288 1/5 6014 53 G - 1 6077 18 - 1 6078 13 - 1
6079 20 79 1
5762 93 290 1/5 5763 62 - 1/5 6014 54 G - 1 6077 19 - 1 6078 14 - 1
6079 20 213 1
5762 94 - 1/5 5763 63 290 1/5 6014 55 G - 1 6077 20 - 1 6078 25 211 1
6079 21 79 1
5762 95 288 1/5 5763 64 - 1/5 6014 56 G - 1 6077 21 - 1 6078 26 - 1
6079 21 213 1
5762 96 - 1/5 5763 65 288 1/5 6014 57 G - 1 6077 22 - 1 6078 27 - 1
6079 22 79 1
5762 97 291 1/5 5763 66 - 1/5 6014 70 G 217 10 6077 23 - 1 6078 28 - 1
6079 22 213 1
5762 98 286 1/5/50 5763 67 291 1/5 6077 24 - 1 6078 35 - 1
6079 23 79 1
5762 99 290 1/5 5763 68 286 1/5 6018 31 232 1 6077 25 - 1 6078 36 - 1
6079 23 213 1
5763 69 290 1/5 6018 32 - 1 6077 26 - 1 6078 37 - 1
6079 24 79 1
5763 00 289 1/5 5763 80 289 1/5 6018 33 - 1 6077 27 - 1 6078 38 - 1
6079 24 213 1
5763 01 288 1/5 5763 81 288 1/5 6018 35 - 1 6077 28 - 1 6078 40 215 1
6079 25 79 1
5763 02 - 1/5 5763 82 - 1/5 6018 36 - 1 6077 29 - 1 6078 41 - 1
6079 25 213 1
5763 03 290 1/5 5763 83 290 1/5 6018 37 - 1 6077 30 - 1 6078 43 - 1
6079 26 79 1
5763 04 - 1/5 5763 84 - 1/5 6018 38 - 1 6077 31 - 1 6078 50 - 1
6079 26 213 1
5763 05 288 1/5 5763 85 288 1/5 6077 32 - 1 6078 51 - 1
6079 27 79 1
5763 06 - 1/5 5763 86 - 1/5 6019 32 232 6 6077 33 - 1 6078 60 - 1
6079 27 213 1
5763 07 291 1/5 5763 87 291 1/5 6019 94 - 6 6077 35 - 1 6078 61 - 1
6079 28 78 1
5763 08 286 1/5 5763 88 286 1/5 6019 96 - 6 6077 36 - 1 6078 62 - 1
6079 28 211 1
5763 09 290 1/5 5763 89 290 1/5 6019 98 - 6 6077 37 - 1 6078 65 212 1
6079 30 78 1
5763 10 289 1/5 5763 90 289 1/5 6077 38 - 1 6078 66 - 1
6033 60 184 1/40 6079 30 211 1
5763 11 288 1/5 5763 91 288 1/5 6077 39 - 1 6078 67 - 1
6033 61 - 1/40 6079 31 78 1
5763 12 - 1/5 5763 92 - 1/5 6077 40 212 1 6078 68 - 1
6033 63 - 1/40 6079 31 211 1
5763 13 290 1/5 5763 93 290 1/5 6077 41 - 1 6078 70 215 1
5763 14 - 1/5 5763 94 - 1/5 6033 64 - 1/40 6077 42 - 1 6078 71 - 1 6079 32 78 1
5763 15 288 1/5 5763 95 288 1/5 6033 65 - 1/40 6077 43 216 1 6078 72 - 1 6079 32 211 1
5763 16 - 1/5 5763 96 - 1/5 6033 66 - 1/40 6077 44 - 1 6078 73 - 1 6079 33 78 1
5763 17 291 1/5 5763 97 291 1/5 6033 67 - 1/40 6077 45 214 1 6078 75 212 1 6079 33 211 1
5763 18 286 1/5 5763 98 286 1/5 6033 68 - 1/40 6077 46 - 1 6078 76 - 1 6079 34 78 1
5763 19 290 1/5 5763 99 290 1/5 6033 69 - 1/40 6077 47 - 1 6078 77 - 1 6079 34 211 1
5763 20 289 1/20 6033 70 - 1/40 6077 50 212 1 6078 78 - 1 6079 35 78 1
5763 21 288 1/20 5764 00 289 1/5 6033 71 - 1/40 6077 51 - 1 6078 80 215 1 6079 35 211 1
5763 22 - 1/20 5764 01 288 1/5 6033 72 - 1/40 6077 52 - 1 6078 81 216 1 6079 36 78 1
5763 23 290 1/20 5764 02 - 1/5 6033 73 - 1/40 6077 53 216 1 6078 82 - 1 6079 36 211 1
5763 24 - 1/20 5764 03 290 1/5 6033 74 - 1/40 6077 54 - 1 6078 83 - 1 6079 44 79 1
5763 25 288 1/20 5764 04 - 1/5 6033 75 - 1/40 6077 55 214 1 6078 84 - 1 6079 44 216 1
5763 26 - 1/20 5764 05 288 1/5 6033 76 - 1/40 6077 56 - 1 6078 85 - 1 6079 45 79 1
5763 27 291 1/20 5764 06 - 1/5 6077 57 - 1 6078 90 217 1 6079 45 216 1
5763 28 286 1/20 5764 07 291 1/5 6038 00 481 1 6077 60 212 1 6078 91 - 1
5763 29 290 1/20 5764 08 286 1/5 6038 01 - 1 6077 61 - 1 6078 92 - 1 6210 00 62 1/5
5763 30 289 1/20 5764 09 290 1/5 6038 02 - 1 6077 62 - 1 6078 93 - 1 6210 01 - 1/5
5763 31 288 1/20 5764 90 289 1 6038 03 - 1 6077 63 216 1 6078 94 - 1 6210 02 - 1/5
5763 32 - 1/20 5764 93 287 1 6038 05 - 1 6077 63 - 1 6078 95 - 1 6210 03 - 1/5
5763 33 290 1/20 5764 94 - 1 6038 07 - 36(1) 6077 63 - 1 6078 96 - 1 6210 04 - 1
5763 34 - 1/20 5764 96 289 1 6038 57 - 10 6077 64 - 1 6078 97 - 1 6210 05 - 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 21
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
6250 02 57 1 6338 50 335 1 6730 20 346 20/200 6731 01 351 20/200 6732 06 358 5/50 6755 30 378 1/10/100
6250 04 69 1 6338 51 - 10 6730 21 - 20/200 6731 02 - 20/200 6732 08 - 5/50 6755 31 - 1/5/50
6250 06 57 1 6338 53 334 1 6730 22 - 10/100 6731 03 - 20/200 6732 09 - 5/25 6755 33 - 1/5/25
6250 08 69 1 6338 73 335 1 6730 23 - 10/100 6731 04 - 20/200 6732 11 - 20/200 6755 35 - 1/10/100
6250 10 50 1 6338 99 - 1 6730 24 348 1/5/50 6731 05 - 10/100 6732 12 - 1/10 6755 40 - 20/200
6250 11 - 1 6730 25 - 1/10 6731 06 - 10/100 6732 13 - 10/100 6755 41 379 20/200
6250 14 61 1 6339 001 534 1 6730 26 - 1/10 6731 07 - 10/100 6732 14 - 10/100 6755 44 - 20/200
6250 14 66 1 6339 10 - 1 6730 27 - 1/5/50 6731 08 - 20/200 6732 16 - 1/10 6755 45 - 20/200
6250 18 61 1 6339 11 - 1 6730 28 - 1/10/100 6731 09 - 20/200 6732 18 - 1/10 6755 45 504 20
6250 18 66 1 6339 91 335 1 6730 29 - 1/10/100 6731 10 - 20/200 6732 21 - 20/200 6755 46 379 20/200
6339 92 - 1 6730 30 350 1/10/100 6731 11 352 20/200 6732 22 - 20/200 6755 47 - 20/200
6253 80AA 111 1 6339 93 334 1 6730 31 - 1/10/100 6731 12 - 10/100 6732 23 - 10/100 6755 47 509 20
6253 80AB - 1 6730 32 348 1/10 6731 13 - 10/100 6732 24 - 10/100 6755 50 379 10/100
6253 80BB - 1 6348 00 536 1 6730 33 - 20/200 6731 14 - 10/100 6732 26 - 5/50 6755 51 - 10/100
6253 84 - 1 6348 01 - 1 6730 34 - 20/200 6731 15 - 20/200 6732 28 - 5/50 6755 52 - 10/100
6253 85 - 1 6348 02* - 1 6730 36 - 1/5/25 6731 16 - 10/100 6732 29 - 5/25 6755 53 - 20/200
6253 87 - 1 6348 04 - 1 6730 37 349 1/10 6731 17 351 10/100 6732 31 - 20/200 6755 54 - 10/100
6253 88 - 1 6348 05* - 1 6730 38 - 1/10/100 6731 18 352 20/200 6732 32 - 1/10 6755 55 - 10/100
6253 89 - 1 6348 06 - 1 6730 38 355 1/10/100 6731 19 - 20/200 6732 33 - 10/100 6755 56 378 10/50
6253 90 - 1 6348 07 - 1 6730 38 378 1 6731 20 - 20/200 6732 34 - 10/100 6755 57 - 10/100
6253 91 - 1 6348 08 - 1 6730 39 349 10/100 6731 21 - 20/200 6732 36 - 1/10 6755 58 379 5/25
6253 92 - 1 6348 10 - 1 6730 40 - 10/100 6731 22 - 10/100 6732 38 - 1/10 6755 60 378 1/10
6348 11 - 1 6730 41 347 20/200 6731 23 - 10/100 6732 42 - 20/200 6755 61 380 20/200
6271 76 50 1 6348 15 - 1 6730 42 - 5/50 6731 24 354 1/5/50 6732 44 346 5/50 6755 62 - 20/200
6271 77 - 1 6348 15 - 1 6730 43 - 10/100 6731 25 - 1/10 6732 44 352 5/50 6755 63 - 10/100
6348 16 - 1 6730 44 - 20/200 6731 26 - 1/10 6732 45 351 20/200 6755 64 - 10/100
6327 24 505 305 6348 16 - 1 6730 45 - 10/100 6731 27 - 1/5/50 6732 46 - 20/200 6755 66 - 5/50
6327 30 510 20 6348 17 - 1 6730 46 - 10/100 6731 28 - 1/10/100 6732 47 - 10/100 6755 67 - 5/50
6327 31 - 20 6348 17 - 1 6730 47 - 10/100 6731 29 - 1/10/100 6732 48 - 10/100 6755 68 - 5/25
6327 32 - 20 6348 18 - 1 6730 48 353 5/50 6731 30 356 1/10/100 6732 49 - 5/50 6755 69 - 5/50
6327 33 - 20 6348 18 - 1 6730 49 349 1/5/20 6731 31 - 1/10/100 6732 50 - 5/25 6755 72 - 10
6327 34 - 20 6730 50 - 20/200 6731 32 354 1/10 6732 52 - 1/10 6755 73 - 10
6327 40 - 20 6499 14 194 1 6730 51 - 10/100 6731 33 - 20/200 6732 56 358 1/10 6755 78 - 10
6327 41 - 20 6499 15 - 1/30 6730 52 - 20/200 6731 34 - 20/200 6732 58 - 1/10 6755 81 382 20/200
6327 42 - 20 6499 36A - 1 6730 53 - 20/200 6731 36 - 1/5/25 6732 62 - 1/10 6755 82 - 20/200
6327 43 - 20 6499 39 - 1/30 6730 54 349 20/200 6731 37 355 1/10 6732 66 - 5/50 6755 83 - 10/100
6327 50 505 20 6499 48 - 1/10 6730 54 509 20 6731 39 - 10/100 6732 68 - 5/50 6755 84 - 10/100
6327 51 - 20 6499 49 - 1/30 6730 55 349 20/200 6731 40 - 10/100 6732 69 - 5/25 6755 86 - 10/100
6327 52 - 20 6499 64 - 1/30 6730 55 504 20 6731 41 353 20/200 6732 82 - 20/200 6755 89 - 10/100
6327 53 - 20 6730 56 349 10/100 6731 42 - 5/50 6732 86 - 5/50 6755 90 379 20/200
6327 54 - 20 6503 00 264 1 6730 56 504 20 6731 43 - 10/100 6732 88 - 5/50 6755 91 - 20/200
6327 60 - 20 6503 31 - 1 6730 57 350 1/10 6731 44 - 20/200 6732 89 - 5/25 6755 92 - 20/200
6327 61 - 20 6503 32 - 1 6730 58 - 10/100 6731 45 - 10/100 6732 92 - 1/10 6755 95 378 20/200
6327 62 - 20 6503 49 - 1 6730 59 - 1/10 6731 46 - 10/100 6732 96 - 1/10 6755 96 - 20/200
6327 63 - 20 6503 50 - 1 6730 60 - 20/200 6731 47 - 10/100 6732 98 - 1/10 6755 97 - 1/5/25
6327 79 - 20 6503 90 - 1 6730 61 - 20/200 6731 49 355 1/5/20
6327 79 510 20 6730 62 - 10/100 6731 50 - 20/200 6733 02 359 10/50 6756 00 380 10/100
6327 91 505 1 6571 06 588 1 6730 63 - 1/10/100 6731 51 - 10/100 6733 02 383 10/50 6756 01 - 10/100
6327 91 510 1 6571 26 - 1 6730 70 - 20/200 6731 52 - 20/200 6733 03 359 5/35 6756 02 - 10/100
6571 46 - 1 6730 73 348 1/5/20 6731 53 - 20/200 6733 03 383 5/35 6756 03 - 10/100
6338 01 334 1 6730 74 347 1/10 6731 54 - 20/200 6733 04 359 5/25 6756 04 - 5/50
6338 02 - 1 6730 00 346 20/200 6730 75 - 1/10 6731 54 509 20 6733 04 383 5/25 6756 05 - 5/50
6338 21 - 1 6730 01 - 20/200 6730 76 - 1/10 6731 55 355 20/200 6733 05 359 1/5 6756 06 - 5/25
6338 22 - 1 6730 02 - 20/200 6730 77 348 1/10/100 6731 55 504 20 6733 05 383 1/5 6756 07 - 5/50
6338 23 - 1 6730 03 - 20/200 6730 78 350 1/1 6731 56 355 10/100 6733 06 359 1/10 6756 08 - 5/25
6338 25 - 1 6730 04 - 20/200 6730 81 351 20/200 6731 56 504 20 6733 06 383 1/10 6756 09 - 5/25
6338 26 - 1 6730 05 - 10/100 6730 82 - 20/200 6731 57 356 1/10 6733 08 359 1/5 6756 10 381 10/100
6338 27 - 1 6730 06 - 10/100 6730 83 347 5/50 6731 58 - 10/100 6733 08 383 1/5 6756 11 - 10/100
6338 28 - 1 6730 07 - 10/100 6730 84 351 20/200 6731 59 - 1/10 6756 12 - 10/100
6338 29 - 1 6730 08 - 20/200 6730 85 - 20/200 6731 60 - 20/200 6740 99 383 1/5 6756 13 - 10/100
6338 30 - 1 6730 09 - 20/200 6730 86 - 20/200 6731 61 - 20/200 6756 14 - 5/50
6338 32 335 1 6730 10 - 20/200 6730 89 - 20/200 6731 63 - 1/10/100 6755 01 378 20/200 6756 15 - 5/50
6338 33 334 1 6730 11 - 20/200 6730 90 - 20/200 6731 70 - 20/200 6755 02 - 20/200 6756 16 - 5/25
6338 40 335 1 6730 12 - 10/100 6730 92 - 1/10/100 6731 73 354 1/5/20 6755 03 - 20/200 6756 17 - 5/50
6338 41 - 1 6730 13 - 10/100 6730 93 - 10/100 6731 77 - 1/10/100 6755 04 - 20/200 6756 18 - 5/25
6338 43 - 1 6730 14 - 10/100 6730 94 - 20/200 6731 83 353 5/50 6755 06 - 10/100 6756 19 - 5/25
6338 44 - 1 6730 15 - 20/200 6730 95 - 5/50 6755 07 - 20/200 6756 20 - 10/100
6338 45 - 1 6730 16 - 10/100 6730 98 - 20/200 6732 01 358 20/200 6755 11 - 20/200 6756 21 - 10/100
6338 46 - 1 6730 17 - 10/100 6730 99 - 20/200 6732 02 - 20/200 6755 12 - 20/200 6756 22 - 10/100
6338 47 - 1 6730 18 - 20/200 6732 03 - 10/100 6755 13 - 20/200 6756 23 - 10/100
6338 48 334 1 6730 19 - 20/200 6731 00 351 20/200 6732 04 - 10/100 6755 26 - 10/100 6756 24 - 5/50
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
22 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
6756 25 381 5/50 6896 13 425 1 84000 60 409 1 F503 319 1 MH40040 117 1 P7540 116 1
6756 26 - 5/25 6896 14 - 1 84000 60 410 1 F520 316 1 MH4040 - 1 PH12.512.540 - 1
6756 27 - 5/50 6896 15 - 1 84000 60 411 1 F521 - 1 MH45040 - 1 PH12.540 - 1
6756 28 - 5/25 6896 16 - 1 84000 61 408 1 F522 - 1 MH50040 - 1 PH252540 - 1
6756 29 - 5/25 6896 17 394 1 84000 61 409 1 F523 - 1 MH5040 - 1 PH2540 - 1
6756 30 382 10/100 6896 17 - 1 84000 61 410 1 F524 - 1 MH55040 - 1 PH255040 - 1
6756 31 - 10/100 6896 17 399 1 84000 61 411 1 MH60040 - 1 PH5040 - 1
6756 32 - 10/100 6896 18 425 10
L00 00 MH6040 - 1 PH7540 - 1
6756 33 - 10/100 6896 19 - 10 84037 00 408 1 L4561N 320 1 MH67540 - 1
6756 34 - 5/50 6896 20 - 10 84037 20 - 1 L4566 319 1 MH75040 - 1
R00 00
6756 35 - 5/50 6896 21 - 10 84037 30 - 1 L4566/10 - 1 MH7540 - 1 R5.2540.189 116 1
6756 36 - 5/25 6896 31 394 5 84037 40 - 1 L4567 - 1 MH82540 - 1 R5.5040.189 - 1
6756 37 - 5/50 6896 31 - 5 84037 50 - 1 L4568 - 1 MH87.540 - 1 R5.R4040.189 - 1
6756 38 - 5/25 6896 34 - 1 84037 51 - 1 L4569 - 1 MH90040 - 1 R7.5040.189 - 1
6756 39 - 5/25 6896 38 - 1 L4630 318 10 MS.R12040.189 118 1 R7.7540.189 - 1
6896 52 399 1 84060 00 409 1 L4668BUS/60 320 5 MS.R16040.189 - 1 R7.R4040.189 - 1
6806 11 263 10 6896 55 - 1 84060 20 - 1 L4669 313 1 MS.R20040.189 - 1 R7.R404040.189 - 1
6806 12 - 10 6896 56 399 1 84060 30 - 1 L4669 315 1 MS.R24040.189 - 1 R7.R8040.189 - 1
6806 13 - 10 6896 62 394 12 84060 40 - 1 L4669/500 313 1 MS.R28040.189 - 1 R9.RS7240.189 - 1
6806 14 - 5 6896 62 - 12 84060 72 - 1 L4669/500 315 1 MS.R32040.189 - 1
6806 19 - 5 6896 62 399 12 84060 73 - 1 L4669KM1 313 1 MS.R36040.189 - 1
V00 00
6806 33 - 20 6896 78 394 4 L4669KM1 315 1 MS.R40040.189 - 1 V10044CB 115 1
6896 78 - 4 84090 00 410 1 L4669S 318 1 MS.R44040.189 - 1 V1044CB - 1
6846 38 262 1 6896 78 399 4 84090 20 - 1 MS.R48040.189 - 1 V12.544CB - 1
6896 92 394 10 84090 30 - 1
M00 00 MS.R52040.189 - 1 V12544CB - 1
6890 07 262 40 84090 40 - 1 M10040 117 1 MS.R56040.189 - 1 V1544CB - 1
6890 07 359 40 6897 00 424 18* 84090 82 - 1 M1040 - 1 MS.R60040.189 - 1 V2044CB - 1
6890 07 383 40 6897 01 - 2/160* 84090 82 411 1 M12540 - 1 MS.R64040.189 - 1 V2544CB - 1
6890 08 262 40 6897 09 425 9 M15040 - 1 MS.R72040.189 - 1 V3044CB - 1
6890 08 359 40 6897 10 - 9 84120 00 411 1 M1540 - 1 MS.R80040.189 - 1 V4044CB - 1
6890 08 383 40 6897 12 - 9 84120 20 - 1 M17540 - 1 MS.RS14440.189 - 1 V5044CB - 1
6890 09 262 40 6897 15 - 9 84120 30 - 1 M20040 - 1 MS.RS21640.189 - 1 V544CB - 1
6890 09 359 40 6897 20 - 9 84120 40 - 1 M2040 - 1 MS.RS28840.189 - 1 V6044CB - 1
6890 09 383 40 6897 23 - 1 M22540 - 1 MS.RS36040.189 - 1 V7544CB - 1
6890 10 262 40 6897 25 - 9
E00 00 M25040 - 1 MS.RS43240.189 - 1 V8044CB - 1
6890 10 359 40 6897 27 - 9 E46ADCN 311 1 M2540 - 1 MS.RS50440.189 - 1 V9044CB - 1
6890 10 383 40 6897 28 - 9 E46ADCN 315 1 M27540 - 1 MS.RS57640.189 - 1 VH10044CB - 1
6890 11 262 10 6897 30 - 9 E46ADCN/127 311 1 M30040 - 1 MS.RS64840.189 - 1 VH1044CB - 1
6890 11 359 10 6897 33 - 1 E46ADCN/127 315 1 M3040 - 1 MS.RS72040.189 - 1 VH12.544CB - 1
6890 11 383 10 6897 35 - 9 E47ADCN 318 1 M35040 - 1 MS.RS79240.189 - 1 VH12544CB - 1
6890 12 262 10 6897 37 - 9 E49 311 1 M3540 - 1 MS.RS86440.189 - 1 VH1544CB - 1
6890 12 359 10 6897 38 - 9 E49 315 1 M40040 - 1 VH2.544CB - 1
6890 12 383 10 6897 77 - 6 M4040 - 1
N00 00 VH2044CB - 1
6890 13 - 10 6897 79 - 6
F00 00 M45040 - 1 MS10040.189 118 1 VH2544CB - 1
6890 21 359 1/6 F401 308 1 M50040 - 1 MS12540.189 - 1 VH3044CB - 1
6890 21 383 1/6
80000 00 F411/1N 311 1 M5040 - 1 MS15040.189 - 1 VH3544CB - 1
6890 22 359 1/4 81902 32 408 1 F411/2 - 1 M55040 - 1 MS20040.189 - 1 VH4044CB - 1
6890 22 383 1/4 81902 32 409 1 F411/4 - 1 M60040 - 1 MS22540.189 - 1 VH5044CB - 1
6890 29 - 20 81902 32 410 1 F413N - 1 M6040 - 1 MS25040.189 - 1 VH544CB - 1
6890 31 262 20 81902 32 411 1 F414 - 1 M67540 - 1 MS27540.189 - 1 VH6044CB - 1
6890 31 359 20 F415 - 1 M75040 - 1 MS30040.189 - 1 VH7.544CB - 1
6890 31 383 20 84000 10 408 1 F418 - 1 M7540 - 1 MS35040.189 - 1 VH7544CB - 1
6890 42 262 40 84000 10 409 1 F420 - 1 M82540 - 1 MS37540.189 - 1 VH8044CB - 1
6890 42 359 40 84000 10 410 1 F422 - 1 M87.540 - 1 MS45040.189 - 1 VH9044CB - 1
6890 42 383 40 84000 10 411 1 F425 - 1 M90040 - 1 MS52540.189 - 1 VS.R12040.189 - 1
84000 20 408 1 F428 - 1 MH10040 - 1 MS60040.189 - 1 VS.R16040.189 - 1
6895 00 424 3/54(1) 84000 20 409 1 F430/2 315 1 MH1040 - 1 MS67540.189 - 1 VS.R20040.189 - 1
6895 01 - 3/21(1) 84000 20 410 1 F430/4 - 1 MH12540 - 1 MS75040.189 - 1 VS.R24040.189 - 1
6895 02 - 3/54(1) 84000 20 411 1 F430R3V10 - 1 MH15040 - 1 MS7540.189 - 1 VS.R28040.189 - 1
6895 03 - 3/36(1) 84000 30 408 1 F430R8 - 1 MH1540 - 1 VS.R4040.189 - 1
6895 04 - 3/12(1) 84000 30 409 1 F430V10 - 1 MH17540 - 1
L00 00 VS.R8040.189 - 1
6895 05 - 3/18(1) 84000 30 410 1 F441 320 1 MH20040 - 1 OS0262 25/3 66 1 VS.RS14440.189 - 1
6895 10 - 3/54(1) 84000 30 411 1 F441 323 1 MH200N 321 1 OS0262 25/3 69 1 VS.RS21640.189 - 1
6895 11 - 3/21(1) 84000 40 408 1 F441M 320 1 MH2040 117 1 OS0262 25/3 73 1 VS.RS28840.189 - 1
6895 12 - 3/54(1) 84000 40 409 1 F441M 323 1 MH22540 - 1 VS.RS7240.189 - 1
6895 13 - 3/18(1) 84000 40 410 1 F450 321 1 MH25040 - 1
P00 00 VS10040.189 - 1
6895 14 - 3/12(1) 84000 40 411 1 F454 - 1 MH2540 - 1 P12.512.540 116 1 VS15040.189 - 1
6895 15 - 3/18(1) 84000 50 408 1 F481 317 1 MH27540 - 1 P12.540 - 1 VS20040.189 - 1
84000 50 409 1 F482 318 1 MH30040 - 1 P252540 - 1 VS25040.189 - 1
6896 10 425 1 84000 50 410 1 F482V12 - 1 MH3040 - 1 P2540 - 1 VS30040.189 - 1
6896 11 - 1 84000 50 411 1 F500N 320 1 MH35040 - 1 P255040 - 1 VS5040.189 - 1
6896 12 - 1 84000 60 408 1 F502 319 1 MH3540 - 1 P5040 - 1 VS7540.189 - 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 23
p. 28-29
DMX
ACBs air circuit breakers
p. 32-34
DMX 2500
Dimension
p. 40
Automation control
Technical data units for supply
invertors
power
Solutions
with DMX3
24
p. 29 p. 30 p. 30-32 p. 26-27
DMX DMX-I DMX Technical
microprocessor trip free switches auxilliaries and characteristics
based protection accessories
units
p. 35-36 p. 37 p. 38 p. 39
DMX 4000 DMX3 6300 and DMX DMX & DMX-I
DMX3-I 6300 connection & customisation
transformation
fixed/draw out
p. 41 p. 43
DMX 500/4000/6300 Selectivity table
characteristics &
setting
25
DMX
technical characteristics
DMX3
according to IEC 60947-2 0286 56 + 0288 02 0286 74 + 0288 02 0289 51 + 0288 02 0286 96
No. of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P
Operating characteristics
Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690 690 690 690 690
Utilization category B B B - - -
600 VA 50 60 75 50 65 75 75 - - -
690 VA 50 55 65 50 65 65 65 - - -
230 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 220 143 220 220
415 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 220 143 220 220
500 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 220 143 220 220
600 VA 105 132 165 105 143 165 165 132 165 165
690 VA 105 121 143 105 143 143 143 121 143 143
600 VA 50 60 75 50 65 75 75 60 75 75
690 VA 50 55 65 50 65 65 65 55 65 65
Response time
Endurance (cycles)
Temperature
Operating -5 C to + -5 C to -5 C to +
-5 C to + 70 C -5 C to + 70 C -5 C to + 70 C 70 C + 70 C 70 C
Storage -25C to -25C to -25 C to +
-25 C to +85 C -25 C to + 85 C -25 C to + 85 C +85C +85 C 85 C
26
DMX
technical characteristics
PROTECTION UNITS
Touchscreen LCD
monochrome LCD
Measures and displays (Instantaneous, maximum and average, adjustable delay)
Current
Voltage Ph/N and Ph/Ph
Power (P, Q, A) total and per phase
Frequency
Total power factor and per phase
Energy (active and reactive)
Total harmonic distortion
Position ON/OFF/Default
Date, time and cause of last trip
Protection required
Memory
Trip counter
Last trip
Date, time and cause of last trip
Date of last 20 alarms
External link
Overheating > 75 0C
Logical Selectivity
Non priority load management(3)
Reverse power 0.1 to 20s - 5 to 100 % Ir(3)
Unbalance current 1 to 3600s - 100 to 600 V(3)
Voltage Ph/N max : 0.1 to 20s - 60 to 400 V(3)
Voltage Ph/N min : 0.1 to 20s - 10 to 400 V(3)
Unbalance voltage Ph/N : 0.1 to 20s - Instant(3)
Reversing phase rotations
Max & Min frequency: 45 to 500 Hz - 0.1s to 20s(3)
(1) Only for touchscreen protection unit
(2) For DMX3 3P, 4 wire system add Cat.No 0288 11
(3) For touchscreens : Ir adjustable from 0.1 to 10 x In steps of 0.01
27
DMX 2500/4000/6300
air circuit breakers from 630 to 6300 A
0286 56 + 0288 03 (p. 29) + 0289 03 + 0289 10 (p. 31) 0286 74 + 0288 02 (p. 29) 0287 56 + 0288 02 (p. 33)
Air circuit breakers eqipped with microprocessor based protection unit (to be ordered together for factory assembly)
Door sealing frame and 4 NO/NC auxilliary contact + 1 trip contact
Flat terminal for draw - out version and horizontal terminals for fixed version
Air circuit breakers eqipped with microprocessor based protection unit DMX3 circuit breakers can be equipped with MP4 or MP6
(to be ordered together for factory assembly) microprocessor based protection units enabling very precise
Door sealing frame and 4 NO/NC auxilliary contact + 1 trip contact adjustments of the protection conditions, while maintaining total
Flat terminal for draw - out versionand horizontal terminals for fixed discrimination with downstream devices.
version MP4 or MP6 protection units can be equipped with batteries for powering
in case of mains fault or when the breaker is open or not connected.
Pack Cat.Nos. Fixed version
Supplied with rear terminals for horizontal
Pack Cat.Nos LCD Display (MP4)
connections Microprocessor based LCD screen
DMX - L 6300 Unit LSl
Frame 3 Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA) 1 0288 01 Settings : Ir, tr, Im, t(s) Ir
tr
3P 4P In(A) tm, li
1 0289 50 0289 60 5000 Im
1 0289 51 0289 61 6300 tm
Ii
I(A)
Draw-out version
Supplied with a base equipped with flat Unit LSlg
1 0288 02 Settings : Ir, tr, Im, t(s)
rear terminals and lockable safety shutters Ir
tm, Ii, Ig, tg tr
DMX - L 6300
Frame 3 Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA) t(s) lg
Im
tm
3P 4P In(A) tg
1 li
0289 52 0289 62 5000
1 0289 53 0289 63 6300 I(A) I(A)
0288 33
0288 84 0288 82
66
115
115
419
419
A A
132
354
A A A A
215 300
273 358
85 85
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure 11 30 15
85 85 85
Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars Rear terminals for flat connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 82/83 Cat.Nos 0288 84/85
20
60 60
95
90 20
45,5 85 85 45,5 45,5 85 85 85 45,5 354
62.5
115
115
473
473
A A
170
A A A A 433
220 305 Cat.Nos 0288 96 A/97 A
327 412
110.0
70.0
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure 9.0 12.0
70.0
316 401 407
116.5 116.5 41.5 106 106 106 41.5
30.0 30.0 11.0
M8 M8 70.0
11.0
115
30.0 26.0
115
80
50
80
50
151
151
356
50
50 433
70
70
Rear terminals for horizontal connection with bars - Cat.Nos 0288 96/97
3P version 4P version
316 401
116.5 116.5 41.5 106 106 106 41.5
14
20
11
115
115
151
95.5
151
20 30
20 30
70
70
Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars - Cat.Nos 0288 96/97
3P version 4P version
316 401
116.5 116.5 41.5 106 106 106 41.5
14
70
30
11
115
115
151
95.5
151
20 30
70
66
115
115
419
419
A A
132,25
354
A A A 480 A
350
408 538
11 35 35 15
Cat.No 0288 93
Rear terminals
3P version 4P version
100 100
90 30 85 30
62,5
115
115
473
473
A A
170
433
A A A A
318 448
425 555
Rear terminals for vertical or horizontal connection with bars Rear terminals for flat connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 94/95
3P version 4P version
100
414 544
70
130 130 77 130 130 130 77
1
100
M10 M10
70
30
16
35
35 35
130
130
10.5 (4x) 10 60
100
100
70
70
Cat.Nos 0288 94 A/95 A
148.5
148.5
18.0 191.0
100.0 70 70
10.5
100 100
100.0
11.0
40.0 40.0 40.0
Rear terminals for horizontal connection with bars Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 94/95 Cat.Nos 0288 94/95
3P version 4P version 3P version 4P version
414 544 414 544
130 130 77 130 130 130 77 130 130 77 130 130 130 77
130
130
130
130
148.5
148.5
148.5
148.5
35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
100 100 100 100
16
16
35
100
30
35
11
11
98.5 98.5
4P: 1057
3P: 797
30
414
357
30
115
90
59 132 14
223.5 74
3P: 183 114 443 36 82
4P: 443
100
100
465
473
417
100
228.5
98.5
74
148.5
70
100
77 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 77
Poles:
- 3P
- 4P
DMX3 fixed
Rating :
630 A to 6300 A
Breaking Capacity:
- 50kA
- 65kA
+
+
- 100kA
Version : Fixed,
Drawout
=
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
Display :
- LCD
Transformation kit for drawout version DMX draw out
3 - Touchscreen
+ Versions :
- LSl (Ir, tr, Im, tm, Ii)
- LSlg (Ir, tr, Im, tm, Ii, Ig, tg)
Options :
- Separate neutral
- communication
Base
Microprocessor based protection unit
Closing
coil
Shunt trip
Auxilliary contact
(4 NO/NC +
1 Trip contact)
Under voltage
release
Motor
operator
Locking
accessories
n Connection
Rear terminals
for horizontal
connections
38
DMX3
automation control units for supply invertors
Operating ranges
Main/Secondary minimum voltage range 70-98 % Un
Main/Secondary voltage absence range 60-85 % Un
Main/Secondary minimum voltage delay 0.1-900 s
Main/Secondary voltage absence delay 0.1-30 s
Generator operating delay 0-900 s
Main/Secondary switching delay 0.1-90 s
n Choice of cable interlock Main line presence delay 1-3600 s
Secondary to main switching delay 0.1-90 s
L1
Generator set stopping delay 1-3600 s
Functions
H
L2
Standard unit Cat.No 0261 93
Used to adjust and manage the source inversion operating conditions
V (DMX3) :
- Remote control ( Opening/Closing) of MCBs
- Microprocessor output from unit (Positive Safety)
- Programmable I/O
- Voltage reading : 3 Phase
L3 phase-neutral
phase-phase
- Control (on/off) of generator set
- Indication of the state of the MCBs (open/closed/tripped)
- Source inversion blocked in theevent of:
Calculating the length Tripping of 1 or 2 devices
V of the cable : If a draw-out ACB is not inserted in its base, as the open/close
L1 = 1430 + H command of the unit is inoperative
L2 = 1570 + V
L3 = 1430 + V + H
Communicating unit Cat.No 0261 94
All the standard functions plus:
H - Maximum voltage reading
- Reading of phase rotation direction
- Frequency reading
- Communication: data transmission via the RS 485 port
n Cable length selection table (Modbus protocol)
Length (mm) Type Cat.Nos Dimension and panel board faceplate cut-out
2600 1 0289 20
144
3000 2 0289 21
3600 3 0289 22
MAIN LINE SECONDARY LINE
V V 138
4000 3 0289 23 PRESENCE PRESENCE
ALARM
POWER
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
V V
ORDER ORDER
AUT
MAN
CLOSED/OPEN CLOSED/OPEN
NOT INSERTED NOT INSERTED
TRIPPED TRIPPED
RESET
Horizontal
Distance between air
circuit breakers (mm)
725 mm 1000 mm 1450 mm 2000 mm
39
DMX3
microprocessor protection units
Im Im
tm tm
Ii Ii
I(A) I(A)
Long time delay protection against overloads Long time delay protection against overloads
Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (6 + 6 steps) on two selectors (0.4 0.9, by steps Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (7 steps) Ir = 0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1 x In
of 0.1 and 0.0 0.1, by steps of 0.02) Long delay protection operation time
Long delay protection operation time tr - at 6 x Ir (4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (both MEM ON and MEM OFF)
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 + 4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (MEM ON) 30-20-10-5 s Short time delay protection against short circuits
(MEM OFF)
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
Short time delay protection against short circuits
Short time delay protection operation time
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
tm from 0.03 to 1 s (11 steps) tm = 0.03-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-
Short time delay protection operation time 0.8-09-1 s (both t = constant and I2t = constant)
tm from 0 to 0.3 s (4 + 4 steps) tm = 0-0.1-0.2-0.3 s (t = cost), Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
0.3-0.2-0.1-0.01 s (I2t = constant)
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii = 2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
Neutral protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii = off-2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
Neutral protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
t(s) Im Im
lg tm t(s) lg tm
tg tg
li li
I(A) I(A) I(A) I(A)
Long time delay protection against overloads Long time delay protection against overloads
Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (6 +6 steps) on two selectors Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (7 steps) Ir = 0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1 x In
(0.4 0.9, by steps of 0.1 and 0.0 0.1, by steps of 0.02)
Long delay protection operation time
Long delay protection operation time
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (both MEM ON and MEM OFF)
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 + 4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (MEM ON)
30-20-10-5 s (MEM OFF) Short time delay protection against short circuits
Short time delay protection against short circuits Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir Short time delay protection operation time
Short time delay protection operation time tm from 0.03 to 1 s (11 steps) tm = 0.03-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-
0.8-09-1 s (both t = constant and I2t = constant)
tm from 0 to 0.3 s (4 + 4 steps) tm = 0-0.1-0.2-0.3 s (t=constant),
0.3-0.2-0.t01 s (I2t=constant) Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii = 2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii = off-2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw Earth fault current
Earth fault current Ig from 0.2 to 1 x In (9 steps) Ig = 0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-1 x In, OFF
Ig from 0.2 to 1 x In (9 steps) Ig = 0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-1 x In, OFF) Time delay on earth fault tripping
Time delay on earth fault tripping tg from 0.1 to 1 x In (4 steps) Tg = 0,1-0,2-0,5-1 s (both t = constant and
I2t = constant)
tg from 0.1 to 1 x In (4 steps) Tg = 0,1-0,2-0,5-1 s (both t = constant and
I2t = constant) Neutral protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
Neutral protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
40
DMX3 2500/4000/6300
1000
100
Thermal Tripping
Ir=In
10 Tr=30s (20%)
Tr=20s (20%)
Tr=10s (20%)
I2t=K
Tr=5s (20%)
1
Im=1,5Ir (20%) Im=10Ir (20%)
Tm=300 ms
0,1
Tm=0 ms
Ii=(215)In (20%)
0,01
0,001
1 2 3 4 5 10 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 16
I/Ir I/In
If short-circuit current is higher than Icw value or Ii is setted at Icw position, tripping time is equal to 30ms
Ir = long time setting current
Tr = long time delay
Im = short time setting current
Tm = short time delay
If = istantaneous intervention current
n Ground fault tripping curve for MP4 LSIg protection unit n Let through energy characteristics
104
0,21 In
t(s)
103
t=k
102
I2t=K
101
0,11 s
10 -1
10-2 Icc (kA) = estimated short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value)
I2t (A2s) = pass-through specific energy
10-3
10-1 1 101 102 Ig/In
41
DMX3 2500/4000/6300
selectivity & discrimination
42
DMX3
technical characteristics
n Technical characteristics
DMX3 2500
DMX3 2500
DMX3 according to IEC 60947-2 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
N H L N H L N H L N H L N H L N H L
Number of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P
Rating In (A) 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12
Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690 690 690 690 690
Frame 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
230 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100
415 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu 500 VA
(kA) 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100
600 VA 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75
690 VA 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65
Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
230 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220
415 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220
Short-circuit making capacity
Icm (kA) 500 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220
600 VA 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165
690 VA 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143
230 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85
415 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85
Short time withstand current Icw
(kA) for t = 1s 500 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85
600 VA 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75
690 VA 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65
Category of use B B B B B B
Isolation behavior Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
mechanical 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000
Endurance (cycles)
electrical 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
43
DMX3
technical characteristics (continued)
1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 Note: The tables presenting the minimum recommended dimensions of connection plates
and bars per pole should be used solely as a general guideline for selecting products. Due
1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 to extensive variety of switchgear constructions shapes and conditions that can affect the
DMX3-I
2500 behavior of the apparatus, the solution used must always be verified
2000 1 2000 1 1960 0.98 1920 0.96 1875 0.94
4000
4000 1 3760 0.94 3440 0.86 3200 0.8 2960 0.74
DMX3-I 6300 1 6174 0.98 5985 0.95 5796 0.92 5292 0.84
6300
44
XL3 enclosure for safety
and flexibility
Protection & distribution up to 6300 A
n Totally type-tested system as per IEC 61439-I n Fire resistance of 750 0C for 30 sec
n Completely bolted system for ease of assembly n Compatible with Zucchini busbar trunking system
n Modular design for numerous configurations n Adjustable plinth height for the better spreading of cables
n Short time current withstand capacity upto 110 kA n Permanent earthing for internal components and external faceplates
n Design suitable for Form 4b n Perfectly house the whole range of Legrand ACBs, MCCBs, Capacitors,
n IP 55 degree of protection also available MCBs, Metering devices and OMPs like VSP, MPCB etc.
p. 54-55
DPX/DPX
DPX MCCBs
3
electrical
characteristics
p. 54-55
DPX/DPX
DPX MCCBs
TM
electrical
characteristics
p. 78
Ekinoxe TPN DBs -
Ekinoxe 7 segment
DPX MCCB DBs
p. 115
Power
Alpivar2 capacitor
Capacitor
solutions p. 51
DRX 100 MCCBs
DPX, DPX3,
DPX 630
46
p. 50-51
DRX 100
accessories
p. 56-57 p. 58 p. 59-62
DPX 160 DPX 250 DPX 250
MCCBs from thermal magnetic microprocessor release
16 to 160 A and MCCBs from MCCBs from 40 to 250 A,
accessories 100 to 250 A accessories and auxillaries
p. 78 p. 79 p. 79
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - Ekinoxe TPN DBs Ekinoxe metal one
DPX 160 - DPX 250 way enclosure
MCCB DBs MCCB DBs
p. 77 p. 80 p. 81 p. 82
DPX-I DPX 160 DPX 250 DPX 160/250
accessories
p. 85 p. 87 p. 113 p. 120-127
DPX 1250/1600 DPX /DPX DPX Alpivar2, Alpimatic,
MCCBs automatic Alpistatic and
spreader links transfer switch Alpican capacitors
p. 125-126
Alpican
47
Thermal-magnetic MCCBs
Ue Icu
[VAC] [kA]
220 240 125
IEC60947-2
380 415 10
440 460 10
480 550 7.5
600 5
NEMA-ABI 240 25
(HIC) 480 7.5
600 5
Thermal-magnetic protection
Nominal currents from 60 to 100 A
10 kA
No temperature derating at +50 C
2 types of connection:
standard and with cage terminals
48
MCCBs: DRXTM
DRX100
...the universal solution for
residential and commercial
ADVANTAGES
Electrical accessories mounted by simply clipping on front
panel
Electrical accessories common to the whole range
Up to 3 locks (padlock) in open position (off)
Direct and vari-depth rotary handle
Certifications: LOVAG (IEC 60947-1-2)
Standard dimensions
3-pole DRX 100:
75 x 60 x 130 mm
4-pole DRX 100:
100 x 60 x 130 mm
Cage terminals
1 0271 71 For DRX 100 - 3 pole
Spreader links
Dimensions
DRX 100 - 3P
75
25
115
111
130
50
0271 40 0271 54
66
115
111
130
50
1 0271 54 200/277 V and =
1 0271 55 380/480 V and =
24
159.5
111
115
130
1
50
99
60
53.5
25 25 65 5.3
75 82.5
24
159.5
111
115
130
1
99
50
60
53.5
25 25 25 65 5.3
100 82.5
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 51
DRXTM 100
technical characteristics
Fixing on plate
111 111
(4.37") (4.37")
3.65 or M4 = = 3.65 or M4
( 0.14" or M4) 25 ( 0.14" or M4)
(0.98")
Door cut-out
3
( 0.12")
71 96
(2.8") (3.7")
= = = =
25 25
(0.98") (0.98") 61 (2.40")
2 3
58
(2.28")
1 46.6
(1.83")
53
(2.09")
3
( 0.12")
23.6
(0.9")
111 52.6
(4.37") (2")
= =
25
3.65 or M4
( 0.14" or M4) (0.98")
65 (2.55")
83 (3.19")
52
DRXTM 100
technical characteristics
Mounting Curve
1
Mounting on a rail DRX 100 Imax = 100 A 3P - 4P
10000
t(s)
1000
100
10
27187
1
Connection Hot thermal trip zone
DRX = 27171 (3 P)
27173 (4 P)
0.01
3
1 0.001
1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100
I/Ir
Busbar connection
7
( 0.27")
17
( 0.67")
8.5
( 0.33")
9
( 0.35")
17
( 0.67")
53
DPX/DPX
electrical characteristics
Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 75 50
Characteristic of use
Category of use A A A A
Ii
I Magnetic 10 In (400 A for 16 A and 25 A sizes) 5 to 10 In - 3.5 to 10 In
t Ir
Tr Ir : 0.4 to 1In
Isd - - -
Tsd Isd : 1.5 to 10 Ir
I
Rigid cable 120 mm2 185 mm2 185 mm2 185 mm2
Flexible cable 95 mm 2
150 mm 2
150 mm 2
150 mm2
Tightening torque 8 Nm 10 Nm 10 Nm 15 Nm
In (A) 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 40 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 100 160 250
Phase 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 40 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 100 160 250
N 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 40 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 100 160 250
In (A) 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 - 40 63 100 160 250 100 160 250
Phase 400 400 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 125-250 200-400 315-630 500- - 140 - 220 - 350 - 560 - 900 - 350 - 560 - 900 -
1000 400 630 1000 1600 2500 1000 1600 2500
N 500- 140 - 220 - 350 - 560 - 900 - 350 - 560 - 900 -
400 400 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 125-250 200-400 315-630 1000 - 400 630 1000 1600 2500 1000 1600 2500
Endurance (cycles)
54
DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 630 DPX 1250 DPX 1600
microprocessor release thermal magnetic microprocessor release thermal magnetic microprocessor release
(p. 64-65) (p. 67-69) (p. 67-69) (p. 71) (p. 73)
On plate On plate On plate On plate On plate
36 70 36 70 100 36 70 50 70 100 50 70
50/60 Hz
A: In 630 A
A A A B
B: In 200 to 400 A
- 0.8 to 1 In - 0.8 to 1 In -
- 5 to 10 In - 5 to 10 In -
185 mm2 300 mm2 or 300 mm2 or 2 or 4 x 240 mm2 2 or 4 x 240 mm2
2 x 240 mm2 2 x 240 mm2
240 mm2 or 240 mm2 or
150 mm 2
2 or 4 x 185 mm 2
2 or 4 x 185 mm2
2 x 185 mm2 2 x 185 mm2
25 mm 32 mm 32 mm 50 mm 50 mm
15 Nm 15 Nm 20 Nm
40 100 160 250 400 630 400 630 800 1000 1250 630 1000 1250 800 1250 1600
40 100 160 250 400 630 400 630 800 1000 1250 630 1000 1250 800 1250 1600
0 - 50 - 100 %
0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value 400 630 800 1000 1250 630 1000 1250 0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value
of phase value
- -
Adjustable
- 2000 - 4000 3150 - 6300 - 4000 - 8000 5000 - 10000 6250 - 12500 -
- - - - -
downstream e.l.m. downstream e.l.m. downstream e.l.m. earth leakage relay & toroid coil
55
DPX3 160 thermal magnetic
MCCBs from 16 to 160 A
MCCBs for switching, remote tripping and protection of low voltage electrical system
Supplied with cage terminals 70 mm2 max. (flexible cable) or 95 mm2 max. rigid cable with accessories
Can be fitted with accessories and DPX3 common auxiliaires
Conform to IEC 60947-2
Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs with electronic earth leakage
module
Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic fixed at 10 In (fixed at 400 A for In Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
16 A and 25 A) Magnetic fixed at 10 In (fixed at 400 A for In 16 A and
25 A)
Breaking capacity Icu 16 kA (400 VA) Equipped with earth leakage module with LCD
3P 4P In (A) screen
1 4200 00 4200 10 16 Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
1 4200 01 4200 11 25 Adjustable tripping: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3s (with 0.03 A
1 4200 02 4200 12 40 possible only 0s)
1 4200 03 4200 13 63
1 4200 04 4200 14 80 Breaking capacity Icu 16 kA (400 VA)
1 4200 05 4200 15 100 4P In (A)
1 4200 06 4200 16 125 1 4200 30 16
1 4200 07 4200 17 160 1 4200 31 25
1 4200 32 40
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) 1 4200 33 63
1 4200 40 4200 50 16 1 4200 34 80
1 4200 41 4200 51 25 1 4200 35 100
1 4200 42 4200 52 40 1 4200 36 125
1 4200 43 4200 53 63 1 4200 37 160
1 4200 44 4200 54 80
1 4200 45 4200 55 100 Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA)
1 4200 46 4200 56 125 1 4200 70 16
1 4200 47 4200 57 160 1 4200 71 25
1 4200 72 40
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) 1 4200 73 63
1 4200 80 4200 90 16 1 4200 74 80
1 4200 81 4200 91 25 1 4200 75 100
1 4200 82 4200 92 40 1 4200 76 125
1 4200 83 4200 93 63 1 4200 77 160
1 4200 84 4200 94 80
1 4200 85 4200 95 100 Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA)
1 4200 86 4200 96 125 1 4201 10 16
1 4200 87 4200 97 160 1 4201 11 25
1 4201 12 40
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA) 1 4201 13 63
1 4201 20 4201 30 16 1 4201 14 80
1 4201 21 4201 31 25 1 4201 15 100
1 4201 22 4201 32 40 1 4201 16 125
1 4201 23 4201 33 63 1 4201 17 160
1 4201 24 4201 34 80
1 4201 25 4201 35 100 Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA)
1 4201 26 4201 36 125 1 4201 50 16
1 4201 27 4201 37 160 1 4201 51 25
1 4201 52 40
1 4201 53 63
1 4201 54 80
1 4201 55 100
1 4201 56 125
1 4201 57 160
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
56 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DPX3 160 equipment and mounting DPX3 160
accessories connection
n Connection
Direct connection
max 14 mm
Flexible
1,5 70 mm
#16 #2/0 AWG
or
12
Solid (0.47")
1,5 95 mm
#16 #4/0 AWG
Pack Cat.Nos Equipment for plug-in version
A plug-in version DPX3 is a fixed version DPX3
mounted on a plug-in base
Plug-in bases for DPX3 160
Front or rear terminal mounting base
1 4210 40 For DPX3 160 - 3P
1 4210 41 For DPX3 160 - 4P with or without earth leakage
module
Connectors for auxiliary contacts
1/5 4210 44 Set of connectors
Padlocks for plug-in base Spreaders Rear terminals
1/10 4210 45 Ronis locking accessory
1/10 4210 46 Profalux locking accessory
1/10 4210 47 Padlock accessory
Connection accessories
Cage terminals
For Cu/Al cables, 1 x 95 mm2 for flexible
cables and 1 x 120 mm2 for rigid cable
and bars or lugs 18 mm
1/2 4210 26 Set of 3 terminals
1/2 4210 27 Set of 4 terminals
Insulated shields
1/2 4210 70 Set of 3 insulated shields
Extended front terminals
For copper bars
1/12 4210 28 Set of 3 terminals
1/12
Sealable terminal shield
4210 29 Set of 4 terminals
Spreaders
For incoming bars or cable lugs
1 6250 02 Set of 3 spreaders for DPX3 160 3P
1 6250 06 Set of 4 spreaders for DPX3 160 4P
Rear terminals
Flat swivel terminals
Used to convert a fixed version with front terminals to
a fixed version with rear terminals
1/6 4210 36 Set of 3 rear terminals for DPX3 160 3P
1/6 4210 37 Set of 4 rear terminals for DPX3 160 4P
Fixing plates
For fixing DPX3 160 on 2 rail or on plate
1/5 4210 71 For DPX3 160 3P/4P without earth leakage module
1/5 4210 73 For DPX3 160 4P with earth leakage module
1/8 4210 68 For DPX3 160 3P/4P with side mounting motor
operator
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 57
DPX 250 thermal
pour3 exemple magnetic
: xxxxxxx
MCCBs from 100 to 250 A
xxxxxxxx
4202 05 4202 25
MCCBs for switching, remote tripping and protection of low voltage electrical system
Supplied with insulated shileds, screw terminals 120 mm2 max. (flexible cable) or 150 mm2 max. rigid cable with accessories
Can be fitted with accessories and DPX3 common auxiliaires
Conform to IEC 60947-2
Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs with electronic earth leakage
module
Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic adjustable from 5 to 10 In Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic adjustable from 5 to 10 In
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) Equipped with earth leakage module with LCD screen
3P 4P In (A) Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
1 4202 05 4202 15 100 Adjustable tripping: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3s (with 0.03 A
1 4202 07 4202 17 160 possible only 0s)
1 4202 08 4202 18 200
1 4202 09 4202 19 250 Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA)
4P In (A)
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) 1 4202 25 100
1 4202 35 4202 45 100 1 4202 27 160
1 4202 37 4202 47 160 1 4202 28 200
1 4202 38 4202 48 200 1 4202 29 250
1 4202 39 4202 49 250
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA)
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA) 1 4202 55 100
1 4202 65 4202 75 100 1 4202 57 160
1 4202 67 4202 77 160 1 4202 58 200
1 4202 68 4202 78 200 1 4202 59 250
1 4202 69 4202 79 250
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA)
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA) 1 4202 85 100
1 4206 05 4206 15 100 1 4202 87 160
1 4206 07 4206 17 160 1 4202 88 200
1 4206 08 4206 18 200 1 4202 89 250
1 4206 09 4206 19 250
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
1 4206 25 100
1 4206 27 160
1 4206 28 200
1 4206 29 250
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
58 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DPX3 250 microprocessor release
MCCBs from 40 to 250 A
4203 69 4203 25
MCCBs for switching, remote tripping and protection of low voltage electrical system
Supplied with insulated shileds, screw terminals 120 mm2 max. (flexible cable) or 150 mm2 max. rigid cable with accessories
Can be fitted with accessories and DPX3 common auxiliaires
Conform to IEC 60947-2
Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs with electronic earth leakage
module
Protection against overloads:
lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln Protection against overloads:
Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln
Protection against short circuits: Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s
lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr Protection against short circuits:
Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr
Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) Equipped with earth leakage module with LCD
3P 4P In (A) screen
1 4203 02 4203 12 40 Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
1 4203 05 4203 15 100 Adjustable tripping: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3s (with 0.03 A
1 4203 07 4203 17 160 possible only 0s)
1 4203 09 4203 19 250
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA)
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) 4P In (A)
1 4203 32 4203 42 40 1 4203 22 40
1 4203 35 4203 45 100 1 4203 25 100
1 4203 37 4203 47 160 1 4203 27 160
1 4203 39 4203 49 250 1 4203 29 250
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA) Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA)
1 4203 62 4203 72 40 1 4203 52 40
1 4203 65 4203 75 100 1 4203 55 100
1 4203 67 4203 77 160 1 4203 57 160
1 4203 69 4203 79 250 1 4203 59 250
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA) Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA)
1 4206 35 4206 45 40 1 4203 82 40
1 4206 37 4206 47 100 1 4203 85 100
1 4206 38 4206 48 160 1 4203 87 160
1 4206 39 4206 49 250 1 4203 89 250
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
1 4206 55 40
1 4206 57 100
1 4206 58 160
1 4206 59 250
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 59
DPX3 250 microprocessor release
MCCBs from 40 to 250 A (continued)
4206 49
MCCBs for switching, remote tripping and protection of low voltage electrical system
Supplied with insulated shileds, screw terminals 120 mm2 max. (flexible cable) or 150 mm2 max. rigid cable with accessories
Can be fitted with accessories and DPX3 common auxiliaires
Conform to IEC 60947-2
Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs with energy metering Pack Cat.Nos MCCBs with energy metering central unit
central unit and electronic earth leakage module
Protection against overloads: Protection against overloads:
lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln
Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s
Protection against short circuits: Protection against short circuits:
lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr
Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s
Integrated energy metering central unit with Equipped with earth leakage module with LCD
LCD screen; currents, voltage, frequency, screen
power, energy and harmonics Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
Adjustable tripping: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3s (with 0.03 A
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) possible only 0s)
3P 4P In (A) Integrated energy metering central unit with LCD
1 4204 02 4204 12 40 screen; currents, voltage, frequency, power, energy
1 4204 05 4204 15 100 and harmonics
1 4204 07 4204 17 160
1 4204 09 4204 19 250 Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA)
4P In (A)
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) 1 4204 22 40
1 4204 32 4204 42 40 1 4204 25 100
1 4204 35 4204 45 100 1 4204 27 160
1 4204 37 4204 47 160 1 4204 29 250
1 4204 39 4204 49 250
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA)
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA) 1 4204 52 40
1 4204 62 4204 72 40 1 4204 55 100
1 4204 65 4204 75 100 1 4204 57 160
1 4204 67 4204 77 160 1 4204 59 250
1 4204 69 4204 79 250
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA)
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA) 1 4204 82 40
1 4206 65 4206 75 40 1 4204 85 100
1 4206 67 4206 77 100 1 4204 87 160
1 4206 68 4206 78 160 1 4204 89 250
1 4206 69 4206 79 250
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
1 4206 85 40
1 4206 87 100
1 4206 88 160
1 4206 89 250
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
60 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DPX3 250 microprocessor release DPX3 250 equipment and mounting
MCCBs from 40 to 250 A (continued)
accessories
Technical characteristics and tripping curves (p. 88-94) Pack Cat.Nos Equipment for plug-in version
Dimensions (p. 81)
A plug-in version DPX3 is a fixed version DPX3
mounted on a plug-in base
MCCBs for switching, remote tripping and protection of low voltage Plug-in bases for DPX3 160
electrical system
Supplied with insulated shileds, screw terminals 120 mm2 max. (flexible Front or rear terminal mounting base
cable) or 150 mm2 max. rigid cable with accessories 1 4210 42 For DPX3 250 - 3P
Can be fitted with accessories and DPX3 common auxiliaires 1 4210 43 For DPX3 250 - 4P with or without earth leakage
Conform to IEC 60947-2 module
Connectors for auxiliary contacts
1/5 4210 44 Set of connectors
Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release MCCBs with
earth fault protection Padlocks for plug-in base
1/10 4210 45 Ronis locking accessory
Protection against averloads: 1/10 4210 46 Profalux locking accessory
lr adjustable from 0.4 to 1 x ln 1/10 4210 47 Padlock accessory
Tr adjustable from 3 to 15s
Protection against short circuits:
lsd adjustable from 1.5 to 10 x lr Connection accessories
Tsd adjustable from 0 to 0.5s
Protection against earth fault: Cage terminals
lg adjustable: from 0.2 to 1 x ln and OFF For Cu/Al cables, 1 x 150 mm for flexible
position cables and 1 x 180 mm for rigid cable
Tg adjustable from 0.1 to 1s and bars or lugs 25 x 8 mm
1/8 4210 30 Set of 3 terminals
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA) 1/8 4210 31 Set of 4 terminals
3P 4P In (A)
1 4205 02 4205 12 40 Insulated shields
1 4205 05 4205 15 100 1/2 4210 70 Set of 3 insulated shields
1 4205 07 4205 17 160 Spreaders
1 4205 09 4205 19 250 For incoming bars or cable lugs
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) 1 6250 14 Set of 3 spreaders for DPX3 250 3P
1 4205 22 4205 32 40 1 6250 18 Set of 4 spreaders for DPX3 250 4P
1 4205 25 4205 35 100 Rear terminals
1 4205 27 4205 37 160 Flat swivel terminals
1 4205 29 4205 39 250 Used to convert a fixed version with front terminals to
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA) a fixed version with rear terminals
1 4205 42 4205 52 40 1/6 4210 38 Set of 3 rear terminals for DPX3 250 3P
1 4205 45 4205 55 100 1/6 4210 39 Set of 4 rear terminals for DPX3 250 4P
1 4205 47 4205 57 160
1 4205 49 4205 59 250
Sealable terminal shields
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
1 4206 92 4207 02 40 For front terminals
1 4206 95 4207 05 100 1/5 4210 56 For DPX3 250 3P
1 4206 97 4207 07 160 1/3 4210 57 For DPX3 250 4P
1 4206 99 4207 09 250 For rear terminals
1/5 4210 52 For DPX3 250 3P
1/3 4210 53 For DPX3 250 4P
Fixing plates
For fixing DPX3 250 on 2 rail or on plate
1/16 4210 72 For DPX3 250 3P/4P without earth leakage module
1/16 4210 74 For DPX3 250 4P with earth leakage module
1/8 4210 69 For DPX3 250 3P/4P with side mounting motor
operator
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 61
DPX3 160 and 250 common auxiliaries and accessories
4210 10 4210 11
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
62 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DPX 160/250
Undervoltage
release
Shunt trip
n Plug-in version
Auxiliary contact
or fault signalling
contact
63
DPXTM 250
thermal magnetic and microprocessor release MCCBs from 40 to 250 A
0253 56 0253 73
MCCBs for switching, remote tripping and protection of low voltage electrical system
Can be fitted with auxiliaries
Can be used with earth leakage modules or with earth leakage relays (p. 77)
Conform to IEC 60947-2
Pack Cat.Nos Thermal magnetic MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release S1 MCCBs
Thermal adjustable from 0.64 to 1 In Adjustment of Ir and Isd
Magnetic adjustable from 3.5 to 10 In Instantaneous protection 40 A: if = 1 kA
t 100/160/250 A: if = 3 kA
Indicator lamp
Ir
Minimum current for indicator lamp
operation (30 % of In) - green: normal -
fixed red: I 0.9 Ir - flushing red: I 1.05 Ir
Ii Connector for test unit
Dynamic selectivity
I
4P version: adjustment of neutral on front
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V) panel
3P 4P In (A) t
Ir
1 0253 28 0253 45 40
1 0253 29 0253 46 63
1 0253 30 0253 47 100
Isd
1 0253 31 0253 48 160 If
1 0253 32 0253 49 250 I
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
64 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DPXTM 250
thermal magnetic and microprocessor release MCCBs from 40 to 250 A (continued)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 65
DPXTM 250
equipment and accessories
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
66 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DPXTM 630
thermal magnetic and microprocessor release MCCBs from 250 to 630 A
0256 31 0256 35
MCCBs for switching, remote tripping and protection of low voltage electrical system
Can be fitted with auxiliaries
Can be used with earth leakage modules or with earth leakage relays (p. 77)
Conform to IEC 60947-2
Pack Cat.Nos Thermal magnetic MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release S2 MCCBs
Thermal adjustable t Adjustment of Ir, Isd, Tr, Tsd (opposite)
from 0.8 to 1 In Ir Instantaneous protection If = 5 kA
Magnetic adjustable Green indicator lamp
from 5 to 10 In Connector for test unit
Ii Logic and dynamic selectivity
4P version: adjustement of neutral on front
I panel
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA) t
Ir
3P 4P In (A)
Tr
1 0255 23 0255 38 400
Isd
1 0255 24 0255 40 630 Tsd
3P + N/2 In (A)
1 0256 27 0256 31 400
1 0256 28 0256 32 630
1 0255 53 400
1 0255 54 630 Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
In (A)
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (400 VA)
1 0256 35 0256 39 400
3P 4P In (A) 1 0256 36 0256 40 630
1 0255 63 0255 78 400
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (400 VA)
1 0255 64 0255 80 630
In (A)
1 0256 43 0256 47 400
DPX 630 microprocessor release S1 1 0256 44 0256 48 630
Adjustment of Ir, Isd t Ir
(p. 68)
Instantaneous
protection If = 5 kA
Green indicator lamp Isd
Connector for test If
I
unit
Dynamic selectivity
4P version: adjustement of neutral on front
panel
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA)
3P 4P In (A)
1 0256 02 0256 06 400
1 0256 03 0256 07 630
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
In (A)
1 0256 10 0256 14 400
1 0256 11 0256 15 630
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 67
DPXTM 630 DPXTM 630
thermal magnetic and microprocessor release MCCBs
from 250 to 630 A (continued)
n Performance data
S1 - Adjustment of Ir, Isd
t Ir
Isd
If
I
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
68 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DPXTM 630
equipment and accessories
Accessories
Draw-out version
Insulated shields
A DPX draw-out version is a plug-in DPX 1/4 0262 30 Set of 3
fitted with a "Debro-lift" mechanism which
can be used to withdraw the DPX while 3P 4P Sealable terminal shields
keeping it on its base 1 0262 44 0262 45 Set of 2
"Debro-lift" mechanism Padlock
Supplied with a rigid slide and handle for 1/5 0262 40 For locking in "OPEN" position
3P 4P drawing-out Cage terminals
1 0265 66 0265 67 For DPX base only 1/5 0262 50 Set of 4 terminals for cable 300 mm2 max.
1 0265 68 For DPX base with earth leakage module (rigid) or 240 mm2 max. (flexible)
Key-lock for "Debro-lift" mechanism 1/3 0262 51 Set of 4 high-capacity terminals for cable
Enable locking of DPX in drawn-out 2 x 240 mm2 (rigid) or 2 x 185 mm2 (flexible)
position Adaptor for lug
1/12 0265 76 1 key Ronis for DPX only For connecting bare cables with wide lugs
1/5 0265 78 1 key Ronis for motorised DPX or with 1/6 0262 46 Set of 4 adaptors + insulated shields
rotary handle
Extended front terminals
Accessories for "Debro-lift" mechanism 1/3 0262 47 Set of 4
1 0265 75 Isolated handle for drawing-out
1/8 0265 74 Signalling contact (plugged-in/drawn-out) 3P 4P Spreaders
1 6250 04 6250 08 Set of incoming or outgoing spreaders
Rear terminals
Supply invertor type Used to convert the fixed version with front
Factory assembled terminals to the fixed version with rear
A supply invertor type is composed of one terminals
plate with interlock for 2 devices 1 0263 50 0263 51 Set of incoming or outgoing swivel
1 0264 09 Plate for MCCB or trip-free switch fixed terminals
version 1 0263 52 0265 53 Set of incoming or outgoing flat terminals
1 0264 04 Plate for MCCB or trip-free switch plug-in
and draw-out version
Rotary handles
Direct on DPX
1 0262 41 Standard (grey)
1/8 0262 24 For emergency use (red/yellow) - can be
fitted on Cat.Nos 0262 22, 0262 41 or 0262 81
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 69
XL3 enclosure for safety
and flexibility
Protection & distribution up to 6300 A
n Totally type-tested system as per IEC 61439-I n Fire resistance of 750 0C for 30 sec
n Completely bolted system for ease of assembly n Compatible with Zucchini busbar trunking system
n Modular design for numerous configurations n Adjustable plinth height for the better spreading of cables
n Short time current withstand capacity upto 110 kA n Permanent earthing for internal components and external faceplates
n Design suitable for Form 4b n Perfectly house the whole range of Legrand ACBs, MCCBs, Capacitors,
n IP 55 degree of protection also available MCBs, Metering devices and OMPs like VSP, MPCB etc.
0258 16 0258 23
Pack Cat.Nos Thermal magnetic MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release S1 MCCBs
Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In Adjustment of Ir, Isd
Magnetic adjustable from: Instantaneous protection If = 20 kA (for ln
5 to 10 In 1600 A)
t Indicator lamp
Ir
Minimum current for indicator lamp
operation (20 % In): green:
normal; t
Ir
fixed red: I 0.9 Ir;
Ii
flashing red: I 1.05 Ir
I
Connector for test unit
Dynamic selectivity Isd
If
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 V) I
3P 4P In (A)
1 0258 02 0258 09 800 (1) Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA)
1 0258 03 0258 10(1) 1000 3P 4P In (A)
1 0258 04 0258 11(1) 1250 1 0257 02 0257 06(2) 800
1 0257 03 0257 07(2) 1250
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V) 1 0257 04 0257 08(2) 1600
In (A)
1 0258 16 0258 23(1) 800 Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
1 0258 17 0258 24(1) 1000 In (A)
1 0258 18 0258 25(1) 1250 1 0257 10 0257 14(2) 800
1 0257 11 0257 15(2) 1250
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (400 V) 1 0257 12 0257 16(2) 1600
In (A)
1 0258 29 0258 38 630
1 0258 31 0258 40 1000
1 0258 32 0258 41 1250
0257 30 0257 60
Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release S2 MCCBs Pack Cat.Nos Microprocessor release Sg MCCBs
Adjustment of Ir, Isd, Tr, Tsd Adjustment of Ir, Isd, Tr, Tsd
Instantaneous protection If = 20 kA (for ln Instantaneous protection If = 20 kA (for ln
1600 A) 1600 A)
Indicator lamp Ig adjustable from 0.2 to 1 x In and OFF
Minimum current for indicator lamp position
operation (20 % In): green: Tg adjustable from 0.1 to 1s
normal; t Indicator lamp
fixed red: I 0.9 Ir; Ir Minimum current for indicator lamp
flashing red: I 1.05 Ir Tr operation (20 % In): green:
Connector for test unit Isd normal;
Logic and dynamic Tsd fixed red: I 0.9 Ir;
selectivity flashing red: I t Ir
I 1.05 Ir Tr
Connector for test Ig
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA) Isd
3P 4P In (A)
unit
Logic and dynamic Tg Tsd
1 0257 26 0257 30(2) 800 If
1 0257 27 0257 31 1250
(2) selectivity
1 0257 28 0257 32(2) 1600
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 VA)
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
3P 4P In (A)
In (A)
1 0257 51 0257 55 800
1 0257 34 0257 38(2) 800 1 0257 52 0257 56 1250
1 0257 35 0257 39(2) 1250 1 0257 53 0257 57 1600
1 0257 36 0257 40(2) 1600
Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 VA)
In (A)
1 0257 59 0257 63 800
1 0257 60 0257 64 1250
1 0257 61 0257 65 1600
Auxiliary contact or
fault signal
A single Cat.No 0261 60
auxiliary contact or fault signal
Vn In
400 V AC 1.5 A
0261 85 0261 93 230 V AC 3A
110 V AC 4A
230 V DC 0.25 A
Pack Cat.Nos Auxiliary contact or fault signal 110 V DC 0.5 A
1/5 0261 60 For signalling the state of the contacts 48 V DC 1.7 A
or opening of the MCCB on a fault
For DPX/DPX-I
Changeover switch 3 A - 240 V Undervoltage releases
Vn 24 V AC/DC
Releases 48 V DC
210 V AC
Allow remote tripping of a DPX
400 V AC
Shunt releases Pw 5 VA (AC 50-60 Hz)
For DPX-I and DPX 1.6 W (DC)
Shunt inrush power 300 VA Vs (opening) 35 to 70% V A
1/5 0261 64 Coil voltage 24 V/= V (reset) 85 % V A
1/5 0261 65 Coil voltage 48 V/=
1/5 0261 66 Coil voltage 110 V/= Shunt trip
1/5 0261 67 Coil voltage 230 V/=
1/5 0261 68 Coil voltage 400 V/= Vn 24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
Undervoltage releases 110 to 130V AC/DC
For DPX-I, DPX For DPX-I and DPX 220 to 250V AC/DC
250 to 1600 Undervoltage power consumption 5 VA 380 to 440V AC/DC
Pw 300 VA (AC 50-60 Hz)
1 0261 80 Coil voltage 24 V= 300 W (DC)
1 0261 81 Coil voltage 24 V V (working) 75 % Vn
1 0261 82 Coil voltage 48 V=
1 0261 86 Coil voltage 110 V
1 0261 83 Coil voltage 230 V Time-lag undervoltage releases
1 0261 84 Coil voltage 400 V
Vn 24 V AC/DC
Time-lag (ms) undervoltage releases 48 V DC
Allow remote tripping of a DPX 210 V AC
Prevent false tripping in the event of AC 400 V AC
supply microbreaks Pw 5 VA (AC 50-60 Hz)
Require a time-lag module 1.6 W (DC)
connected to the undervoltage Vs (opening) 35 to 70 % V A
releases below Number of V (reset) 85 % V A
modules
1/4 0261 90 Time-lag modules 230 V 3
1/4 0261 91 Time-lag modules 400 V 3 Max. number of contacts per DPX3/DPX device
1/5 0261 75 Undervoltage releases Fault
Auxiliary Shunt trip or
For DPX - IS 250, 630 DPX/DPX3 contact signalling
contact under voltage
contact
1/5 0261 85 Undervoltage releases DPX3 160 -250 3P 1 1 1
For DPX 250 to 1600
DPX3 160- 250 4P 1 1 1UV+1ST/2ST
DPX3 160- 250 4P with I/ELM 1 1 1
Microprocessor test unit
DPX 250 1 2 1
1/3 0261 97 Test connector and software for connecting
DPX 630 2 2 1
DPX to a PC
Supplied with test software DPX 1250/DPX 1600 1 3 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
74 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
earth leakage relay and coils
0261 94 0261 37
0260 88 0260 98 0260 93 coil for use with relay
Pack Cat.Nos Earth leakage relay for DPX/DPX-I/DPX3/ Pack Cat.Nos Measurement and control of electric
DPX3-I equipment
Detects fault currents, and, when used with a shunt Central position
trip or an undervoltage release, it gives the trip 1/2 0261 35 Allows you to collect all information of a line
command to a MCCB or a switch Three phase (voltage phase / neutral and phase
Comprises: to phase, phase currents, active and reactive
- a tinged, sealable window powertotal active power reactive power factor)
- an auxiliary contact Dimensions: 4 DIN modules
- a green Led indicating energisation Power supply: 24 V /=
- 3 yellow Leds indicating respectively the max. RS 485 (2 wires)
phase earth insulation current: 20, 40 and 60 % Microprocessor Interface
- a red Led indicating 1/3 0261 37 Used to record information of a DPX microprocessor
Fixed: exceeding of the insulation fault current value version S2 & Sg (identified currents Phase 1, 2 and
Flashing: breaking of one of the connections 3, records of currents in neutral temperature
between coils and relays (microprocessor card), rated current, DPX playback
For use with coils: control)
- 35 and 80 mm Size: 2 DIN modules
Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03, 0.05, 0.075, 0.1, 0.15, Power supply: 24 V /=
0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30 A RS 485 (2 wires)
- 110 to 210 mm Address, speed and coding modified hardening with
Adjustable sensitivity: 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, kitconfi gurator
7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30 A Interface signaling and control
- 150 mm 1/2 0261 36 Allows through 24 entries to meet the information
Adjustable sensitivity: 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, of DPX and DPX3 / DMX3 (contact Auxiliary Position
10, 15, 20, 30 A Open (1 entry) or position open and closed
- 300 mm (2 entries), signal failure (1 entry)) and with 6 outputs
Adjustable sensitivity: 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, to drive the circuit breakers (Controlling motor circuit
20, 30 A breakers (2 outputs), controlling the triggers of
Adjustable trip: 0, 0.15, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5 seconds breakers set for test (1 output))
Dimensions: 6 DIN modules
Supply voltage: 230/240 V - 50/60 Hz Power supply: 24 V /=
Number of
modules RS 485 (2 wires)
1/24 0260 88 Earth leakage relay to clip on rail 2 2 Address, speed and coding modified hardening with
kit configurator
Kit Configurator
Coils 1/4 0261 45 To configure the card input / output and
DPX interface (jumper 0-9)
For use with earth leakage relay Cat.No 0260 88 Stabilized power
1 coil per DPX, DPX-I, DPX3 and DPX3-I 1/20 0466 23 Connects power communication devices 5 A/120 W
1/12 0260 92 Coil 35 mm - 160 A max. Dimensions: 4 DIN modules
1/10 0260 93 Coil 80 mm - 400 A max.
1 0260 94 Coil 110 mm - 600 A max.
1 0260 95 Coil 140 mm - 1200 A max.
1 0260 96 Coil 210 mm - 1800 A max.
1 0260 97 Coil 150 mm - open - 1200 A max.
1 0260 98 Coil 300 mm - open - 2000 A max.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 75
DPX3/DPX magnetic only EKINOXETM
motor protection MCCBs up to 400 A
EkinoxeTM MCCB
DBs for DPX3
MCCBs
4207 13
DPX3 250
Adjustable magnetic
Supplied with cage terminals 120 mm2 max. (flexible
cable) and up to 150 mm2 max. with accessory
Can be fitted with auxiliaires
Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 VA)
3P In (A)
1 4207 18 100
1 4207 19 160
1 4207 20 200
1 4207 21 250
Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 VA)
1 4207 22 100
1 4207 23 160
1 4207 24 200
1 4207 25 250
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
76 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DPX-ITM
trip-free
pour exemple switches
: xxxxxxx DPX-ITM trip-free switches
125 to 1600 A
xxxxxxxx 125 to 1600 A
n Electrical characteristics
DPX3-I 160 DPX3-I 250 DPX-I 250 DPX-I 630 DPX-I 1600
Rated 50/60 Hz 690
(1)
690(1) 690 690 690
operating
voltage direct
Ue (V) 250 250 250 250 250
Rated
insulation 800 800 690 690 690
voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage 8 8 8 8 8
Uimp (kV)
Rated closing
capacity
on 400 V 3 3 4.3 13 40
short-circuit
4202 99 0253 99 Icm (kA)
Short-time
resistive
Trip-free switches for on-load circuit breaking and isolation of low voltage current 1.7 1.7 2.5 7.6 20
electrical circuits t=1s
Icw (kA)
Can be associated to earth leakage modules or to corresponding DPX
Endurance
earth leakage relays (o.c cycle)
Mount on rail 2 up to DPX3 250 with plate Cat.No 4210 72 (DPX3-I 160) mechanical 25000 25000 20000 15000 10000
and Cat.No 4210 71 (DPX3 250) electrical 8000 8000 8000 5000 2000(2)
Conform to IEC 60947-3
Conventional
Category of use AC 23 A thermal current (A) 160 250 250 630 1600
Connection identical to corresponding DPX Nominal current
of use (A) 160 250 250 630 1600
AC 23 A (690 V) (160 V) (250 V)
Pack Cat.Nos DPX3-I 160
DC 23 A (250 V) 160 160 250 630 -
3P 4P In (A)
(1) 500 V for DPX3 - I with earth leakage module
1 4201 98 4201 99 160 (2) Up to 1250 A
4P with earth
leakage module
1 4201 97 160
n Dimensions
Dimensions of DPX-I identical to corresponding DPX
DPX3-I 250
DPX-I Dimensions
3P 4P In (A)
1 4202 99 4203 00 250 DPX3-I 160 DPX3 160 (see p. 80)
4P with earth DPX3-I 250 DPX3 250 (see p. 81)
leakage module
DPX-I 250 DPX 250 (see p. 83)
1 4202 98 250
DPX-I 630 DPX 630 (see p. 84)
DPX-I 250
3P 4P In (A)
1 0253 98 0253 99 250
DPX-I 630
3P 4P In (A)
1 0255 86 0255 87 400
1 0255 88 0255 89 630
DPX-I 1600
3P 4P In (A)
1 0257 94 0257 95 800
1 0257 96 0257 97 1250
1 0257 98 0257 99 1600
Guarantee
The Company at its discretion, will replace products if they have any
manufacturing defect within 12 months from the date of sale and 18
months from the date of manufacturing.
The guarantee is only applicable when the products are installed as
per the Companys instructions and not tampered in any manner.
The guarantee states the Companys entire liability. It does not
extend to cover consequential loss or damage or installation costs
arising from defective products.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 77
kinoxe TPN DBs -
E kinoxe TPN DBs -
E
7 segment DPX3 MCCB DBs DPX3160 MCCB DBs
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO for DX3/Lexic MCB
IP 54 - IK 09
1 6079 16 4 Way DPX3160+12
1 6079 17 8 Way DPX3160+24
1 6079 18 12 way DPX3160+36
Note : for dimensional details please refer to the dimenisions of Ekninoxe MCCB DB
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
78 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour
E kinoxe
exemple
TPNDBs
: xxxxxxx
- Ekinoxe
pour exemple
Metal :One
xxxxxxx
way enclosures
DPX 250 MCCB DBs
3
xxxxxxxx fxxxxxxxx
or DPX3160 & DPX3250 MCCB
for DX3/Lexic MCB
Cat.Nos IP 20 - IK 08
Pack
Nos. of
modules
1 6079 19 4 Way DPX3250+12
1 6079 20 8 Way DPX3250+24
1 6079 21 12 Way DPX3250+36
IP 54 - IK 09
1 6079 25 4 Way DPX3250+12
1 6079 26 8 Way DPX3250+24
1 6079 27 12 way DPX3250+36
Note : for dimensional details pls refer to the dimenisions of Ekninoxe MCCB DB
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 79
DPX 160 thermal magnetic
n Dimensions
Fixed version Fixed version with earth leakage module
O O
N N
P P
A
A A
M
M
L
L
I
I
H
H
F
F
G
C
D
D
G
C
B
E
A B C D E F G H I L M N O P
3P 81 130 115 45 27 62,5 110 72,5 102,5 125 - 74 100 18
4P 108 130 115 45 27 62,5 110 72,5 102,5 125 - 74 100 18
e.l.m. 108 160 145 45 27 62,5 140 72,5 102,5 125 - 74 100 18
A A
M
L
M
L
I
I
G
C
G
B
D
B
A B C D E F G H I L M N O P
3P 81 208 193 45 27 100,5 186 111,5 141,5 164 - 122 148 -
4P 108 238 223 45 27 100,5 216 111,5 141,5 164 - 122 148 -
e.l.m. 108 230 223 45 27 100,5 216 111,5 141,5 164 - 122 148 -
n Dimensions
Fixed version Fixed version with earth leakage module
O O
N N
P P
A
A A
M
M
L
L
I
I
H
H
F
F
G
C
B
D
G
B
C
E
A B C D E F G H I L M N O P
3P 105 165 142,5 45 35 61,5 123 82,5 112,5 150 - 74 100 18
4P 140 165 142,5 45 35 61,5 123 82,5 112,5 150 - 74 100 18
e.l.m. 140 195 172,5 45 35 61,5 153 82,5 112,5 150 - 74 100 18
A A
M
L
M
L
I
I
G
C
D
B
G
C
D
B
E
E
A B C D E F G H I L M N P
3P 105 248 225,5 45 35 103 206 150 180 217,5 - 122 148
4P 140 278 225,5 45 35 103 236 150 180 217,5 - 122 148
e.l.m. 140 278 225,5 45 35 103 236 150 180 217,5 - 122 148
n Dimensions
Direct rotary handles Cat.Nos 6210 00/001/002/003 Vari-depth rotary handles Cat.Nos 6210 04/005
E L
F
B I
G
0
RESET
D
M
A H min/max I
C
A B C D E F G H min H max I L M
A
C
A B C D E F G H
160 125 54,5 154 94 80,5 99 45 74
160 with e.l.m. 125 54,5 154 94 93 99 45 74
250 125 54,5 154 94 80,5 99 45 74
250 with e.l.m. 125 54,5 154 94 93 99 45 74
250 microprocessor release 125 54,5 154 94 93 99 45 74
250 microprocessor release with e.l.m. 125 54,5 154 94 93 99 45 74
N L
M
5
100 70 17 36
35 17.5 4 min. 34
34
11
192.75
144.75
124.5
173.5
200
170
99.5
66.5
94
155
90
M5
X
10
94
449.5
353.5
313
25 52.5 27
35 35 35 35 35 138.5
24.75
Fixed version with earth leakage module mounted underneath(1) 9
100
35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
M12 M12 9 19 19 9
47.5
47.5
94
26
10
10
278
93.5
93.5
281.5
308
81
81
26
37
37
187 187
45.5 34 34 45.5 34 34
10
108.75
35 17.5
108.75
99.5
99.5
155
155
66.5
66.5
70 27
173.5
173.5
M5
90
90
24.75
24.75
94
94
Plug-in version, front terminals
105 140 186.5
20 32.5
Rotary handle-direct on DPX Terminal shields
4 4 min.
100 40 58
33
A
2.5 maxi.
50 DPX 250 330
25
66.5
341.5
DPX 250
245.5
200
A
90
+ earth 438
leakage
94
94
module
35 35 35 35 35 153
Rotary handle-vari-depth on door
Mounting with flexible seal
Plug-in version, rear terminals 132
105 186.5
18.5 105 348 max. 0.8/2
100 140 153 131 min.(2)
35 4 min.
66.5
173.5
173.5
62.5
200
90
94
52.5 153 (1) Dimensions of 3-pole earth leakage modules are the same as 4-pole earth leakage modules
35 35 35 35 35 (2) 75 mm without mechanical system
Accuracy of dimensions = 2 mm 83
5
DPXTM 630 thermal magnetic & microprocessor release
5
29
140 183 105 4 min.
32 70 32 70 17 50 34
100 100
15 max.
265
398
302
265
130
155
94
X
260
220
94
15 max.
94
24.7
14
43.5 87 M5 43.5 43.5 43.5 187
43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 27 Y
M 16
100
103
130
220
155
94
58
94
372
412
372
24.7
187
15
130
29
220
155
94
124
32 70 29 187
100 100
Rotary handle-direct on DPX Terminal shields
100 40 58
50 A
398
302
220
130
94
94
X
DPX 630 390
47
DPX 630
+ earth 542
A
leakage
module
94
4 min.
14 2.5 max.
43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 192
100 100
220
265
130
94
94
X
62.5
4 min.
(1) 75 mm without mechanical system
43.5 43.5 43.5
43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4 mm
40
84 M16 29
Accuracy of dimensions = 2 mm
15
129
103
40
8
DPXTM 1250/1600 thermal magnetic & microprocessor release
n Dimensions
Fixed version, front terminals
Y
Y 215
210 29
70 70 280
8
25 70 70 70 13 min.
100
169
20
25 max.
158
149
278
280
320
298
X X
94
M12
M10 M8
70 35
50 5 140
140
Y
Fixed version, rear terminals
Y
Vertical Horizontal
280 (4P)
210 (3P)
13 32 12.5 163 12.5
105 23 140 98 140
12
40
90
169
145.5
100
145.5
M8
68
56
273
273
94
118
320
X X
94
40
6 6
14 3 2.5 max. 3 2.5 max.
Y 238 188 238
13 32
Draw-out
299 version, rear terminals
364 Terminal shields
299
256 364
325 34.5
256 325 34.5
325325
360360
480
70 70 70 70 70
70 70 70 70 70
218.5
253253
218.5
62.5
2.5 max.
(1) 75 mm without mechanical system
7
60
35 6 44
21
5
88
90
45
35
58
310 30
n Coils 368
400
Cat.Nos 0260 92/93/94/95/96 Cat.No 0260 97
6
22
L
L
C
A
M
D
D
5
E B 45 34
5.5 E 79
H
23
M
H
Cat.Nos A B C D E H L M
0260 92 35 75 85 42 92 36 43 56
0260 93 80 108 132 67 125 36 65 56
0260 94 110 148 170 86 165 36 84 56
0260 95 140 177 206 104 200 36 102 56
0260 96 210 270 295 150 290 44 145 64
0260 97 150 225 259 133 245 275 95 113
n Dimensions
DPX3 MCCB 160 A TP DPX 250 TP
139 175
13 30 42.5 30 30
57 57
56.75
25 32 25 25 18
1
80
0.6
27
256.75
200
180
130
35 35 105
105 138.5
27
74
27 27
97
81
56.75
25 22 25 25 25 18
80
27
256.75
200
180
130
35 35 35 105
138.5
140
27 27 74
27 27 27 97
108
20
12.5 36
339
260
224
165
43.5 43.5
140
35
35 35 74
105 100
20
12.5 36
339
224
260
165
n Temperature derating
DPX3 160 DPX3 250
Temperature (C) Temperature (C)
In (A) In (A)
-25 -20 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
-25 -20 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
16 23 22 21 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 15 14
25 37 35 34 33 32 30 28 26 25 23 22 21 40 54 53 51 50 49 48 45 41 40 38 36 34
40 55 54 52 51 50 47 43 42 40 38 36 34 100 135 132 128 126 123 120 112 102 100 94 90 84
63 88 87 84 83 81 76 69 66 63 60 57 55
160 216 211 205 201 197 192 179 163 160 151 143 134
80 115 113 111 109 107 97 87 84 80 78 75 72
100 135 133 130 123 115 108 100 100 100 95 90 85 200 270 264 256 251 246 240 224 203 200 189 179 168
125 160 158 155 153 150 138 125 125 125 118 112 105 250 338 330 320 314 308 300 280 254 250 236 224 210
160 224 221 214 210 205 192 176 168 160 152 145 139
88
DPX 160/250 (continued)
Technical data
Power loss per pole for DPX circuit breakers
Circuit breakers Rated current In (A)
16 25 40 63 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
DPX/DPX-H/DPX-L250 - - - 7.50 - 14.08 - 15.63 - - - - - - - - -
DPX/DPX-H/DPX-L630 - - - - - 2.97 - - - 18.56 - 46.04 - - - - -
DPX/DPX-H/DPX-L1250 - - - - - - - - - - - 15.88 25.60 35.00 54.69 54.69 -
DPX/DPX-H1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - 13.89 22.40 46.88 46.88 76.80
Power loss per pole for DPX earth leakage modules (W)
Size 250 - 0.02 0.05 0.12 0.30 - 0.77 - 1.88 - -
A
t (s)
1000
B B
100
1
10
1
2
From wall from side to wall From wall to
Circuit breakers
to earth earth earth
DPX 160
3
60 20 20 In=40-160A
Ii=10 xIn
DPX3 250 60 20 20 0,1
In=25A
Ii=16xIn
DPX 250 70 25 25
In=16A
Ii=25 xIn
DPX 630 70 25 25
DPX 1250 90 40 40 0,01
DPX 1600 90 40 40
t: time
I: rated current
Ir: setting current
Curve n1: charateristic with cold start
Curve n2: charateristic with hot start
89
DPX 160/250 (continued)
n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic current limitation curves n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m.
Tripping curves
10000
t (s)
1000
2
0.
100
25
0.
1
3 10
0.
0.
5
1
2
7
0.
8
0. In=40-160A
Ii=10 xIn
0,1
In=25A
Ii=16xIn
9
0. In=16A
Ii=25 xIn
0,01
0,001
Isc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value) 1 10 16 25 100
Ip = maximum short circuit peak current I/Ir I/In
maximum prospective short circuit peak current corresponding at the power factor
maximum real peak short circuit current t: time
I: rated current
Ir: setting current
Curve n1: charateristic with cold start
Curve n2: charateristic with hot start
n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic thermal stress limitation
curves
n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m current
limitation curves
2
0.
25
0.
3
0.
5
0.
7
0.
8
0.
9
0.
90
DPX 160/250 (continued)
n DPX3 160 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m. n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic current limitation curves
thermal stress limitation curves
2
0.
25
0.
3
0.
5
0.
7
0.
8
0.
9
0.
t (s)
1000
100
1
10
2
1
In=100-250A
Ii=5...10 xIn
0,1
0,01
0,001
1 5 10 100
I/Ir
91
DPX 160/250 (continued)
n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m.
Tripping curves thermal stress limitation curves
10000
t (s)
1000
100
1
10
2
1
In=100-250A
Ii=5...10 xIn
0,1
0,01
0,001
1 5 10 100
I/Ir
n DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic with integrated e.l.m current n DPX3 160/250 - earth leakage characteristics
limitation curves DPX3 160 16-25-36-50 kA, Imax = 160A
DPX3 250 25-36-50-70 kA, Imax = 250A
Instantaneous Time delay : 0.3s
2
0.
25
0.
0.5
3
0.
0.2
5
0. 0.1
7
0. 0.05
0.8
0.02
9
0. 0.01
0.1 0.5
92
DPX 160/250 (continued)
n DPX3 160/250 - earth leakage characteristics n DPX3 250 microprocessor release current limitation
DPX 160 16-25-36-50 kA, Imax = 160 A
3 curves
DPX3 250 25-36-50-70 kA, Imax = 250 A
Time delay : Is Time delay : 3s
2
0.
25
0.
3
0.
5
0.
7
0.
8
0.
9
0.
t(s)
1000
n DPX3 250 microprocessor release thermal stress
limitation curves
100
Tr = 15s (20%)
Tr = 10s (20%)
Tr = 5s (20%)
Tr = 3s (20%)
10
Isd=1,5Ir (20%)
1
In=250A In=40A
Tsd=0,5s (20%)
I2t=K
0,1
Tsd=0s (20%)
HIGH selectivity
LOW selectivity
0,01
t < 10ms
0,001
1 10 100 1 10 100
I/Ir I/In
93
DPX 160/250 (continued)
n DPX3 250 microprocessor with integrated e.l.m. n DPX3 250 E fault Tripping characteristic
current limitation curves
2
0.
25
0.
3
0.
5
0.
7
Isc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value)
0. Ip = maximum short circuit peak current
maximum prospective short circuit peak current corresponding at the power factor
0.
8 maximum real peak short circuit current
9
0.
n Adjustment for thermal-magnetic DPX3
DPX3 with
DPX3 thermal
Setting integrated
magnetic e.l.m.
lr overload 0.8 to 1 ln 0.8 to 1 ln
trip threshold (thermal)
Isc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value) lm short-circuit
Ip = maximum short circuit peak current trip threshold fixed: 10 ln (1) fixed: 10 ln (1)
maximum prospective short circuit peak current corresponding at the power factor (magnetic)
maximum real peak short circuit current
I (A) - 0.03 - 0.03 - 1 - 3
n
t (s) - 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3
(1) 400 A for DPX3 160 In 16 A and 25 A, for DPX3 250, 5 to 10x In
n DPX 250 microprocessor with integrated e.l.m thermal
3
94
DPXTM 250
Technical data Electrical characteristics for DPX 250 (thermal magnetic release)
Electrical characteristics for DPX 250 (microprocessor release) Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 V - 250 V A =
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 V A Nominal frequency
Nominal rating (40 0C)
50/60 Hz
25 to 250 A
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40 0C) 40 to 250 A Category of use A
Category of use A Thermal adjustment 0.64 to 1 In
Overload protection 0.4 to 1 In Magnetic release 3.5 to 10 In
Short circuit protection 1.5 to 10 In Maximum permitted cross-sections
Maximum permitted cross-sections - rigid cables 185 mm2
- rigid cables 185 mm2 - flexible cables 150 mm2
- flexible cables 150 mm2 - copper bar (width) 25 mm
- copper bar (width) 25 mm
Performance data for DPX250
Performance data for DPX 250 (microprocessor release)
at ambient = 40 0C
I = actual current
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A) Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
IP = maximum peak value (kA) 1 = thermal release zone when cold
1 = current, max. peak, short-circuit rms 2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
2 = current, unlimited peak (max.) corresponding to power factors shown above (0.15 to 0.9)
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)
(rms value in kA) I2t = limited thermal stress (in A2s)
IP = maximum peak value (in kA)
= max. peak rms short-circuit currents
= max. unlimited peak currents, corresponding to power factors
indicated above (0.15 to 0.9)
For tripping current curves of DPX250 (Earth leakage modules) kindly refer the relevant curve on pg.90
95
DPXTM 630
In = nominal current
I = actual current
at ambient = 40 0C
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
1 = thermal release zone when cold Performance data for DPX 630 (S2-Sg)
2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
in = nominal current
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
96
DPXTM 630 DPXTM 1250
at ambient = 40 0C
I = actual current / Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
1 = thermal release zone when cold
2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
at ambient = 40 0C
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
1 = thermal release zone when cold
2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
97
DPXTM 1250 DPXTM 1600
In = nominal current
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
In = nominal current
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
98
DPXTM 1600 DPX3 MCCBs
with integrated ELM
99
DPX
pourTMexemple
MCCBS : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
DPX
xxxxxxxx
MCCBs and ELMs xxxxxxxx
100
DPXTM MCCBS
equipment for plug-in and draw-out mccbs (on request)
Plug-in Draw-out
Frame Front terminal Rear terminal Flat rear terminal Front terminal Rear terminal Flat rear terminal
mounting base + mounting base + mounting base + mounting base + mounting base + mounting base +
tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts
- 4210 40 - - - -
- 4210 44 - - - -
3P
- 4210 36 - - - -
+
- 4210 04 - - - -
DPX 160
3
- 4210 41 - - - -
- 4210 44 - - - -
4P
- 4210 37 - - - -
+
- 4210 04 - - - -
- 4210 42 - - - -
- 4210 44 - - - -
3P
- 4210 38 - - - -
+
- 4210 04 - - - -
DPX 250
3
- 4210 43 - - - -
- 4210 44 - - - -
4P
- 4210 39 - - - -
+
- 4210 04 - - - -
0265 31 0265 33 0265 35 0265 31 0265 33 0265 35
0265 29 0265 29 0265 29 0265 29 0265 29 0265 29
0263 43 0263 43 0263 43 0265 45 0265 45 0265 45
3P + + + + + +
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 79 0262 79 0262 79 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 79 0262 79 0262 79
0265 32 0265 34 0265 36 0265 32 0265 34 0265 36
0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30
0263 43 0263 43 0263 43 0265 46 0265 46 0265 46
DPX 250 4P + + + + + +
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 79 0262 79 0262 79 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 79 0262 79 0262 79
0265 37 0265 38 0265 39 0265 37 0265 38 0265 39
0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30
0263 43
4P + ELM + + 0263 43 + 0263 43 + 0265 47 + 0265 47 + 0265 47
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 79 0262 79 0262 79 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 79 0262 79 0262 79
0265 52 0265 54 0265 56 0265 52 0265 54 0265 56
0265 50 0265 50 0265 50 0265 50 0265 50 0265 50
3P + 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0265 66 + 0265 66 + 0265 66
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 81 0262 81 0262 81 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 81 0262 81 0262 81
0265 53 0265 55 0265 57 0265 53 0265 55 0265 57
0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51
+ 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0265 67 + 0265 67 + 0265 67
DPX 630 4P
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 81 0262 81 0262 81 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 81 0262 81 0262 81
0265 58 0265 59 0265 60 0265 58 0265 59 0265 60
0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51
+ 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0263 68 + 0265 68 + 0265 68 + 0265 68
4P + ELM
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 81 0262 81 0262 81 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 81 0262 81 0262 81
- - - 0265 82 - 0265 84
- - - + 0265 75 - 0265 75
3P +
- - - 0263 99 - 0263 99
DPX 1600 - - - 0262 83 - 0262 83
- - - 0265 83 - 0265 85
- - -
4P + 0265 75 -
+
0265 75
- - - 0263 99 - 0263 99
- - - 0262 83 - 0262 83
* Adjustable on the front
101
selectivity table thermal-magnetic release DPX3 or DPX / DPX3, DPX
16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 100 160 200 250 40 63 100 160 250 250 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250
16 - - - 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
25 - - - 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
40 - - - 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX3 160 63 - - - - 0.8 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
(16. 25. 36. 50 kA)
with or without e.l.m. 80 - - - - - 1 1.25 1.6 1 1.6 2 2.5 - - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
100 - - - - - - 1.25 1.6 - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
125 - - - - - - - 1.6 - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
100 - - - - - - - - - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX3 250 thermal-magnetic 160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
(25, 36, 50, 70 kA)
with or without e.l.m. 200 - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
40 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
DPX3 250 microprocessor 100 - - - - - - - - - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
release(2)
(25, 36, 50, 70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
with or without e.l.m. 200 - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
40 - - - - - - - - 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
63 - - - - - - - - 1 1.6 2 2.5 - - 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX and DPX-H 250
thermal magnetic 100 - - - - - - - - - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
(36, 70 kA and 100 kA)
160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
40 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
DPX 250 microprocessor 100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
release(1)
S1 and S2 (36, 70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5 3.2 4 5 - - -
40 - - - - - - - - 1 1.6 2 2.5 - 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX 250 microprocessor 100 - - - - - - - - - 1.6 2 2.5 - - - 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
release(2)
S1 and S2 (36, 70 kA) 160 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2.5 - - - - 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16
400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 6.3 16 16 16
DPX and DPX-H 630
thermal magnetic 500 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6.3 16 16 16
(36, 70 kA and 100 kA)
630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16 16 16
DPX and DPX-H 630 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
microprocessor release(1)
S1,S2 (36, 70 kA) and Sg 630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX and DPX-H 630 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 6.3 8 8 8
microprocessor release(2)
S1, S2 (36, 70 kA) and Sg 630 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 8 8
800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 8
DPX and DPX-H 1250
thermal magnetic 1000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8
(50, 70 kA)
1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX and DPX-H 1600
microprocessor release(1) 1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S1, S2 (50, 70 kA) and Sg
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 8
DPX and DPX-H 1600
microprocessor release(2) 1250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S1, S2 (50, 70 kA) and Sg
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T = total selectivity. up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity. according to IEC 60947-2
(1) Microprocessor release. selector switch on "HIGH"
(2) Microprocessor release. selector switch on "LOW"
102
selectivity table microprocessor release DPX3 or DPX / DPX3, DPX
103
selectivity table microprocessor release DPX3 or DPX / DPX3, DPX (continued)
104
selectivity table DMX3 / DPX3, DPX
105
DPX3 MCBsxxxxxx
n Technical data
Selectivity between Modular Circuits Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs):
Selectivity limit at 415 V: values in Ampere.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160
DPX3 160 + RCD
16 - 25 - 36 - 50 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 6000 12000 12000 T T T T T
10 A 5000 7000 7000 7000 T T T T
16 A - 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T
20 A - 5000 5000 5000 5000 6000 T T
DX3 10000 A/ 10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - 4500 4500 4500 4500 8500 T
32 A - - - 3000 4000 4000 7000 10000
40 A - - - 3000 3000 3000 6000 8000
50 A - - - - 3000 3000 5500 7000
63 A - - - - 3000 3000 5000 6000
T = Total discrimination
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
DPX3 250 + diff DPX 400 AB (Thermo- (electronic)
(Thermo-magnetic & electronic) magnetic)
25 - 36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 kA 50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 to 1250 A 630 to 1600 A
6 A T T T T T T T T
10 A T T T T T T T T
16 A T T T T T T T T
20 A T T T T T T T T
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves T T T T T T T T
32 A 5000 T T T T T T T
40 A 5000 T T T T T T T
50 A 4000 T T T T T T T
63 A 4000 T T T T T T T
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to standard IEC/EN60947-2:
For TT or TN neutral system in 240/415 V network, to know the breaking capacity of the combination of a double pole breaker (connected between
phase and neutral under 230 V) downstream of a triple-pole circuit-breaker, take the values shown in Tables 240/415 V.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
16 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
10 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
16 A - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
20 A - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
32 A - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
40 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
50 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
63 A - - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250 + RCD
(Thermal - Magnetic & Electronic)
25 - 36 - 50 kA - 70 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
32 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 250 DPX / DPXH / DPXL 630
DPX 400 AB
(Thermal -Magnetic & electronic) (Thermal - Magnetic & electronic)
36 - 70 - 100 kA 36 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
32 A - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
50 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
63 A - - - 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic (or electronic) threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
106
DPX3 MCBsxxxxxx
n Technical data
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to standard IEC/EN60947-2:
For TT or TN neutral system in 240/415 V network, to know the breaking capacity of the combination of a double pole breaker (connected between
phase and neutral under 230 V) downstream of a triple-pole circuit-breaker, take the values shown in Tables 240/415 V.
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
(Thermo- (Electronic)
Magnetic)
50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
MCB downstream 500 to 1250 A 630 to 1600 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 20 kA 20 kA
32 A 16 kA 16 kA
40 A 16 kA 16 kA
50 A 16 kA 16 kA
63 A 16 kA 16 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic (or electronic) threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Fuse upstream
aM Type
MCB downstream 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
10 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
16 A - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
20 A - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the threshold and to the size of upstream fuses which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCB upstream
DX3 36 kA DX3 50 kA
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A
C Curves - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
32 A - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA
50 A - - - - 50 kA 50 kA - - - - 50 kA
63 A - - - - - 50 kA - - - - -
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to RCD add-on modules.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
16 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
10 A 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
16 A - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
20 A - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
32 A - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
40 A - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
50 A - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
63 A - - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
107
DPX3 MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
25 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
10 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
16 A - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
20 A - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
32 A - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
36 - 50 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
16 A - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
20 A - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
32 A - - 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
63 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250+RCD
(Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
25 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A
6 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
10 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
16 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
20 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
32 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
40 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
50 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
63 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250 + RCD DPX / H / L 250
(Thermal-magnetic & electronic) (Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
32 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
63 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX / DPXH / DPXL 630MT
DPX 400 AB (Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
36 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 320 A 400 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
32 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA
63 A 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic (or electronic) threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
108
DPX3 MCBsxxxxxx
n Technical data
Coordination between Modular Circuit Breakers(MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
(Thermal- (electronic)
magnetic)
50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
MCB downstream 500 to 1250 A 630 to 1600 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves 50 kA 50 kA
32 A 50 kA 50 kA
40 A 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 36 kA 36 kA
63 A 36 kA 36 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic (or electronic) threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Selectivity between Modular Circuits Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs):
Selectivity limit at 415 V: values in Ampere.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160
DPX3 160 + RCD
16 - 25 - 36 - 50 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 6000 12000 12000 T T T T T
10 A 5000 7000 7000 7000 T T T T
16 A - 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T
20 A - 5000 5000 5000 5000 6000 T T
DX3 10000 A/ 10 kA 25 A
C and D curves - - 4500 4500 4500 4500 8500 T
32 A - - - 3000 4000 4000 7000 10000
40 A - - - 3000 3000 3000 6000 8000
50 A - - - - 3000 3000 5500 7000
63 A - - - - 3000 3000 5000 6000
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
DPX3 250 + diff DPX 400 AB (Thermo- (electronic)
(Thermo-magnetic & electronic) magnetic)
25 - 36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 kA 50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 to 1250 A 630 to 1600 A
6 A T T T T T T T T
10 A T T T T T T T T
16 A T T T T T T T T
20 A T T T T T T T T
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A
C and D curves T T T T T T T T
32 A 5000 T T T T T T T
40 A 5000 T T T T T T T
50 A 4000 T T T T T T T
63 A 4000 T T T T T T T
T = Total discrimination
109
Automatic transfer
switch DPX3/DPX
Maintaining continuity of supply becomes crucial especially at places where
even a small delay in supply could result huge losses. The DPXrange of MCCBs
can be efficiently used as an Automatic Transfer Switch at places that require
instant power switching. When connected with the microprocessor control
box (line changeover unit) it gives you the flexibility to manage that automatic
changeover between two supply lines effectively with remote controls.
a u to m at i c
When the changeover is made automatically
using motorised MCCB & Microprocessor
Control Box.
When an operator organises the changeover
from a remote location using motorised
MCCBs and push button.
N on - a u to m at i c
Manual - When an operator manually
performs the changeover
Technical data
Handling continuity problems efficiently
Maintaining continuity of supply becomes crucial especially at places
where even a small delay in supply could result in huge losses. The
DPX range of MCCBs can be efficiently used as an Automatic Transfer
Switch at places that require instant power switching. When connected
with the microprocessor control box (line changeover unit) it gives you
the flexibility to manage the automatic changeover between two supply
lines effectively with remote controls.
6253 85
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 111
DPXTM
automatic transfer switch (continued)
Microprocessor control box Ready to install ATS kit for DPX3 160 & DPX3 250
General characteristics
Microprocessor control box allows to manage the Cat.No Primary Secondary
automatic changeover between two supply lines with
maximum flexibility. 6253 80AA DPX3 160 DPX3 160
The microprocessor device with microprocessor is
very compact 6253 80BB DPX3 250 DPX3 250
(144 x 144 mm).
6253 80AB DPX3 250 DPX3 160
Yet, it is able to perform a large number of functions such as :
Quick acquisition of voltage levels Range: Frame sizes DPX3 160A & DPX3 250A
Effective value of line voltage check With Thermal Magnetic or Microprocessor based protection.
Selection of operating mode (auto/man/test/off) Standard size cut-out for flush mounted controller (144 x 144 mm)
Selection of voltage thresholds Inbuilt single phasing protection
Selection of changeover time Alarm contact rating: 5A 230V~
Display of selected parameters (voltage and time) For ordering these ATS Kit (6253 80AA, BB, AB) + 2 MCCB's
Alarm display
Starting signal to DG, can be given, in case of primary source failure
Manual changeover line 1/ line 2 Ready to install ATS DPX 630
Lockout of simultaneous switching over between lines
Diagnostic test
Cat.Nos Type Breaking Primary Secondary
cap MCCB MCCB
Technical characteristics
Setting of voltage thresholds on main and secondary line to check DPX 630 6253 84 Thermal - 36 kA 0255 40 0255 40
between 0.7 and 1 Ue (280 - 400 V AC) ATS magnetic
Two models, depending on the supply voltages -230 V AC, 24 V DC 630 Amps
Changeover time from main line to secondary line 0.5 to 30 s
Main line resetting time 4 s 6253 85 Thermal - 70 kA 0255 60 0255 60
magnetic
3-digit data display 630 Amps
LED - signalling the operating state
Outgoing relay changeover contacts rating (line circuit breakers 6253 87 Micropro- 36 kA 0256 07 0256 07
control) 16 A 230 V in AC cessor S1
Alarm contact rating - 5 A 230 V in AC 630 Amps
External connections with flexible cable max. 2.5 mm2
Operating temperature : 0 to 60 0C 6253 88 Micropro- 70 kA 0256 15 0256 15
Self-extinguishing polycarbonate casing with sealable transparent cessor S1
shield 630 Amps
Front degree of protection IP 41 without shield, IP 54 with shield
Flush-mounting version (144 x 144 mm) 6253 89 Micropro- 36 kA 0256 32 0256 32
cessor S2
630 Amps
Standard manual changeover
6253 90 Micropro- 70 kA 0256 40 0256 40
switches cessor S2
General characteristics 630 Amps
The manual changeover switches 6253 91 Micropro- 36 kA 0256 57 0256 57
consist of separate parts that have to be cessor Sg
assembled by the user or that may be 630 Amps
factory assembled.
The changeover set for DPX circuit 6253 92 Micropro- 70 kA 0256 65 0256 65
breakers consists of support plates cessor Sg
equipped with a rocking mechanical 630 Amps
interlock on which the circuit breakers in their different versions are Note : Arrangement to supply the recommended voltage to the microprocessor control box
fixed. should be made in the panel.
Selection
Cat.Nos Description
0261 93 Microprocessor control box - Standard
0261 94 Microprocessor control box - Advanced
0264 09 Mechanical interlock for two DPX 630 circuit breakers
0264 10 Mechanical interlock for two DPX 1250 or DPX 1600
circuit breakers (factory assembled only)
112
DPXTM
automatic transfer switch (continued)
Dimensions
Microprocessor control box
7.7
138.5
144
77 138.5
144 31
94
Ready to install ATS DPX3 160 & DPX3 250 frame sizes
525
39
INCOMING
CONTACTOR
30 17.5 17.5 39 17.5 17.5 30
MCB
DINRAIL CHANNEL
FOR MCB,CONTACTOR
ELEMEX CONNECTOR (KUT 6)
14
38 14 14
OUTING
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Note : For all details on installation, please refer to the detailed instruction catalogue.
113
DPXTM
automatic transfer switch (continued)
N R Y B N R Y B
9
72
35
S
37
DIA NO
10
MCB
92 80 80 80 80
157
70
C1
66
63 183 12 183
25
360
330
100
150
40
560
530
504
183
560
530
52 400 102
75
256
NO 21
LEGRAND 24 PIN
DIA
S
CONNECTOR
45 40
177
130
4
32 58.5
N R Y B
30
24.5
400 50 50
278.5 225 225 75
600 335
2 DPX 1250 or 2 DPX 1600 circuit breakers with remote control (factory assembled)
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Note : For all details on installation, please refer to the detailed instruction catalogue.
114
Alpivar
pour exemple
2
capacitors
: xxxxxxx NEW pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
V7540CB
P7540 R7.R8040.189
Factory connected units for integration in universal cabinets for Factory connected units for integration in universal cabinets for
automatic compensation systems automatic compensation systems
Standard and Heavy duty versions: Heavy duty capacitor with series reactor versions (detuned reactors):
- 1 Alpivar 2 capacitor - 1 Alpivar 2 capacitor
- 1 contactor suitable for the capacitive currents - 1 contactor suitable for the capacitive currents
- 1 set of 3 HRC fuses - 1 detuned reactor with thermal protection
- 1 set of modular copper busbars with junction bars for connecting - 1 set of 3 HRC fuses
several racks - 1 set of modular copper busbars with junction bars for connecting
- 1 steel frame on which the components are assembled and wired several racks
- 1 steel frame on which the components are assembled and wired
Pack Cat.Nos Standard duty, 3 phase,
400 V - 50 Hz Pack Cat.Nos Heavy duty capacitor with series
470 V max. reactor, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz
Harmonic pollution SH/ST 15% Standard class - Max. 470 V
Nominal power (kVAr) Harmonic pollution 25% < SH/ST 35%
1 P12.540 12.5 Nominal power (kVAr)
1 P12.512.540 12.5+12.5 1 R5.2540.189 25
1 P2540 25 1 R5.5040.189 50
1 P252540 25+25 1 R7.5040.189 50
1 P255040 25+50 1 R7.7540.189 75
1 P5040 50 Reinforced class - Max. 520 V
1 P7540 75 Harmonic pollution 35% < SH/ST 50%
Nominal power (kVAr)
Heavy duty, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz 1 R5.R4040.189 40
1 R7.R4040.189 40
520 V max. 1 R7.R404040.189 40+40
Harmonic pollution 15% < SH/ST 25% 1 R7.R8040.189 80
Nominal power (kVAr) Extra-reinforced class - Max. 620 V
1 PH12.540 12.5 Harmonic pollution SH/ST > 50%
1 PH12.512.540 12.5+12.5
Nominal power (kVAr)
1 PH2540 25 1 R9.RS7240.189 72
1 PH252540 25+25
1 PH255040 25+50
1 PH5040 50
1 PH7540 75
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
116 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
pour exemple
Alpimatic & Alpistatic
: xxxxxxxautomatic capacitor banks NEW
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
M6040 M20040
IP 31 - IK 05 cabinet
Fully modular design for easy extension and maintenance
Alpimatic is made up of one or several cabinets according to the capacitor bank model and the nominal current
The electromechanical contactors are controlled by the Alptec power controller with a simple commissioning procedure
Cable entry at the bottom (at the top on request)
Electrical parts protected against direct contact: IP 20 (door open)
Grey cabinet (RAL 7035) with black base Conforming to standards IEC 60439-1 and 2
Pack Cat.Nos Standard duty, 3 phase, Pack Cat.Nos Heavy duty, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz
400 V - 50 Hz
520 V max.
470 V max.
Harmonic pollution 15% < SH/ST 25%
Harmonic pollution SH/ST 15%
Nominal power (kVAr) Steps (kVAr)
Nominal power (kVAr) Steps (kVAr) 1 MH1040 10 2x5
1 M1040 10 2x5 1 MH1540 15 5+10
1 M1540 15 5+10 1 MH2040 20 2x10
1 M2040 20 2x10 1 MH2540 25 10+15
1 M2540 25 10+15 1 MH3040 30 3x10
1 M3040 30 3x10 1 MH3540 35 5+10+20
1 M3540 35 5+10+20 1 MH4040 40 2x10+20
1 M4040 40 2x10+20 1 MH5040 50 10+15+25
1 M5040 50 10+15+25 1 MH6040 60 3x20
1 M6040 60 3x20 1 MH7540 75 3x25
1 M7540 75 3x25 1 MH87.540 87.5 12.5+25+50
1 M87.540 87.5 12.5+25+50 1 MH10040 100 2x25+50
1 M10040 100 2x25+50 1 MH12540 125 25+2x50
1 M12540 125 25+2x50 1 MH15040 150 25+50+75
1 M15040 150 25+50+75 1 MH17540 175 2x25+50+75
1 M17540 175 2x25+50+75 1 MH20040 200 50+2x75
1 M20040 200 50+2x75 1 MH22540 225 25+50+2x75
1 M22540 225 25+50+2x75 1 MH25040 250 2x50+2x75
1 M25040 250 2x50+2x75 1 MH27540 275 25+2x50+2x75
1 M27540 275 25+2x50+2x75 1 MH30040 300 25+50+3x75
1 M30040 300 25+50+3x75 1 MH35040 350 50+4x75
1 M35040 350 50+4x75 1 MH40040 400 2x50+4x75
1 M40040 400 2x50+4x75 1 MH45040 450 6x75
1 M45040 450 6x75 1 MH50040 500 50+6x75
1 M50040 500 50+6x75 1 MH55040 550 2x50+6x75
1 M55040 550 2x50+6x75 1 MH60040 600 8x75
1 M60040 600 8x75 1 MH67540 675 9x75
1 M67540 675 9x75 1 MH75040 750 10x75
1 M75040 750 10x75 1 MH82540 825 11x75
1 M82540 825 11x75 1 MH90040 900 12x75
1 M90040 900 12x75
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 117
pour exemple
Alpimatic & Alpistatic
: xxxxxxxautomatic capacitor banks
pour exemple
(continued) NEW
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
MS30040.189 MS.R40040.189
Pack Cat.Nos Heavy duty capacitor with series Pack Cat.Nos Heavy duty capacitor with series
reactor, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz reactor, 3 phase, 400 V - 50 Hz
Standard class - Max. 470 V (continued)
Harmonic pollution 25% < SH/ST 35% Extra-reinforced class - Max. 620 V
Nominal power (kVAr) Steps (kVAr) Harmonic pollution SH/ST > 50%
1 MS7540.189 75 25+50 Nominal power (kVAr) Steps (kVAr)
1 MS10040.189 100 2x25+50 1 MS.RS14440.189 144 2x72
1 MS12540.189 125 25+2x50 1 MS.RS21640.189 216 3x72
1 MS15040.189 150 3x50 1 MS.RS28840.189 288 4x72
1 MS20040.189 200 50+2x75 1 MS.RS36040.189 360 5x72
1 MS22540.189 225 3x75 1 MS.RS43240.189 432 6x72
1 MS25040.189 250 2x50+2x75 1 MS.RS50440.189 504 7x72
1 MS27540.189 275 50+3x75 1 MS.RS57640.189 576 8x72
1 MS30040.189 300 4x75 1 MS.RS64840.189 648 9x72
1 MS35040.189 350 50+4x75 1 MS.RS72040.189 720 10x72
1 MS37540.189 375 5x75 1 MS.RS79240.189 792 11x72
1 MS45040.189 450 6x75 1 MS.RS86440.189 864 12x72
1 MS52540.189 525 7x75
1 MS60040.189 600 8x75
1 MS67540.189 675 9x75
1 MS75040.189 750 10x75
Reinforced class - Max. 520 V
Harmonic pollution 35% < SH/ST 50%
1 MS.R12040.189
Nominal power (kVAr)
120
Steps (kVAr)
3x40 Alpivar2
1 MS.R16040.189 160 2x40+80
1 MS.R20040.189 200 40+2x80
1 MS.R24040.189 240 2x40+2x80 Guarantee
1 MS.R28040.189 280 40+3x80
1 MS.R32040.189 320 4x80 The Company at its discretion will replace products if they
1 MS.R36040.189 360 40+4x80 have any manufacturing defect within 1 year for capacitor,
1 MS.R40040.189 400 5x80 Reactor & APFC controller.
1 MS.R44040.189 440 40+5x80
1 MS.R48040.189 480 6x80
1 MS.R52040.189 520 40+6x80
The above guarantee is applicable when the products
are selected taken into consideration all the technical
1 MS.R56040.189 560 7x80
characteristics of the product published in our catalogue.
1 MS.R60040.189 600 40+7x80
1 MS.R64040.189 640 8x80
1 MS.R72040.189 720 9x80 The guarantee is only applicable when the products are
1 MS.R80040.189 800 10x80 installed as per the Companys instructions and not
tampered in any manner.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
118 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Alpivar2 capacitors Alpivar2 racks
119
Alpivar2 capacitors
208
225
Internal discharge
220
n Dimensions n Dimensions
Joining bars Joining bars Joining bars
Fixing holes 7
325
325
225
248
458
425
458
425
Fixing holes 7
Joining bars
400
Fixing holes 24 x 8.2
Type R9
425
865
900
Extra-reinforced class
Weight
(kg)
R9.RS7240.189 80
Resin filled 440 V standard duty: Gas filled 440 V heavy duty:
- Conforms to IS 13340-1, IEC 60831-1&2 - Conforms to IS 13340-1, IEC 60831-1&2
- ISI marked - Compact design
- Compact design - Self healing metallized polypropylene film
- Self healing metallized polypropylene film - Over pressure device for disconnection
- Over pressure device for disconnection - Low energy losses
- Low energy losses - Dry inert gas filled
- Resistance to high temperatures
- Bio-degradable soft resin, semi-dry
Pack
Cat.Nos Heavy duty gas filled
capacitor 440 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz
Resin filled 440 V heavy duty:
- Conforms to IS 13340-1, IEC 60831-1&2 1/4 4151 24 5.2 kVAr
- ISI marked 1/4 4151 25 7.3 kVAr
- Compact design 1/4 4151 26 8.8 kVAr
- Self healing metallized polypropylene film 1/4 4151 27 10.5 kVAr
- Over pressure device for disconnection 1/4 4151 28 12.6 kVAr
1/4 4151 29 17.5 kVAr
- Low energy losses 1/4 4151 30 21 kVAr
- Resistance to high temperatures 1/4 4151 31 25.2 kVAr
- Bio-degradable soft resin, semi-dry
Pack Cat.Nos Standard duty Resin filled
capacitor 440 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz
1/12 4151 00 1 kVAr
1/12 4151 01 2.1 kVAr
1/12 4151 02 3 kVAr
1/12 4151 03 4.2 kVAr
1/12 4151 04 5 kVAr
1/6 4151 05 7.5 kVAr
1/4 4151 06 10 kVAr
1/4 4151 07 12.5 kVAr
1/4 4151 08 15 kVAr
1/4 4151 09 20 kVAr
1/4 4151 10 25 kVAr
1/4 4151 11 30 kVAr
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 123
AlpicanTM NEW reactors and power factor controllers
resin filled capacitor for reactors
4151 33
4151 50 4150 43
Reactors 14 % duty
1 4151 53 Reactor 12.5 kVAr
1 4151 54 Reactor 25 kVAr
1 4151 55 Reactor 50 kVAr
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
124 Red catalogue numbers : new products.
AlpicanTM AlpicanTM
resin filled standard duty & heavy duty capacitors gas filled heavy duty capacitors
125
reactors power factor controllers
Current inputs
Rated current: 5 A (1 A on request)
Operating limit: 0.125 A to 6 A
Input current: 0.65 W
Not sensitive to the CT polarity
Not sensitive to the phase rotation polarity
Frequency
50 Hz/60 Hz
Parameters
Power factor: 0.8 inductive to 0.8 capacitive
Same step reconnection time: 5 to 240 s
Manual and automatic mode
4 quadrant operation for operation on generator
Internal temperature sensor
Volt-free contact for remote alarm
Alarm display (overvoltage, over/under compensation, overload, etc.)
126
AlpicanTM AlpicanTM
resin filled capacitors gas filled capacitors
n Dimensions n Dimensions
440 V Resin filled heavy duty 440 V Resin filled heavy duty
Can diameter up to 90 mm Can diameter above 90 mm
Dimensions Dimensions
Cat.Nos Cat.Nos
Diameter Height Diameter Height
4151 12 53 117 4151 19 93.5 270
4151 13 63.5 129 4151 20 105.5 280
4151 14 78.4 195 4151 21 121.5 280
4151 15 78.4 195 4151 22 121.5 325
4151 16 78.4 195 4151 23 142 325
4151 17 88.4 270
4151 18 88.4 270
n Dimensions n Dimensions
Height x Width x Depth
Cat.Nos Weight (kg)
(mm)
4150 52 96 x 96 x 65 0.42
4150 41 96 x 96 x 65 0.44
4150 42 96 x 96 x 65 0.46
n Dimensions
Rated
Cat.Nos kVAr L W H I1 I2 n1 n2 b e d1 d2 A B
Current
4151 48 10 13.2 A 190 1403 mm 225 165 165 60 783 mm 100 905 mm 10.8 15.5 85 78
4151 49 12.5 16.4 A 190 1403 mm 225 165 165 60 783 mm 100 905 mm 10.8 15.5 85 78
Rated
Cat.Nos kVAr L W H I1 I2 n1 n2 b e d1 d2 A B
Current
4151 50 25 32.8 A 240 1655 mm 205 205 205 150 953 mm 114 1155 mm 10.8 15.5 175 95
4151 51 50 65.61 A 275 2255 mm 240 235 235 150 1653 mm 185 1275 mm 10.8 15.5 175 165
4151 52 100 131.22 A 330 1805 mm 270 285 285 150 1323 mm 155 985 mm 10.8 15.5 175 132
4151 01 2.1 kVAr 2.8 J101211 4151 13 2.1 kVAr 2.8 J101211
4151 03 4.2 kVAr 5.5 J101211 4151 15 4.2 kVAr 5.5 J101211
4151 05 7.5 kVAr 9.8 J101211 4151 17 7.5 kVAr 9.8 J101211
4151 07 12.5 kVAr 16.4 J101811 4151 19 12.5 kVAr 16.4 J101811
4151 25 7.5 kVAr 9.6 J101211 4151 33 8.3 kVAr 9.1 J101211
4151 26 8.8 kVAr 11.5 J101211 4151 34 10.4 kVAr 11.4 J101211
4151 27 11.5 kVAr 13.8 J101211 4151 35 12.5 kVAr 13.7 J101211
4151 28 12.6 kVAr 16.5 J101811 4151 36 16.7 kVAr 18.4 J101811
Note: Legrand recommends the use of INDOASIAN- CAPACITOR DUTY CONTACTORS for Legrand capacitors
130
Zucchini
busbar trunking system
For Industrial, commercial, residential and service sector buildings.
A comprehensive range
P. 141
Isolator DX - Isolator
RCCB & RCBOs AC Application
upto 125 A
RCD P. 143
DX - RCD
add-on module & add-on module
Auxiliaries for 125 A
P. 145-146
Other control DX
functions time switches
046 74
P.148-161
DX
MCCBs
Din Rail
Technical data
P.176-177
EMDX
equipment
132
P.138 P.138
DX - MCB DX - MCB
AC Application DC Application
C100
from 80 - 125 A C40
upto 63 A
P.140 P.140
DX - 36 kA MCB DX - 50 kA MCBs
C40
36kA
from 10 A to 80 A C40
36kA
from 10 A to 63 A
P. 144 P. 143
DX DX - RCD
Auxiliaries add-on module with
measurement &
metering
P.146
Contactor
P.147
EMDX
Multi-functions
measuring units
DX3 EMDX
RCCB & RCBO multi-function
(p. 141-142) mesauring units
(p. 147)
133
Sliding shutters
COPYTRACER
Anti-counterfeit registration number
Bottom clamp
Environment friendly
134
DX3
New top clamp
for all tools
Technical
labelling area
The Next Step.
Presenting, DX3, an international range of
protection devices. Its revolutionary design
Integrated label supports all kind of installations thus giving a
holder never before experience. With 10 patents and
13 new features, it defines the next step in the
protection category.
Colour coded
handle with
ON/OFF
colour indication
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - C curve Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - C curve
Single pole 240/415 VA 3 pole 415 VA
Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
1/10/120 4085 80 0.5 1 1/32 4086 43 0.5 3
1/10/120 4085 81 1 1 1/32 4086 44 1 3
1/10/120 4085 83 2 1 1/32 4086 46 2 3
1/10/120 4085 84 3 1 1/32 4086 47 3 3
1/10/120 4085 85 4 1 1/32 4086 48 4 3
1/10/120 4085 87 6 1 1/32 4086 50 6 3
1/10/120 4085 90 10 1 1/32 4086 53 10 3
1/10/120 4085 92 16 1 1/32 4086 55 16 3
1/10/120 4085 93 20 1 1/32 4086 56 20 3
1/10/120 4085 94 25 1 1/32 4086 57 25 3
1/10/120 4085 95 32 1 1/32 4086 58 32 3
1/10/120 4085 96 40 1 1/32 4086 59 40 3
1/10/120 4085 97 50 1 1/32 4086 60 50 3
1/10/120 4085 98 63 1 1/32 4086 61 63 3
Single pole + Neutral 230 VA 3 pole + Neutral 415 VA
1/5/60 4086 02 0.5 2 1/32 4086 65 0.5 4
1/5/60 4086 03 1 2 1/32 4086 66 1 4
1/5/60 4086 05 2 2 1/32 4086 68 2 4
1/5/60 4086 06 3 2 1/32 4086 69 3 4
1/5/60 4086 07 4 2 1/32 4086 70 4 4
1/5/60 4086 09 6 2 1/32 4086 72 6 4
1/5/60 4086 12 10 2 1/32 4086 75 10 4
1/5/60 4086 14 16 2 1/32 4086 77 16 4
1/5/60 4086 15 20 2 1/32 4086 78 20 4
1/5/60 4086 16 25 2 1/32 4086 79 25 4
1/5/60 4086 17 32 2 1/32 4086 80 32 4
1/5/60 4086 18 40 2 1/32 4086 81 40 4
1/5/60 4086 19 50 2 1/32 4086 82 50 4
1/5/60 4086 20 63 2 1/32 4086 83 63 4
2 pole 415 VA 4 pole 415 VA
1/40 4086 21 0.5 2 1/32 4086 84 0.5 4
1/40 4086 22 1 2 1/32 4086 85 1 4
1/40 4086 24 2 2 1/32 4086 87 2 4
1/40 4086 25 3 2 1/32 4086 88 3 4
1/40 4086 26 4 2 1/32 4086 89 4 4
1/40 4086 28 6 2 1/32 4086 91 6 4
1/40 4086 31 10 2 1/32 4086 94 10 4
1/40 4086 33 16 2 1/32 4086 96 16 4
1/40 4086 34 20 2 1/32 4086 97 20 4
1/40 4086 35 25 2 1/32 4086 98 25 4
1/40 4086 36 32 2 1/32 4086 99 32 4
1/40 4086 37 40 2 1/32 4087 00 40 4
1/40 4086 38 50 2 1/32 4087 01 50 4
1/40 4086 39 63 2 1/32 4087 02 63 4
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
136 Red catalogue numbers: New products
pourMCBs
DX exemple : xxxxxxx NEW pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
MCBs for AC applications till 63 A (continued) xxxxxxxx
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - D curve Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - D curve
Single pole 240/415 VA 3 pole 415 VA
Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
1/10/120 4087 06 0.5 1 1/32 4087 52 0.5 3
1/10/120 4087 07 1 1 1/32 4087 53 1 3
1/10/120 4087 09 2 1 1/32 4087 55 2 3
1/10/120 4087 10 3 1 1/32 4087 56 3 3
1/10/120 4087 11 4 1 1/32 4087 57 4 3
1/10/120 4087 12 6 1 1/32 4087 58 6 3
1/10/120 4087 14 10 1 1/32 4087 60 10 3
1/10/120 4087 16 16 1 1/32 4087 62 16 3
1/10/120 4087 17 20 1 1/32 4087 63 20 3
1/10/120 4087 18 25 1 1/32 4087 64 25 3
1/10/120 4087 19 32 1 1/32 4087 65 32 3
1/10/120 4087 20 40* 1 1/32 4087 66 40* 3
1/10/120 4087 21 50* 1 1/32 4087 67 50* 3
1/10/120 4087 22 63* 1 1/32 4087 68 63* 3
Single pole + Neutral 230 VA 3 pole + Neutral 415 VA
1/5/60 4087 26 0.5 2 1/32 4087 72 0.5 4
1/5/60 4087 27 1 2 1/32 4087 73 1 4
1/5/60 4087 29 2 2 1/32 4087 75 2 4
1/5/60 4087 30 3 2 1/32 4087 76 3 4
1/5/60 4087 31 4 2 1/32 4087 77 4 4
2 pole 415 VA 4 pole 415 VA
1/40 4087 32 0.5 2 1/32 4087 78 0.5 4
1/40 4087 33 1 2 1/32 4087 79 1 4
1/40 4087 35 2 2 1/32 4087 81 2 4
1/40 4087 36 3 2 1/32 4087 82 3 4
1/40 4087 37 4 2 1/32 4087 83 4 4
1/40 4087 38 6 2 1/32 4087 84 6 4
1/40 4087 40 10 2 1/32 4087 86 10 4
1/40 4087 42 16 2 1/32 4087 88 16 4
1/40 4087 43 20 2 1/32 4087 89 20 4
1/40 4087 44 25 2 1/32 4087 90 25 4
1/40 4087 45 32 2 1/32 4087 91 32 4
1/40 4087 46 40* 2 1/32 4087 92 40* 4
1/40 4087 47 50* 2 1/32 4087 93 50* 4
1/40 4087 48 63* 2 1/32 4087 94 63* 4
1/9 4087 03
4 pole 400 VA
80 6
2 pole 500 V =
1/9 4087 04 100 6
1/5/60 4088 15 0.5 2
1/9 4087 05 125 6
1/5/60 4088 16 1 2
1/5/60 4088 18 2 2
1/5/60 4088 19 3 2
1/5/60 4088 20 4 2
1/5/60 4088 21 6 2
1/5/60 4088 23 10 2
1/5/60 4088 25 16 2
1/5/60 4088 26 20 2
1/5/60 4088 27 25 2
1/5/60 4088 28 32 2
1/5/60 4088 29 40 2
1/5/60 4088 30 50 2
1/5/60 4088 31 63 2
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
138 Red catalogue numbers: New products
pourMCBs
DX exemple
- 25 :kA
xxxxxxx NEW pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxmagnetic MCBs from 6 A to 125 A
thermal xxxxxxxx
4097 72 4098 03
Breaking capacity:
25 kA - IEC60947-2 - 400 V A
Can be equipped with DX3 auxiliaries and accessories
Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - 25kA Pack Cat.Nos DX3 MCBs - 25kA (continued)
Single pole 230/400 VA 3-pole - 400 V
C curve Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules C curve Nominal rating In (A) Number of modules
1 4097 53 6 1 1 4097 79 6 3
1 4097 54 10 1 1 4097 80 10 3
1 4097 55 16 1 1 4097 81 16 3
1 4097 56 20 1 1 4097 82 20 3
1 4097 57 25 1 1 4097 83 25 3
1 4097 58 32 1.5 1 4097 84 32 4.5
1 4097 59 40 1.5 1 4097 85 40 4.5
1 4097 60 50 1.5 1 4097 86 50 4.5
1 4097 61 63 1.5 1 4097 87 63 4.5
1 4097 62 80 1.5 1 4097 88 80 4.5
1 4097 63 100 1.5 1 4097 89 100 4.5
1 4097 64 125 1.5 1 4097 90 125 4.5
2-pole - 230/400 V 4-pole - 400 V
1 4097 66 6 2 1 4097 92 6 4
1 4097 67 10 2 1 4097 93 10 4
1 4097 68 16 2 1 4097 94 16 4
1 4097 69 20 2 1 4097 95 20 4
1 4097 70 25 2 1 4097 96 25 4
1 4097 71 32 2 1 4097 97 32 6
1 4097 72 40 3 1 4097 98 40 6
1 4097 73 50 3 1 4097 99 50 6
1 4097 74 63 3 1 4098 00 63 6
1 4097 75 80 3 1 4098 01 80 6
1 4097 76 100 3 1 4098 02 100 6
1 4097 77 125 3 1 4098 03 125 6
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 139
DX MCBs - 36 kA NEW DX MCBs - 50 kA
thermal magnetic MCBs from 10 A to 80 A thermal magnetic MCBs from 10 A to 63 A
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
140 Red catalogue numbers: New products
DX isolators NEW DX RCCBs
ISs for AC applications upto 125 A RCCBs for AC applications upto 63 A
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 141
DX RCCBs NEW DX RCBOs
RCCBs for AC applications 80 - 100 A RCBOs assembled for AC applications upto 63 A
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
142 Red catalogue numbers: New products
DX RCBOs NEW DX RCD add on module
RCBOs compact for AC applications upto 32 A, 6 kA for 125 A
Compact design
Technical characteristics (p. 168) Manual switching operation
Easy to assemble
Ergonomic design
Easy & fast fixation on site
On site clip on mounting
Clip on fitting on left side Pack Cat.Nos For 1 mod/pole MCBs and ISs
Number of modules
Pack Cat.Nos Signalling auxiliaries 5 4063 14 Manual change-over 2
switch for DP
Number of modules 5 4063 15 Manual change-over 3
1 4062 50 Auxiliary changeover 0.5 switch for TP
switch 6 A 5 4063 16 Manual change-over 3
1 4062 52 Fault signalling changeover 0.5 switch for FP
switch 6 A
1 4062 64 Changeover + fault signalling 1
switch
Control auxiliaries
1 4062 76 Shunt release 1
12/48 V AC/DC
1 4062 78 Shunt release 1
110/415 V AC
1 4062 80 Undervoltage release 1
24/48 V AC/DC
1 4062 82 Undervoltage release 1
230 V AC
1 4062 86 Pop over voltage release 1
1 4062 90 Motor control 1
24/48 V AC/DC
1 4062 91 Motor control 1
230 V AC
1 4062 93 Motor control auto reset 2
24/48 V AC/DC
1 4062 95 Motor control auto reset 2
230 V AC
1 4062 88 Automatic resetter 2
1 4062 89 Automatic resetter 2
with autotest
Rotary handle
10 4063 19 Black rotary -
handle
10 4063 20 Yellow/red -
rotary handle
5 mm padlock
10 4063 13 1/2 module -
spacing unit
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
144 Red catalogue numbers: New products
DX RCD add on module with NEW DX time switches
measurement & metering
Programming accessories
1 4128 72 Data key
1 4128 73 PC adapter for
USB port
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 145
DX time switches NEW DX contactors
With synchronous (mains-synchronised clock precision) or quartz motor Conform to IEC/EN 61095
+/-2.5 s/day clock precision (quartz motor) Space for power supply busbar on top (up to 63 A)
Surface-mounting possible with a wall bracket and a terminal cover
(Cat.No 4128 59)
Unit width: 3 modules of 17.5 mm each Pack Cat.Nos Power contactors CX3
1 4125 44 25 A 2 NO contactor
Pack Cat.Nos Twilight switches 1 4125 45 40 A 2 NO contactor
1 4125 47 63 A 2 NO contactor
Including light sensor 1 4125 48 63 A 2 NC contactor
Wire for light sensor: 2 x 1.5 mm2, maximum 1 4125 49 40 A 3 NO contactor
wire length: 50 m 1 4125 50 63 A 3 NO contactor
LED switching status indicator 1 4125 51 25 A 4 NO contactor
1 4126 23 Luxo switch 1 4125 53 40 A 4 NO contactor
1 4125 56 63 A 4 NO contactor
1 4125 57 63 A 4 NC contactor
MicroRex analog time switches
In accordance with IEC 60730-1 and 60730-2-7
Manual switching ON/automatic/OFF Signalling auxiliaries for contactors
daily/weekly switching dial with captive Auxiliary changeover switch
segments 1 4124 29 For 1 module contactors
Clock precision: +/ 5 min for the daily time switch 16 A to 25 A
10 C to +55 C operating temperature 1 4124 30 For 2 module contactors
1 4128 12 MicroRex T31 25 A
Daily time switch 1 4124 31 For 40 and 63 A
1 4128 13 MicroRex QT31 contactors
Daily time switch
1 4128 14 MicroRex W31
Weekly time switch
1 4127 90 MicroRex QT11
Daily time switch
1 4127 94 MicroRex QW11
Weekly time switch
Accessory
1 4128 59 Wall bracket
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
146 Red catalogue numbers: New products
EMDX electrical energy meters NEW EMDX multi-function measuring units
4 rail mounting 4 rail mounting
0046 74 0046 76
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 147
DX3
MCBs
148
DX3
MCBs
Supply terminals
When supply is given at upper terminals
Un = Mains Voltage
UB = Arc Voltage
ID = Let-through short circuit current
IP = Prospective short circuit current
149
DX3
MCBs
Iccmx = 23 kA
3-level association
An association may be created on three levels
if one of the conditions below is met.
The upstream device A must have an
adequate breaking capacity at its installation
point. Devices B and C are associated with
device A. Simply check that the association
values B + A and C + A have the necessary
breaking capacity.
In this case, there is no need to check the
association between devices B and C.
The association is made between
successive devices: Upstream device A,
which has an adequate breaking capacity at
its installation point, device C is associated
with device B which is in turn associated with
device A.
Simply check that the association values C+B
and B+A have the necessary breaking
capacity. In this case, there is no need to check
the association between devices A and C.
150
DX3
MCBs
151
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers and fuses,
three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
For TT or TN neutral system in 240/415 V network, to know the breaking capacity of the combination of a double pole breaker (connected between
phase and neutral under 230 V) downstream of a triple-pole circuit-breaker, take the values shown in Tables 230/400 V.
Fuse upstream
gG Type
MCB downstream 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
10 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
16 A - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
20 A - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - 100k A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
Fuse upstream
aM Type
MCB downstream 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
10 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
16 A - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
20 A - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the threshold and size of upstream fuse which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
For TT or TN neutral system in 230/400 V network, to know the breaking capacity of the combination of a double pole breaker (connected between
phase and neutral under 230 V) downstream of a triple-pole circuit-breaker, take the values shown in Tables 230/400 V.
MCB upstream
DX3 10000/16 kA
C and D Curves
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
6 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
10 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
16 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
20 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
C Curves
32 A - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
40 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
50 A - - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
63 A - - - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
m.c.b. upstream
DX3 25 kA
C and D Curves
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C Curves
32 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A - - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to RCD add-on modules.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
152
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
For TT or TN neutral system in 240/415 V network, to know the breaking capacity of the combination of a double pole breaker (connected between
phase and neutral under 230 V) downstream of a triple-pole circuit-breaker, take the values shown in Tables 240/415 V.
MCB upstream
DX3 36 kA DX3 50 kA
C Curve C and D Curves
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A
6 A 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A - 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
C Curves
32 A - - 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A - - - 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA
50 A - - - - 36 kA 36 kA - - - - 50 kA
63 A - - - - - 36 kA - - - - -
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to RCD add-on modules.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to standard IEC/EN60947-2:
For TT or TN neutral system in 240/415 V network, to know the breaking capacity of the combination of a double pole breaker (connected between
phase and neutral under 230 V) downstream of a triple-pole circuit-breaker, take the values shown in Tables 240/415 V.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
16 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
10 A 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
16 A - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
20 A - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
40 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
50 A - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
63 A - - - - 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA 16 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
25 - 36 - 50 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 36 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
153
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to standard IEC/EN60947-2:
For TT or TN neutral system in 240/415 V network, to know the breaking capacity of the combination of a double pole breaker (connected between
phase and neutral under 230 V) downstream of a triple-pole circuit-breaker, take the values shown in Tables 240/415 V.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250 + RCD
(Thermal - Magnetic & Electronic)
25 - 36 - 50 kA - 70 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C and D curves
32 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 250 DPX / DPXH / DPXL 630
DPX 400 AB
(Thermal -Magnetic & electronic) (Thermal - Magnetic & electronic)
36 - 70 - 100 kA 36 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C and D curves
32 A - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
50 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
63 A - - - 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic (or electronic) threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 400 / 415 V according to standard IEC/EN60947-2:
For TT or TN neutral system in 240/415 V network, to know the breaking capacity of the combination of a double pole breaker (connected between
phase and neutral under 230 V) downstream of a triple-pole circuit-breaker, take the values shown in Tables 240/415 V.
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
(Thermo- (Electronic)
Magnetic)
50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
MCB downstream 500 to 1250 A 630 to 1600 A
6 A 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 20 kA 20 kA
C and D curves
32 A 16 kA 16 kA
40 A 16 kA 16 kA
50 A 16 kA 16 kA
63 A 16 kA 16 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic (or electronic) threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Fuse upstream
aM Type
MCB downstream 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
10 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
16 A - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
20 A - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - - - 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 40 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the threshold and to the size of upstream fuses which must necessarily be higher.
154
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCB upstream
DX3 10000/16 kA
B, C and D Curves
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
6 A 32 kA 32 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 32 kA 32 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 32 kA 32 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 32 kA 32 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A - 32 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C Curves
32 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A - - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
MCB upstream
DX3 25 kA
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A - 50 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
C Curves
32 A - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
40 A - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
50 A - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
63 A - - - - - 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to RCD add-on modules.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between modular circuit-breakers, three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCB upstream
DX3 36 kA DX3 50 kA
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A 25 A - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
C Curves
32 A - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA
50 A - - - - 50 kA 50 kA - - - - 50 kA
63 A - - - - - 50 kA - - - - -
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to RCD add-on modules.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
16 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
10 A 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
16 A - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
20 A - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
40 A - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
50 A - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
63 A - - - - 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA 28 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
155
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
25 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
10 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
16 A - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
20 A - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
40 A - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
50 A - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
63 A - - - - 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160 / DPX3 160 + RCD
36 - 50 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
16 A - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
20 A - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
C and D curves
32 A - - 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
63 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three-phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250+RCD
(Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
25 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A
6 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
10 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
16 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
20 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
C and D curves
32 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
40 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
50 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
63 A 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA 40 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
156
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 / DPX3 250 + RCD DPX / H / L 250
(Thermal-magnetic & electronic) (Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
C and D curves
32 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
63 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA - - - 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
MCCB upstream
DPX / DPXH / DPXL 630MT
DPX 400 AB (Thermal-magnetic & electronic)
36 kA 36 - 70 - 100 kA
MCB downstream 320 A 400 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
C and D curves
32 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
40 A 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA
63 A 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic (or electronic) threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Coordination between Modular Circuit-Breakers(MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs),
three phase network (+ neutal) 230/240 V according to standard IEC/EN 60947-2:
MCCB upstream
DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
(Thermal- (electronic)
magnetic)
50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
MCB downstream 500 to 1250 A 630 to 1600 A
6 A 50 kA 50 kA
10 A 50 kA 50 kA
16 A 50 kA 50 kA
20 A 50 kA 50 kA
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A 50 kA 50 kA
C and D curves
32 A 50 kA 50 kA
40 A 50 kA 50 kA
50 A 36 kA 36 kA
63 A 36 kA 36 kA
All these values are also valid for circuit breakers associated to differential blocks.
According to the curves and ratings of circuit breakers, attention to the magnetic (or electronic) threshold and to the size of upstream circuit breakers which must necessarily be higher.
Fuse upstream
aM Type
MCB downstream 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 6 A 1000 1600 2100 3200 6200 15000 T T T
C and D curves 10 A - 1100 1700 2500 5000 7800 12000 T T
16 A - 1000 1400 2100 4000 6000 9000 T T
20 A - - 1300 1800 3400 5100 7000 14000 T
25 A - - 1100 1600 3000 4500 6000 9300 14000
32 A - - - 1300 2400 3800 5000 7700 9000
40 A - - - - 2100 3100 4200 6400 7000
50 A - - - - 2000 2900 3700 6000 6000
63 A - - - - - 2800 3500 5500 6000
T = Total discrimination
157
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Selectivity between modular circuits breakers:
Selectivity limit at 400 V: values in Ampere.
MCB upstream
DX3 25 kA
MCB downstream 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
6 A 40 64 80 100 700 1200 1500 3000 4000 T T
10 A - 64 80 100 500 700 1000 1800 3000 5000 T
16 A - - 80 100 300 500 700 1300 2000 3600 5500
20 A - - - 100 - 400 500 1000 1600 3000 4000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - - - 500 800 1300 2400 3300
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - - 500 600 1000 1800 2700
40 A - - - - - - - 600 800 1600 2400
50 A - - - - - - - - 800 900 1700
63 A - - - - - - - - - 900 1200
MCB upstream
DX3 25 kA
MCB downstream 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
6 A 75 120 150 187 700 1200 1500 3000 4000 T T
10 A - 120 150 187 500 700 1000 1800 3000 5000 T
16 A - - 150 187 300 500 700 1300 2000 3600 5500
20 A - - - 187 300 400 500 1000 1600 3000 4000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - 240 400 500 800 1300 2400 3300
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - 300 500 600 1000 1800 2700
40 A - - - - - - 400 600 800 1600 2400
50 A - - - - - - - 500 800 900 1700
63 A - - - - - - - - 650 900 1200
T = Total discrimination
MCB upstream
DX3 36 kA
MCB downstream 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A 80 A
6 A 75 120 170 500 700 1200 1500 3000 4000
10 A - 120 150 210 500 700 1000 1800 3000
16 A - - 150 187 300 500 700 1300 2000
20 A - - - 187 300 400 500 1000 1600
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - 240 400 500 800 1300
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - 300 500 600 1000
40 A - - - - - - 400 600 800
50 A - - - - - - - 500 800
63 A - - - - - - - - 650
T = Total discrimination
158
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Selectivity between modular circuits breakers:
Selectivity limit at 415 V: values in Ampere.
MCB upstream
DX3 50 kA
MCB downstream 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A
6 A - 64 170 500 700 1200 1500 3000
10 A - - 150 210 500 700 1000 1800
16 A - - - - 300 500 700 1300
20 A - - - - - 400 500 1000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - - - 500 800
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - - 500 600
40 A - - - - - - - 600
50 A - - - - - - - -
63 A - - - - - - - -
MCB upstream
DX3 50 kA
MCB downstream 10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A 63 A
6 A 75 120 170 500 700 1200 1500 3000
10 A - 120 150 210 500 700 1000 1800
16 A - - 150 187 300 500 700 1300
20 A - - - 187 300 400 500 1000
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A - - - - 240 400 500 800
C and D curves
32 A - - - - - 300 500 600
40 A - - - - - - 400 600
50 A - - - - - - - 500
63 A - - - - - - - -
Selectivity between modular circuits breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs):
Selectivity limit at 415 V: values in Ampere.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 160
DPX3 160 + RCD
16 - 25 - 36 - 50 kA
MCB downstream 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
6 A 6000 12000 12000 T T T T T
10 A 5000 7000 7000 7000 T T T T
16 A - 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T
20 A - 5000 5000 5000 5000 6000 T T
DX3 10000 A/ 10 kA 25 A - - 4500 4500 4500 4500 8500 T
C and D curves
32 A - - - 3000 4000 4000 7000 10000
40 A - - - 3000 3000 3000 6000 8000
50 A - - - - 3000 3000 5500 7000
63 A - - - - 3000 3000 5000 6000
T = Total discrimination
Selectivity between modular circuits breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs):
Selectivity limit at 415 V: values in Ampere.
MCCB upstream
DPX3 250 DPX / H / L 1250 DPX / H 1600
DPX3 250 + diff DPX 400 AB (Thermo- (electronic)
(Thermo-magnetic & electronic) magnetic)
25 - 36 - 50 - 70 kA 36 kA 50 - 70 - 100 kA 36 - 70 kA
MCB downstream 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 320 A 400 A 500 to 1250 A 630 to 1600 A
6 A T T T T T T T T
10 A T T T T T T T T
16 A T T T T T T T T
20 A T T T T T T T T
DX3 10000 A/10 kA 25 A T T T T T T T T
C and D curves
32 A 5000 T T T T T T T
40 A 5000 T T T T T T T
50 A 4000 T T T T T T T
63 A 4000 T T T T T T T
159
DX3
MCBs
n Technical data
Time current characteristics for C curve Time current characteristics for 80-125 A
Rating - 6 to 63 A Ref. calibration Temp. : 30 C
0
Rating - 80 A to 125 A Ref. calibration Temp. : 30 0C
Ref. standard : IS / IEC 60898-1 Ref. standard : IEC 60947-2
160
DX3
MCBs
161
DX3 RCDS
pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx data for DX3 RCDs
technical xxxxxxxx
RCCB
Type AC Type A-S Type Hpi
Specification IS 12640 (part 1) 2008 IEC 61008 - 1 EN 61008 - 1
IEC 61008 - 1 EN 61008 - 1 IEC 61008 - 1
Electrical characteristics
Nominal rating In (A) - Double pole 25, 40, 63, 80, 100 63, 80 25, 40, 63, 80
- Four pole 25, 40, 63, 80, 100 25, 40, 63, 80 25, 40, 63, 80
Rated sensitivity (mA) - Double pole 30, 100, 300 300 30
- Four pole 30, 100, 300 300 30
Rated frequency (Hz) 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60
Rated operating voltage - Double pole 230 230 230
Ue (V AC) - Four pole 230 / 415 400 400
Minimum operating voltage (V AC) 12 12 12
Minimum operating voltage for test button (V AC)(1)
- Double pole 170 170 170
- Four pole 196 196 196
Rated insulation - Double pole 250 250 250
voltage Ui (V AC) - Four pole 500 500 500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 6 6 6
Breaking capacity As per IS 12640 (part 1) 2008, IEC 61008 - 1
Rated making & breaking capacity (Im)
- Up to 40 A 500 A - 500 A
- From 63 A and above 10 x In 630 A 630 A
Rated residual making & breaking capacity (Im)
- Up to 40 A 1000 A - 1000 A
- From 63 A and above 1000 A 1000 A 1000 A
Rated conditional short circuit current (Inc) 10000 A 10000 A 10000 A
Rated conditional residual short circuit current (Ic) 10000 A 10000 A 10000 A
Rated service short circuit capacity (Ics) - - -
Rated short circuit capacity (Icn) - - -
Operating temperature (0C) - 25 to 70 - 25 to 70 - 25 to 70
Endurance (0.C cycle) - Mechanical 20,000 20,000 20,000
- On load at in x cos 0.9 10,000 10,000 10,000
- Via test button 2,000 2,000 2,000
- By fault current (sensitivity) 2,000 2,000 2,000
Testing By pressing test button grey By pressing test button grey By pressing test button, grey
dolly will come to dolly will come to dolly will come to
OFF position OFF position off position
It is recommended to test It is recommended to test It is recommended to test
RCCB once a month RCCB once a month RCCB once a month
Fault indication - Earth leakage Grey dolly will come to Grey dolly will come to Grey dolly will come to
OFF position OFF position off position
Resetting Switch on grey dolly Switch on grey dolly Switch on grey dolly
Terminals - Rigid 1 - 35 sq. mm 1 - 35 sq. mm 1 - 35 sq. mm
- Flexible 1 - 25 sq. mm 1 - 25 sq. mm 1 - 25 sq. mm
Type of protection
Earth leakage
Overload - - -
Short circuit - - -
162
pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
RCBO
Type AC Type AC - 2 & 4 modules Type Hpi Type A
IS 12640 (part 2) 2008 NFC 61 - 410 EN 61009 - 1 EN 61009 - 1
IEC 61009 - 1 EN 61009 - 1 IEC 61009 - 1 IEC 61009 - 1
IEC 61009 - 1
4 2 2 -
7 4 - 4
6, 10, 16, 25, 32, 40, 63 6, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32 25, 32, 40 25, 32, 40
16, 25, 32, 40, 63 10, 16, 20, 25, 32 - -
30, 100, 300 30, 300 30 30, 300
30, 100, 300 - - -
50 50 50 / 60 50 / 60
230 230 230 -
415 415 - 415
12 12 12 12
163
DX3 DX3
RCDs
Other examples
Someone touching a live busbar in a distribution panel or cabinet, or
someone touching flush-mounted electrical trunking with the end of a
tool, etc. In this case basic protection plus additional protection is
effective.
How can we protect ourselves?
There are two ways (independent of the neutral earthing system) of
ensuring that personnel are protected against direct contact.
Preventing access to live parts where possible.
Basic protection via physical or electrical isolation of live parts.
This protection must ensure that live parts cannot be touched, even
inadvertently.
How?
By using barriers, enclosures, closed cabinets which physically or
electrically isolate live parts presenting a danger to the user, shuttered
sockets, or insulation.
Additional protection
Must be provided by a 30mA residual current device such as Lexic
range of residual current devices. This protection is required in case
the basic protection detailed above fails.
164
DX3
RCDs (continued)
Important note:
Under the Indian Electricity Rules [rules 61 (A), 71 (1) and 73 (1)],
installation of an RCCB is mandatory in all installations of 5 KW
and above, in all luminous tube signs and X-ray installations. The
bureau of Indian standards recommends that RCCBs installed
at construction sites, temporary installations, agriculture and
horticulture premises, limit the residual current to 30 mA.
165
DX3
RCDs (continued)
166
DX3 add-on modules DX3
RCDs (continued)
Type AC
Sensitive to residual alternating currents
Use: standard applications
Type S
Delayed trip for discrimination with other residual current devices.
Use: for discrimination with a downstream device.
Type Hpi
Enhanced immunity to unwanted tripping in environments with
disturbances. eg. diesels, computers, printers, etc.
Detects faults with DC components eg. thyristors, trio etc.
Residual current circuit-breaker with or without overload
protection? Which do I choose?
Choose a residual current circuit-breaker (RCCB) if you do not need to
protect against overload and short circuits (caution! an RCCB must be
connected to some form of line protection device: either a circuit-
breaker or a fuse).
Choose a residual current circuit-breaker with overload and short circuit
protection (RCBO) if this type of protection is not available.
The "test"function
A residual current device is a safety device, and it is therefore vital
that it is regularly tested. This function is therefore required by the
standard governing residual current protective devices, and ensures
correct operation. All Lexic RCDs are equipped with this function.
Note : We offer Type AC, Type A-S and Type Hpi RCDs
167
STOP&GO automatic resetting for DX3 performance of MCBs and auxiliaries
Undervoltage releases
Pull-in voltage 0.55 Un
Tripping time: 0 to 300 ms 10% (adjustable)
Power consumption: 2 4 VA and = : 0.1 VA
Installation without STOP&GO Installation with STOP&GO 48 VA and = : 0.2 VA
230 V : 1 VA
Nominal voltage:
24 and 48 VA and =
U 230 V
E1
U A1 1
A2
2
n...
N L
230VA
Alarm Heating Swimming pool Refrigerator
Signalling auxiliaries
Umin.: 24 V / = and Imin.: 5 mA
Access control Freezer Aquarium Watering
168
protection of DC circuits
n Protection of DC circuits Example: circuit earthed via the negative polarity / U = 110 V= / Isc =
10 kA / In = 32 A
DX 6000 and DX 10000 MCBs (1P/2P/3P/4P - In 63 A) designed for
3 3
Protect the positive polarity using an MCB capable of breaking 10 kA
use in 230/400 V supplies, can also be used in DC circuits at 110 V (DX3 10000 2P 32 A with 2 poles on the positive polarity)
In this case, the following deratings and precautions must be taken into For isolation, use a DX3 10000 3P 32 A with 2 poles on the positive
account polarity and one pole on the negative polarity
1 - Protection against short-circuits DX3 10000 voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P
Max. magnetic tripping threshold: multiplied by 1.4 Acc. to 48 V 10 kA 10 kA
Example: For a C curve MCB for which the AC tripping threshold is IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 10 kA 10 kA
between 5 and 10 In, the DC tripping threshold will be between
7 and 14 In 230 V 15 kA
-
U/2-Isc max.
DX 6000
3
voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P Example: circuit earthed via a middle point / U = 230 V= / Isxc = 6 kA
Acc. to 48 V 6 kA 6 kA
/ In = 10 A
Protect each polarity using an MCB capable of breaking 6 kA at half
IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 6 kA 6 kA voltage, i.e. 115 V
230 V 10 kA DX3 6000 voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P
for breaking on each of the polarities, it is necessary to know how the U U-Isc max.
installation is earthed
-
Supply with one polarity earthed: (1)
Place all the poles necessary for breaking on the other polarity If U-Isc max. 1st earth fault: I = O
isolation is required, an additional pole must be added on the earthed 2sd earth fault:
polarity U and I Isc max.
MCB
(U-Isc max.) 1: MCB (U-Isc max.)
+
U-Isc max
Example: isolated earth circuit / U = 48 V= / Isc = 4,5 kA / In = 40 A
U
Protect the installation with an MCB capable of breaking 4.5 kA at
48 V and protect each polarity
DX3 6000 voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P
- Acc. to 48 V 6 kA 6 kA
(1) U=0
IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 6 kA 6 kA
1: Only if isolation required 230 V 10 kA
DX3 6000
DX 40 A
40 2P
A 2P
-
169
programmable time switches P17 Tempra and hypra
with analogue and digital dial
4
1
3 2
4
1
2
L L
N N
16 A
U1 U2 1 4 2
Output
Output closing and breaking times are calculated based on the date,
the actual time when the device was switched and on geographical
coordinates of the actual location
170
AlphaRex3 digital time switches
n Technical specifications
AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3 AlphaRex3
Type
D21 D22 D21s D21 astro D22 astro DY21 DY22
Nominal voltage 230 V 50/60 Hz 4126 31 4126 41 4126 34 4126 54 4126 57 4126 29 4126 30
Number of modules of 17.5 mm each 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Number of channels 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
1 changeover 2 changeover 1 changeover 1 changeover 2 changeover 1 changeover 2 changeover
Switch output contact contacts contact contact contacts contact contacts
Zero-crossing switching
Switching capacity
Ohmic 250 V cosj = 1 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A
Inductive 230 V cosj = 0.6 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
Incandescent lamp load 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W
Fluorescent lamp, series compensated 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA 2000 VA
Energy-saving lamp 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W 1000 W
Programs1) 56 28 per channel 56 56 28 per channel 84 84 per channel
Control input with switch-off delay
0s to 23h 59min 59s
Cycle function (pulse time)
min. 1s, max. 1h 59min 59s
Clock precision (typical) 0.1 s/day2)
Running reserve 5 years
Shortest switching step 1s
Operating temperature 20 to +55 C
Degree of protection IP20
1)
A program consists of a switch-on time, a switch-off time as well as days or day blocks which are assigned as switched-on or switched-off
2)
Can be set to mains-synchronous operation
n Connection diagram
AlphaRex3 D21 AlphaRex3 D22 AlphaRex3 D21s
AlphaRex3 D22 astro AlphaRex3 D21 astro
AlphaRex3 DY22 AlphaRex3 DY21
0 6 12 16 24 0 6 12 16 24 0 6 12 16 24
2 1 4 2 1 4
n Functions Reset
Simultaneously pressing all buttons for more than 2 seconds deletes all
Select menu, go back while in menu data. Language, date/time, summer time (daylight saving time) and
Press > 1 sec. = operating display switch times must be set again.
OK Confirm the selection or accept the parameter
n Data key
- Select the menu item or set the parameter; If the supply voltage is switched on, the KEY READ WRITE menu
for 2-channel time switches, can be used item is automatically opened when a data key is inserted. WRITE:
+ to select the channel (channel 1 channel 2) Program data is written from the time switch to the key. Caution: Any data
present on the key will be overwritten. READ: Program data is written
n Brief description of programming functions from the key to the time switch; any switching programs on the time switch
are overwritten. Only one master switching program, which consists of
Text guidance multiple switching programs, can be saved on the time switch or on the
Guides the user through programming and setup with plain text key at a time. If the supply voltage is not connected, the KEY READ
prompts. Each step can be read on the screen, and the function that is WRITE menu item is not automatically opened when a data key is
currently active flashes. An integrated display and button light makes inserted. The KEY function can still be selected from the
operation easy even in poorly lit environments. menu even if the supply voltage is not connected.
171
AlphaRex3 digital time switches
Offset
By selecting MENU, SET, ASTRO and OFFSET, time differentials can be set for the calculated switch times. This can be done in two ways:
time offset or angle offset.
In time offset, a time differential can be entered to shift the switch time by up to +/- 120 min relative to the sunrise/sunset times.
In angle offset2), a value can be entered in degrees and arcminutes to shift the switch time by up to +/- 12 00 relative to the sunrise/sunset times.
The time differentials are set separately for sunrise and sunset using the menu items SUNSET (opens the screen for setting the sunset offset) and
SUNRISE (opens the screen for setting the sunrise offset).
+12
+6
0h 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24h
t -50
Angle offset
Time offset
0h 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24h
-6
-12
1
0
+ + 1
max. 120min max. 120min 0
+ +
Example: Note:
For a time differential of +30 min, the time switch switches If the offset is set in degrees, the time switch always switches at
30min. after sunrise and 30 min. after sunset. points when the brightness is the same, despite the fact that the
For a time differential of -30 min, the time switch switches twilight duration changes over the course of the year. Sunrise and
30min. before sunrise and 30 min. before sunset. sunset correspond to -50' for the centre of the sun (the edge of
the sun is visible on the horizon).
172
AlphaRex3 digital time switches
n Additional functions
Relay function
The relay state can be changed by selecting MENU and FUNCTIONS. The relay is preset to the AUTO function; the time switch switches at
the programmed times. The following can also be selected: ALWAYS ON, ALWAYS OFF and EXTRA. If EXTRA is selected, the switching status
specified by the program is inverted. The time switch resumes switching according to the programmed switch times after the next switch com-
mand.
Holiday program
In holiday program, the holiday period is set with a start and an end date. It can be activated with the ACTIVE program item and deactivated with
PASSIVE. If the holiday program is activated, the time switch does not carry out any programmed switch commands during this time period.
Instead, it remains ALWAYS OFF or ALWAYS ON during the holiday period, as requested. When the holiday period has ended, the time switch
resumes switching according to the programmed switch times.
1h test
The 1h TEST function can be used for a switching simulation. If 1h TEST is activated, the switch outputs are switched for one hour.
After the time has ended, the time switch resumes switching according to the programmed switch times.
PIN code
Input and programming can be locked using a four-digit PIN CODE. The time switch can be unlocked using the PIN CODE. The time switch can
also be unlocked using the RESET function, which also deletes all settings and programs.
Contrast adjustment
This function allows the user to adjust the display contrast.
Expert mode*
Expert mode is activated by selecting OPTIONS and EXPERT. After expert mode is activated, the following additional functions can be used:
control input extra 1), control input out 1), cycle function, channel-switching function (2-channel time switches), mains-synchronous operation,
offset correction function 2), geographical coordinates in degrees and arcminutes 2).
1)
AlphaRex3 D21s, AlphaRex3 D21 astro, AlphaRex3 DY21 2) AlphaRex3 astro, AlphaRex3 DY
Pulse function
Programmable with precision to the second.
Cycle function
Function for cyclical switching. With this function, the time switch is switched on once within a defined time period and for a defined duration.
The cycle time can be set between 2 s and 2 h. The switch-on time can be set between 1 s and 1 h 59 min 59 s.
Zyklus max 2 h
Min. Max.
Cycle 2s 2h
Switch-on time 1s 1 h 59 min 59 s 1 s ... 1 h 59 min 59 s
Random function
If the random function is activated, set switch times are randomly shifted within a range of +/- 15 minutes.
Channel-switching function*
With 2-channel time switches, this function can be activated so that the time switch regularly switches between the outputs assigned to
the channels, in order to protect connected devices (for example lights/lamps) or so that two devices can be used simultaneously.
The channel-switching function is activated by selecting MENU, OPTIONS and CHANNEL 1<>2. The time switch switches between
theoutputs according to whether the menu item DAILY (once per day at 12:00 p.m.) or WEEKLY (once per week on Sunday at 12:00 p.m.)
isselected.
Mains-synchronous operation
Mains-synchronised clock precision. By activating the SYNC function and then ACTIVE, the quartz-controlled time switch becomes
a synchronous time switch.
*) Excluding AstroRex DY64
173
Rex analogue time switches
daily/weekly time switches
n Technical specifications
Type MicroRex MicroRex MicroRex MicroRex MicroRex
T31 QT31 W31 QT11 QW11
Number of modules of 3 1
17.5 mm each
Number of channels 1 1 1 1 1
Drive type synchronous quartz synchronous quartz quartz
Switching dial 24 h 24 h 7 days 24 h 7 days
Running reserve none 100 h none 100 h 100 h
Switching increment 15 min 15 min 2h 15 min 2h
Shortest switching step 30 min 30 min 4h 15 min 2h
Switching step +/- 5 min +/- 5 min +/- 30 min +/- 5 min +/- 30 min
Clock precision mains 2.5 s/day mains 2.5 s/day 2.5 s/day
synchronised synchronised
Switching capacity
Ohmic 230 V cos = 1 16 A
Incandescent lamp 230 V 4 A
Inductive 230 V cos = 0.6 12 A
Switch output 1 changeover 1 changeover 1 changeover 1 normally 1 normally
contact contact contact open contact open contact
Operating temperature -10 to +55 C
Degree of protection IP20
n Connection diagram
MicroRex - 3 modules MicroRex - 1 module Wall bracket - 3 modules
8 8
Cat.No 4128 59
/
1 3-module MicroRex units can
be surface mounted using
the wall bracket. A terminal
cover is included with
delivery.
50 m maxi
174
power contactors CX3
Incandescent lamps Nominal 70 W 150 W 250 W 400 W 1000 W 50 W 80 W 125 W 250 W 400 W
wattage
Tungsten and halogen filaments 230 VA 16 A 8 7 5 3 1 11 8 6 3 2
Nominal 25 A 10 9 6 4 2 15 10 8 4 3
40 W 60 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 200 W 500 W 1000 W
wattage
40 A 15 14 9 6 3 21 14 11 6 4
16 A 45 30 24 19 13 10 4 2
63 A 23 20 14 9 5 29 20 16 8 6
25 A 60 48 38 30 20 15 6 3
40 A 96 77 61 48 32 24 10 5 High pressure mixed
63 A 154 123 97 77 51 38 15 8
Nominal 100 W 160 W 250 W 400 W
wattage
ELV halogen bulbs ELV halogen bulbs
with ferromagnetic ballast with electronic ballast 16 A 9 6 4 2
25 A 11 7 5 3
Nominal 20 W 35 W 50 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 20 W 35 W 50 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 40 A 14 9 7 4
wattage
63 A 19 12 8 5
16 A 32 20 15 12 9 6 60 40 28 18 14 9
25 A 52 30 24 16 12 8 80 50 40 26 20 13
40 A 68 39 31 21 16 10 112 70 56 36 28 18
63 A 88 51 41 27 20 14 157 98 78 51 39 25
175
EMDX3 electrical energy meters
4 rail mounting
RS485/IP converter
Cat.No 004688
176
EMDX3 multi-function measuring units
Front cover IP 51
Protection index
Casing IP 20
Weight 205/215 g
Display Backlit LCD
Measurements 3P+N, 3P, 2P, 1P+N
Phase/phase 50 to 520 VA
Direct
Phase/neutral 28 to 300 VA
Legrand software
Primary - Cat.Nos 0261 88/89
Voltage measurement From a PT
Secondary -
Permanent overload between phases 760 VA
Update period 1s
From a CT
Primary 5 to 9999 A Web server
Secondary 5A Cat.Nos 0261 78/79
Minimum measurement 5 mA IP protocol - Ethernet BUS
Input consumption < 0.6 VA
Current measurement Display 0 to 9999 A
Permanent overload 6A
Intermittent overload 60 A/1 s - 120 A/0.5 s
Update period 1s IP converter RS 485/IP
Max. CT x PT ratio - Cat.No 0046 88
Total 0 to 9999 kW/kvar/kVA
Power measurement
Update period 1s
Frequency Measurement range 45.0 to 65.0 Hz
measurement Update period 1s
50/60 Hz 200 to 277 VA 15 %
Auxiliary power
supply DC -
Consumption < 5 VA
Operating temperature -10 C to +55 C
Storage temperature -20 C to +70 C
Energy meters
Cat.No 0046 84
n Connection solutions
Unbalanced three-phase Balanced three-phase network
network (3 or 4-wire)
(3 or 4-wire) RS 485
I1 I2 I3 fieldbus
I1 I2 I3 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN AUX
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN AUX
2
2
1 Multi-function measuring unit
1
2 Cat.No 0046 76
2
S1 S1
L1 (R) L1 (R)
P1 S1 P1
L2 (S)
P1 S1 L2 (S)
L3 (T)
P1 L3 (T)
N
N
2
EDMX3 Access multi-function
2 measuring unit Cat.No 0146 68
1
1 +
2
2 Communication module Cat.No 0146 71
S1
L1 (R) S1
P1 L1 (R)
L2 (S) P1
N
S1
L3 (T)
P1 Two-phase network (2-wire)
I1 I2 I3
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN AUX I1 I2 I3
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN AUX
2 EDMX3 Premium multi-function
2
1
measuring unit Cat.No 0146 69
2
1 +
2 Communication module Cat.No 0146 73
S1
L1 (R) S1
P1 S1 L1 (R)
L2 (S) P1
P1 L2 (S)
L3 (T)
177
DX3
modular din-rail products
n Dimensions
Products A B C D E F G
SP SPN DP TP TPN FP
DX3 MCBs (0.5 to 63 A) 70 17.7 35.6 35.6 53.4 71.2 71.2 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 MCBs (80 - 125 A) 70 26.7 - 53.4 80.1 - 106.8 60 83 44 76 89
DX3 Isolators 70 - - 35.6 53.4 - 71.2 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCCB - type AC (DP) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCCB - type AC (FP) 71.5 - - - - - 71.2 60 83 44 77.5 94
DX3 RCCB - type A - S (DP) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCCB - type A - S (FP) 71.5 - - - - - 71.2 60 83 44 77.5 94
DX3 RCCB - type Hpi (DP) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCCB - type Hpi (FP) 71.5 - - - - - 71.2 60 83 44 77.5 94
DX3 RCBO - type AC 70 - - 71.2 - - 142.4 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCBO - type AC (DP 2 mod.) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
DX3 RCBO - type Hpi (DP 2 mod.) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
Auxiliary contacts 70 8.7 60 83 44 76 83
Auxiliary contacts 70 17.7 60 83 44 76 83
Shunt trip 70 17.7 60 83 44 76 83
Minimum voltage trip 70 17.7 60 83 44 76 83
POP over voltage 74 54 74 83 44 80.5 89
Remote control for MCB / RCBO 74 54 74 83 44 80.5 89
Lexic contactors 20 A 62 17.8 60 83 44 67.5 -
Lexic contactors 40 A (2 mod.) 60 35.6 61 80 44 67 -
Lexic contactors 40 A / 63 A (3 mod.) 60 54 61 80 44 67 -
178
Protection tailored to your
requirements
A compact solution of protection and measurement
The new DX RCD add-on modules with metering have a wide range of features to meet
the most stringent requirements for the protection of people. They come with RS485
communication port for remote data viewer.
Navigation button Indicating lamp Ergonomic test button Ergonomic test button Battery compartment
p. 196
Rex time
Technical data switches
Protection
Solutions
with LexicTM
180
p. 185 p. 189 p. 194 p. 196
Motor protection Voltage surge MaxiRex analogue Remote control
circuit breakers protectors and time switches and dimmers
and accessories accessories accessories
p. 198 p. 198-199
Indicators Ammeters,
voltmeters,
CTs and selector
switches
181
Large Cable
Terminals
Bi-connect
Terminals
IP 20 Protection
Transparent
Label Holder
2 - Position Dolly
Exclusive features
182
2 Dual position
Din Rail Clamps
LEXIC
Fully Insulated
Safe, simple and
Safety Shutters
flexible
Lexic combines the latest technology with
aesthetics and exibility to design modular
Air Circulation
concepts for protection, isolation, controlling,
signalling and metering.
Combined Screws
2 Type of Busbars
EkinoxeTM MCCB
DBs for DpX3
MCCBs
6033 67
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
184 Red catalogue numbers: New products
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic Lexic
xxxxxxxx
MPCBs MPCBs
Technical data
The motor MCB has a signalling system for magnetic tripping that
prevents all dangerous shutdown following a short-circuit previously
isolated by the device
Takes 3 auxiliaries mounted simultaneously by clipping on
on the left: 1 undervoltage / shunt trip
on the right: 1 fault signal + 1 signalling contact
Electrical characteristics
Rated insulating voltage Ui: 690 V
Impulse withstand voltage: 6 kV
Rated frequency: 50/60 Hz
0028 06 0028 17 0028 22 0028 22 + 0028 06 + 0028 17 Dissipated power per phase: 0.57-1.46 W
Magnetic tripping: 12 max.
Mechanical lifespan: 100000 cycles
Conform to EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-2, EN/IEC 60947-4-1 Electrical lifespan: 32 A (AC3): 100000 cycles
Operating temperature: -20 C to + 70 C
Use class: A
Pack Cat.Nos Triple pole MPCBs Protection index: IP 20
Connection cable cross-section (1 or 2 conductors):
Depth: 82.5 mm flexible wire 1-6 mm2 or AWG 16-10
Enable control and protection of
motors up to 15 kW (400 V) Breaking capacity
Nominal Thermal adjustement Numbers of
rating (A) range (A) modules Short circuit rated breaking capacity (kA)
Rating
1 0028 00 0.16 0.1 - 0.16 2.5 Cat.Nos
(A)
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
1 0028 01 0.25 0.16 - 0.25 2.5 Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
1 0028 02 0.4 0.25 - 0.4 2.5 0028 00 0.16 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 03 0.63 0.4 - 0.63 2.5 0028 01 0.25 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 04 1 0.63 - 1 2.5 0028 02 0.4 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 05 1.6 1 - 1.6 2.5 0028 03 0.63 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 06 2.5 1.6 - 2.5 2.5 0028 04 1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 07 4 2.5 - 4 2.5 0028 05 1.6 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 0028 08 6.5 4 - 6.5 2.5 0028 06 2.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8
1 0028 09 10 6.3 - 10 2.5 0028 07 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8
1 0028 10 14 9 - 14 2.5 0028 08 6.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8
1 0028 11 18 13 - 18 2.5 0028 09 10 100 100 100 100 42 21 8 8
1 0028 12 23 17 - 23 2.5 0028 10 14 100 100 25 12.5 10 5 2 2
1 0028 13 25 20 - 25 2.5 0028 11 18 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
1 0028 14 32 24 - 32 2.5 0028 12 23 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
0028 13 25 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
0028 14 32 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
Auxiliaries
IP 65 box 0028 29 equipped with stop button 0028 30
Failure contact
Contact Capacity Numbers of 173.2
modules 85.4 4.5 110
1 0028 16 N/C + N/O 6 A/690 V 0.5
Signal contacts
1 0028 17 N/C + N/O 6 A/690 V 0.5
181.2
170
100
Accessories A
10
IP 65 box
1 0028 29 For motor MCB with auxiliary contact 1
(Cat.Nos 0028 16/17/18) and/or a trip B Approximate cold tripping time. To obtain the
(Cat.Nos 0028 22/23/25/26) 0.1 hot tripping time, multiply the graph value
With knock out entries for PG 16 by 0.75
A = Balanced operation over 3 phases
cable glands 0.01 B = Operation over 2 phases (phase absence)
4 modules
0.001
Emergency stop button 0.6 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 x le
1 0028 30 Fits on IP 65 box for replacement of 0.8
etancheity membrane
Ensures IP 65 protection Electrical diagrams
Pilot lights 0028 00 to 0028 14 0028 16 0028 17 0028 18
Fixing in front of box Cat.No 0028 29 Three-phase Single-phase 57 65 33 41 33 43
Voltage Color L1 L2 L3 L1 L2
1 0028 31 230 V
Colourless
1 0028 32 400 V
Colourless
58 66 34 42 34 44
Padlock
1 0028 34 Padlock in "off" position
3 padlocks max 4.5
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 185
Lexic
motor protection circuit breakers
CLAC
CLAC
Installations of auxiliaries
mm mm
Cat.Nos 0028 16/17/18/22/23/25/26
170 170
0028 17/18
0028 17/18
TES
TES
T
T
TES
TES
T
T
TES
TES
T
T
0028 16
0028 16
0028 16
0028 22/23/25/26 0028 16
0028 22/23/25/26
0028 22/23/25/26
0028 22/23/25/26
max 2,3Nm
max 2,3Nm
ST
TE
max 1 Nm
TE
ST
max 1 Nm
TES
T
TES
T
0028 16/17/18
0028 16/17/18
max 1 Nm
max 1 Nm
ST
TE
ST
TE
Ph 2
Ph=25
=5 2
2 x 6 mm max
2
2 x 6 mm2 max
2 x 6 mm max
2
AWG 2 xx610
mmmaxmax
AWG 2 x 10 max
TE
ST
TE
ST
2,5 mm
LL
ova
to
TE
ST
2,5 mm
LL
ova
to
TE
ST
0028 31/32
0028 31/32
186
Lexic
motor protection circuit breakers
187
voltage surge Protector >>> pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic
xxxxxxxx
voltage surge protectors for power lines
a solution for
every risk
Accessories
Plug-in replacement modules
With indicator
Green : surge protector operational
Yellow : module needs replacing
I max (kA) UP (kV) For surge protector
Standard protection 5/20 0039 28 70 2.0 0039 20/21/22/23
Essential for all installations, whatever the 5/20 0039 39 40 1.4 0039 35/36/38
type of power supply. 5/20 0039 44 15 1.2 0039 40/41/43
Signalling auxiliaries
With changeover micro switch
5 A - 250 V AC
Clip onto the base of the surge protector
1/42 0039 56 For 2-pole module
1/42 0039 57 For 3-pole module
1/42 0039 58 For 4-pole module
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
188 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic Lexic
xxxxxxxx
voltage surge protectors for telephone lines voltage surge protectors
Technical data
High Increased Standard
Cat.Nos protection (H) protection (I) protection (S)
0039 20/21/22/23 0039 35/36/38 0039 40/41/43
Neutral earthing system TT - TN - IT TT - TN TT - TN
Max. steady state
voltage (Uc) 440 V 320 V 320 V
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Type EN-61613-11 1 2 2
Max. I max 8/20 s 70 kA 40 kA 15 kA
discharge
current I imp 10/350 s 10 kA - -
Nominal discharge
current 20 kA 15 kA 5 kA
(In, wave 8/20 s)
Up protection level In 2 kV 1.4 kV 1.2 kV
0038 28 0038 29
Ut 440 V 400 V 400 V
Leakage current
Dimensions (p. 203) at Uc (Ic) < 1 mA < 1 mA < 1 mA
Technical data (p. 189)
Time delay
Associated protection 160 A 125 A 20 A
- max. (EN-61613-11) DPX DPX MCB C curve
For protection of : telephone, fax, modem, etc.
MCB C curve MCB C curve MCB C curve
connected on the internal telephone line, against over voltages of - min. 40 A 20 A 20 A
atmospheric origin
Follower current If Zero Zero Zero
Installed in a distribution box
Connected in series on the telephone line Terminal capacity 25 mm2 25 mm2 25 mm2
Provided with a status indicator : - rigid conductor
- flexible conductor 16 mm2 16 mm2 16 mm2
Green : surge protector operational
Orange : surge p rotector needs replacing Degree of protection IP 20 installed in enclosure
Conforms to standard IEC 61643-21 and EN 61643-21 Environment
- operating temperature - 10 C to + 40 C
- storage temperature - 20 C to + 70 C
Pack Cat.Nos Voltage surge protector Response time 25 ms
l max: 10 kA & In: 5 kA
(8/20 s wave)
1 0038 28 For analogue telephone line VSP for telephone lines
1 0038 29 For digital telephone line Analogue line Digital line
Cat.Nos 0038 28 0038 29
Mav. discharge current (I max,
wave 8/20 micro second) 10 kA 10 kA
Nominal discharge current (In,
wave 8/20 micro second) 5 kA 5 kA
Up protection level 300 V 100 V
Terminal capacity
- rigid conductor 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
- flexible conductor 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
Associated protection by Lexic MCB 20 A 20 A
Degree of protection IP 20 installed in enclosure
Operating temperature - 10 C to + 40 C 0 0
Storage temperature - 20 0C to + 70 0C
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 189
Lexic
voltage surge protectors (continued)
Building location
2 - Protection against the effects of lightning tighly packed buildings
This is based essentially on: scattered buildings
catching and discharging the current to earth isolated
in mountains, close to
the use of voltage surge protectors
a stretch of water
the passive protection of the installation or on top of a hill
Passive protection (poor, good) designates the part of the protection Power supply
provided by the structure and the configuration of the installation itself overhead
(neutral earthing system, area, level of equipotentiality, etc.) underground
Presence or proximity
Regulation of a lightning conductor
50%
The choice is specific to each installation and depends on:
the required level of lightning protection (, , )
10% the sensitivity of the equipment
the configuration of the installation (passive protection)
t (s)
8s
20 s
190
Lexic
voltage surge protectors (continued)
Main
board
Protection H or I
capacity
H = high capacity
Max.
class I + class II distance: 0.5 m
Secondary I = increased capacity Cross-section:
2
board class II MCB 6 mm
Protection S
capacity (v.s.p. protection)
S = standard capacity Voltage surge
protection
class II
Main terminal block
Proximity protection P = proximity voltage surge protective conductors
P capacity protector (Myrius and
(Electronics, ) extension, etc.) class II
Main switch
or MCB
or time delay RCD
4 - Determine voltage surge protectors capacities
S I H Head of installation
Low
S S Distribution level
sensitivity
Application level
S I H Head of installation
Protection To application
Sensitive S S Distribution level of all poles Plug-in voltage
MCB 20 A surge protector
P P P Application level
Cat.No 0064 59
I H H Head of installation
High
S S I Distribution level 3 - Recommanded cross-sections for conductors linking voltage
sensitivity
P P P Application level surge protectors
Installation
1 - Associated protection
The circuit supplying the v.s.p. can be protected against short circuits
and overloads by MCB according to selectivity charts
191
Lexic
voltage surge protectors (continued)
L1
L2
L3
PEN N
PE
Legrand
PE
L1
L2
L3
PE
192
MCCBs: DRXTM, DPX3 & DPXTM
Legrand now has two distinct ranges of MCCBs
DRXTM -- Thermal magnetic release only.
DPX3 & DPX -- Thermal magnetic and Microprocessor releases.
DRXTM, is available upto 100 A, and finds applications in both, residential and commercial.
Accessories like the Rotary Handles, Moulded Shrouds, Cage Terminals etc. are available in
the range.
DRX 100
current rating from 60 to 100 a
Breaking capacity 10 ka
thermal Magnetic release
DPX3 & DPX is available in 5 frame sizes, covers requirements from 16 A upto 1600 A, with
adjustable thermal and magnetic releases. Optional accessories like Rotary Handles, Motor
Operators etc. are also available. DPX3 & DPX can also be used as an Automatic Transfer
Switch.
DPX3 160
current rating from 16 to 160 a
Breaking capacity 16 ka to 50 ka
thermal magnetic release
optional integrated earth leakage
available
6499 14 6499 15
A
230 V , 50/60 Hz
Voltage tolerance - 10 %
Conforms to IEC 60730-1, EN 60730-1
Analogue 24 hrs and 7 days time switch
With 3 position changeover switch (5 terminals)
Suitable for DIN rail mounting, wall mounting and installation in plastic box
with locking facility
With manual override switch
Hands can be moved clockwise or anti clockwise for easy setting of time.
Pack Cat.Nos MaxiRex with 4 terminals Pack Cat.Nos MaxiRex with 5 terminals
(without plastic box) (without plastic box)
MaxiRex 4QT MaxiRex 5QW
(with 500 hrs. working reserve) (with 500 hrs. working reserve)
24 hrs. programme 7 days programme
Voltage Frequency Voltage Frequency
1/30 6499 15 230 V 50-60 Hz 1/30 6499 39 230 V 50-60 Hz
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
194 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
dx3 Rex time switches
Connection
Nominal output (VDE) Allowed load at 230 V , 50 Hz
Consumption I Cos Output Class Incandescent Fluorescent cos
at 230 V A
= 1 halogen lamps lamps duo = 0.6
50 Hz (230 V ) A circuit
Cat.Nos Watt A *) IP A A A
Safety is prioritised with the innovative features of the Surface and facia mounting
6499 15 0.38 16 1W 20 4 14 12
DX3 products 6499 14 0.38 16 1 W 20 4 14 12
6499 39 0.38 10 1W 20 4 8 7
The quality and hold of the connections are vital for the 6499 36 0.38 16 1 W 20 4 8 8
1,5
modules/pole
Black handle:
circuit breakers
Grey handle: switches
Breaking capacity
16 kA
25 kA
36 kA
50 kA
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
195
Rex time switches Lexic
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
remote
xxxxxxxx
control dimmer
Wiring diagram
MaxiRex
Cat.Nos 6499 15, 6499 14, 6499 36
0036 71
MaxiRex
Cat.No. 6499 64
Wiring diagram
POWER
POWER LOAD
L N N L
L
N
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
196 Red catalogue numbers : New products
Lexic Lexic
remote control dimmer push-buttons and control switches
0044 53 0044 54
004463-6621s.eps
Dual functions
Number of
17.5 mm modules
10/100 0044 63 1 N/O + green 1
indicator(1) 004464-6622s.eps
(1)
supplied with E10 lamps 230 VA
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally. available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 197
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic
xxxxxxxx
indicators xxxxxxxx and voltmeter
ammeter
Supplied with diffuser and lamp E10 - 230 V A Pack Cat.Nos Ammeters
Replaceable diffuser and lamp
Allow supply busbar to be inserted Analogue ammeter
Measures the intensity of the current circulating
Pack Cat.Nos Single indicators 250 V A004483-6624s.eps
Number of
17.5 mm modules
in an electrical circuit in Amperes (A) Number of
17.5 mm
Direct connection modules
10/100 0044 83 Green 1
10/100 0044 84 Red 1 1/12 0046 02 To alternating or direct current
10/100 0044 85 Orange 1 Range : 0-30 A 4
10/100 0044 86 Blue 1 Connected using a 5 A current
transformer (CT)
1/12 0046 00 The meter is fitted with an appropriate 4
Replacement lamps E10 - 1.2 W dial for the intensity of the current being
measured
10/200 0044 36 230 V neon
Measuring dials for ammeter Cat.No 004660-3946a.eps
0046 00
2/84 0046 10 0-50 A
2/84 0046 13 0-100 A
2/84 0046 15 0-200 A
2/84 0046 17 0-300 A A
Voltmeters Number of
17.5 mm
Analogue voltmeter modules
Used to measure the AC or DCvoltage
(V) in an electrical circuit
1/12 0046 60 Range 0-500 V 4
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
198 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic pour exemple : xxxxxxx
Lexic
xxxxxxxxswitch and current transformer
selector xxxxxxxx voltmeter and current transformer
ammeter,
Technical data
Ammeter
Analogue Digital
Type of measurement Ferromagnetic Electronic via shunt
Frequency 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz
Precision 1.5 % 1 % to + 1 digit
Operating temperature 10 0 C to + 40 0 C 10 0 C to + 40 0 C
Storage temperature 20 0 C to + 80 0 C 20 0 C to + 70 0 C
Consumption :
voltage circuit - 4.5 VA
measurement circuit 1.1 VA 1 VA
Connection Direct Via CT -
0046 52 0047 79 Size 6 mm2 4 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2
Conformity to standards EN 61010-1 EN 61010-1
004652-6627s.eps
Pack Cat.Nos Selector switches
Current transformers (CT)
For manual switching of circuits being measured
Index of protection IP 20
4-position ammeter selector switch 0 Operating frequency 50/60 Hz
1/20 0046 50 For measuring currents in a 3-phase 004650-6626s.eps
L3 L1 Connection size : cage terminals 2 x 2.5 mm 2
0
1/20 0046 52 For measuring phase-to-phase voltages 004653-6628s.eps Conformity to standards IEC 60044-1
of a 3-phase circuit without neutral using L3L1 L1 L2
only one voltmeter (3 modules) L2 L3 Voltmeter
7-position voltmeter selector switch
Analogue Digital
1/20 0046 53 For measuring phase-to-phase voltages L1 L2 L1 N
and phase-neutral voltages of a 3-phase L 2 L L 2 N Type of measurement Ferromagnetic Electronic integration
circuit with neutral (3 modules) 3 1 3
Frequency 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz
Precision 1.5 % 1% to 1 digit
Operating temperature 10 0 C to + 40 0 C 10 0 C to + 40 0 C
Current transformers (CT) Storage temperature 20 0 C to + 80 0 C 20 0 C to + 70 0 C
Consumption 3 VA 4.5 VA
Used with ammeters or electricity meters Connection size 2 x 2.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2
Supply a current of 0 to 5 A to the secondary Conformity to standards EN 61010-1 EN 61010-1
which is proportional to the primary current
Fix to plate or rail EN 50022
Transformation ratio Precision in % Power in VA Current transformers (CT)
1/12 0046 31 50/5 3 1.25
1/12 0046 34 100/5 1 2.5 Dimensions
1/12 0046 36 200/5 1 5.5 Opening Opening Fixing
1/12 0047 75 300/5 1 11 for cable for bar centres
1/12 0046 38 400/5 1 12 max. (mm) w. x th. (mm) on plate (mm)
1/12 0047 76 600/5 1 12 CT single-phase
1/12 0047 77 800/5 1 15 44 30
1/12 0047 78 1000/5 1 20 CT 50/5
1/12 0047 79 1250/5 1 15 100/5 21 16 x 12.5 on rail EN 50 022
65
200/5 47
.5
56 42
20.5 x 12.5
CT 300/5 23 25.5 x 11.5 50 x 45
94
30.5 x 10.5
60
45
77 46
54
45
90
90
CT 600/5
800/5 - 32 x 65 on bar
94
1000/5
40
96
87
CT 1250/5 - 34 x 84 on bar
116
58
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally. available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 199
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx
Lexic
ammeter
IMAX : 30 A
2
Three phase
IMAX : 30 A
3
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
200
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
Lexic
xxxxxxxx and voltmeter
ammeter
COMM A V SUPPLY
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
2A 230 V
L
2A COMM A V SU
230 V L
N COMM A V SU
N
V
V
V
V
V
230 V
V
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
230 V L
2A N COMM A V SU
L 230 V
N
L
N 2A
N 2A
L
LN
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
201
COMM A V
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx
Lexic L
ammeter and voltmeter N
Technical data
Connection V
Digital ammeter/voltmeter
0046 63
Three phase
A
N
0046 50
A
L1
230 V
L2
L3
COMM A V
and
Legr
A
230 V
2A
11 7 3
0 A COMM A V SUPPLY
L
L3 L1
230 V
N
L2 2A
2 4 10 COMM A V SUPPLY L
230 V
2A N
L L
230 V
N
N
Display V
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
2A
L
2A
230 V
N
L
N
Select the desired measure (V or A) by pressing
repeatedly on the button. If A is selected, press
repeatedly on the button to choose the desired rating
(see table below). When the selection display is
cleared, your selection has been saved.
Marking
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
202
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
Lexic
xxxxxxxxdin-rail products
modular
Dimensions
Products A B C D E F G
SP SPN DP TP TPN FP
Lexic MPCB 82.5 44.5 72.2 89 44 87.3 91
Lexic VSP 60 17.7 - 35.6 53.4 - 71.2 - 86 44 70 -
Lexic changeover switch Cat.No 0043 82 68 17.7 60 83 44 74 94
Lexic changeover switch Cat.Nos 0043 83/86 68 35.6 60 83 44 74 94
Lexic push button cum switch 68 17.7 60 83 44 74 94
Lexic indicators 68 17.7 60 83 44 74 -
Lexic dimmer 66 72 60 88 44 72 90
Lexic ammeter 60 70 60 83 44 66 -
Lexic voltmeter 60 70 60 83 44 66 -
Lexic selector switch 60 52.5 69 74 44.5 74 -
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4 mm
203
P. 210
SPN DBs
P. 213
P17 Tempra
Plug and Socket
DBs
p. 219
SPN DBs
Dimensions p. 225
Flexy MCCB
of Distribution DBs
boards
p. 232
Plexo3
Distribution
Solutions
with
EkinoxeTM
204
P. 210 P. 211 P. 211 P. 212
ETPNDBs 7 segment 7 segment Phase selector
DBs MCCB DBs DBs
P. 216 P. 216
Metal One Way Cable End Box,
Enclosures Meter Box, PPI Kit &
Accessories
205
Wide range with multiple applications
With Ekinoxe, you have a variety of distribution boards that think Safety First. Combined
perfectly with great aesthetics, that suit any decor, Ekinoxe is ready for use in residences, offices,
commercial and industrial complexes.
Flexy IP 20 DB with cable end box 7 segment MCCB DB Metra plug & socket DB
206
EkinoxeTM
Ekinoxe has been designed to provide a new
dimension of protection in homes, offices and
industries. With a stylish colour, elegant curves
and distinctive finish. Ekinoxe blends in perfectly
with any interior decor.
InstallEase Visual anti insertion Door-Reverse Add on metering block DustGuard Keylock Convertible
The Pan Assembly facility For more convenience, Ammeter/voltmeter, if The Masking Sheet, The DBs come with an
ensures that the entire While mounting, DBs the door can be required alongwith VTPN when fitted onto the ergonomically designed
internal assembly can be can be under- or over reversed at the place of MCCB DBs, can box, will prevent cement lock. In future, if the lock
stored safely when not flushed. To avoid this, two installation. be fitted onto the from entering the box has to be converted to
in use. Moreover MCBs/ markers are provided Metering Box. during plastering. Thus a panel lock, it can be
RCDs/MCCBs can be on the boxes. The lower This box in turn, can be keeping internal done at site simply by
conveniently assembled marks the level upto fitted on components safe. replacing the normal
on the din rail and the which an IP 20 DB should the top of the VTPN lock. Panel locks are sold
entire pan assembly be flushed, while the MCCB DBs. as an accessory.
can be simply fixed onto upper one is the flush
the DB level for an
IP 42 / IP 54 DB
208
EkinoxeTM
Unique feature for total protection ensuring
attention to every details.
Degree of protection
IPmeasures the protection against ingress of solid
IP and liquid particles (Refer table on page 188).
Ekinoxe is available with IP 20, IP 43 and IP 54
degree of protection.
ERDA Certified.
CornerSafe
Corner shields, with their smooth edges
ensures the most vulnerable part of the
Superior withstanding capacity DBs, are protected, against physical
of busbars: damages like bending, peeling of paint, etc.
Busbars of Ekinoxe DBs usually and prevents rusting.
have a withstanding capacity of 10
KA. However, the busbar of DPX
MCCB DBs have a withstanding DoorSecure
capacity of 36 KA. Door earthing makes
ERDA Certified the entire Ekinoxe DB totally shockproof.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
210 Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table.
EW
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - 7 segment DBs kinoxe TPN DBs - N
E
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO 7 segment DPX3 MCCB DBs
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
6078 25 6078 35
6014 55 G 6079 34
Pack Cat.Nos
IP 20 - #IK 08 1 6079 30 6 way DPX3160+18+12
Nos. of 1 6079 31 8 way DPX3160+24+12
modules
1 6079 32 12 way DPX3160+36+12
1 6078 25 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6078 26 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6078 27 8 Way 8+12+24 IP 42 - IK 09 with metal door
1 6078 28 12 Way 8+12+36
1 6079 33 4 Way DPX3160+12+12
1 6079 34 6 Way DPX3160+18+12
IP 42 - #IK 09 with metal door 1 6079 35 8 Way DPX3160+24+12
1 6079 36 12 Way DPX3160+36+12
1 6078 35 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6078 36 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6078 37 8 Way 8+12+24
1 6078 38 12 Way 8+12+36
Capacity of
IP 20 protection 17.5 mm module
1 6014 50 G 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6014 51 G 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6014 52 G 8 Way 8+12+24
1 6014 53 G 12 Way 8+12+36
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table. 211
kinoxe TPN DBs - phase selector DBs
E Ekinoxe TPN DBs - VTPN DBs
f or DX /Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
3
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCB0
6077 41 6077 61
IP 54 - #IK 09
1 6077 70 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 71 8 Way 8+24
1 6077 72 12 Way 8+36
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
212 #
IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table.
kinoxe TPN DBs -
E NEW E
kinoxe TPNDBs -
DPX3160 MCCB DBs DPX3250 MCCB DBs
for DX3/Lexic MCB for DX3/Lexic MCB
IP 54 - IK 09
IP 54 - IK 09
1 6079 25 4 Way DPX3250+12
1 6079 16 4 Way DPX3160+12 1 6079 26 8 Way DPX3250+24
1 6079 17 8 Way DPX3160+24 1 6079 27 12 way DPX3250+36
1 6079 18 12 way DPX3160+36
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table. 213
Ekinoxe Flexy DBs PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS
for DX /Lexic modular products
3
The next
generation of
Distribution
6077 65 6077 46 6077 47 Boards
Dimensions (p. 225)
As per IS 8623
Suitable for Flush mounting and Surface mounting
Complete flexibility to organise the distribution as per the site
requirements.
Busbars to be selected as per distribution requirement
With neutral bars and earth bars
Fully shrouded neutral bars
Door earthing
Corner sheilds for better protection
Pan assembly for ease of installation
Masking sheet
Reversible doors for IP 43 DBs Plug & Socket DB SPN IP 43 DB with
metal door
Cat.Nos IP 20 - IK 08
#
Pack
Nos. of
modules
1 6077 45 2 row of 26
13 modules
1 6077 55 3 row of 39
13 modules
1 6077 65 4 row of 52
13 modules
IP 43 - #IK 09 with acrylic door > Combined perfectly with great aesthetics,
1 6077 47 2 row of 26 that suit any decor, Ekinoxe is ready for use
13 modules
1 6077 57 3 row of 39 in residences, offices, hotels and industrial
1
6077 67
13 modules
4 row of
52 complexes
13 modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
214 Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table.
pour exemple
Ekinoxe Metra:plugxxxxxxx
and socket DBs Ekinoxe
pour exemple
P17 Tempra
: xxxxxxx
plug and
xxxxxxxx
for DX /Lexic MCBs, RCCBs and RCBOs
3
socket DBs
xxxxxxxx
for DX3/Lexic MCBs, RCCBs and RCBOs
Ekinoxe TV/TEL DB
As per IS8623
Suitable for flash & surface mounting
Provision for mounting TU splitter & telephone
crone
Door earthing
Corner shields for better protection
Nos. of
modules
1 6076 90 6 Way SPN IP 43 6
1 6076 91 8 Way SPN IP 43 8
1 6076 92 4 Way TPN IP 43 20
1 6076 93 6 Way TPN IP 43 26
1 6076 94 8 way TPN IP 43 32
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products #IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table. DX3 Circuit breakers to be ordered seperately 215
metal & plastic one way enclosures Ekinoxe cable end box
for DX3/Lexic MCBs, RCCBs, RCBOs, DRX MCCBs and
DPX3 MCCBs
6077 43
Pack Cat.Nos Metal one way enclosures Nos. of Pack Cat.Nos For IP 20 DBs
modules
1 6078 81 SP Enclosure 1
1 6077 43 For SPN 4 way DB
1 6078 82 DP Enclosure 2
1 6077 53 For SPN 8 way DB
1 6078 83 TP Enclosure 3
1 6077 63 For SPN 12 way DB
1 6078 84 FP Enclosure 4
1 6077 73 For SPN 16 way DB
1 6078 85 FP RCBO 8
1 6077 83 For ETPN 4 way DB
Enclosure
1 6077 73 For ETPN 6 way DB
Capacity of
1 6077 93 For ETPN 8 way DB
Plastic one way enclosures 17.5 mm 1 6078 03 For ETPN 12 way DB
modules
1 6078 03 For ETPN 16 way DB
For independent mounting of
1 6077 63 For all VTPN DB
RCD / MCB/ Isolator
1 6078 13 For all DPX MCCB DB
1 0013 56 For 2 poles 2 1 6077 63 For all Flexy DBs
1 0013 57 For 4 poles 4
1 0013 58 For 6 poles 6
For IP 43 DBs
1 6077 44 For SPN 4 way DB
Metal enclosures for MCCB poles
1 6077 54 For SPN 8 way DB
1 6079 44 DPX3 160 MCCB enclosure 3&4 1 6077 64 For SPN 12 way DB
1 6079 45 DPX3 250 MCCB enclosure 3&4 1 6077 74 For SPN 16 way DB
1 6079 03 DPX 250 3&4 1 6077 84 For ETPN 4 way DB
1 6079 04 DPX 630 4 1 6077 74 For ETPN 6 way DB
1 6077 94 For ETPN 8 way DB
1 6079 05 DRX 100 3
1 6078 04 For ETPN 12 way DB
1 6079 06 DRX 100 4
1 6078 04 For ETPN 16 way DB
1 6077 64 For all VTPN DB
1 6078 14 For all DPX MCCB DBs
1 6077 64 For all Flexy DBs
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
#
IK - Refer pg. 218 for ready reconer table.
217
Protection against mechanical impact: protection index - IK
Ekinoxe DBs According to standard:
for Converting ETPN DB to PPI DB IK IEC 62262, BS EN 62262 and NFEN62262
This table can be used to ascertain the resistance of a product to
an impact given in Joules from the IK code
PPI DBIP 20 - IK 08 (graduated from 00 to 10)
No. of Combine No. of It can also be used to ascertain the correspondence with the old IP
ways ETPN DB PPI Kit modules code 3rd digit and the corresponding external "Ag" conditions
mini
immersion
607738 607893
Protected against
16 way 16 way 16 way kit 8+48
m
8 prolonged effects
of immersion
607739 607894 under pressure
The contents of all the above charts are for guidance only, if you have any doubt as to the interpretation of the information contained therein, please refer either to the
standard itself or contact Legrand. (I) Pvt. Ltd.
In accordance with our policy of continuous improvement, Legrand reserves the right to change specifications and designs without notice. All information given here is
correct at the time of going to press.
218
SPN DBs
for DX3/Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
Dimensions Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door
15
6
Dimensions Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
=290=
400
380
400
=C= B
25
15
8.8
3 0.5
9 13
119
101
27 *
A
13.5
6
Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
ETPN 12/16 W IP 43 DB with metal door.
Box Depth
=290=
6077 07 8 595 615 380 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
380
400
6077 08 12 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 09 16 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
25
Box Depth
113
13.5
6 95
75
6077 25 4 415 435 295 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
380
400
6077 26 6 450 470 330 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 27 8 595 615 380 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 28 12 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 29 16 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
B
25
15
Box Depth
113
6 95
75
IP 54 - IK 09
13.5
380
6077 15 4 415 435 295 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
Depth
6077 16 6 450 470 330 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
Box
115
5 95
75
6077 17 8 595 615 380 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
Cat.Nos No. of A B C
ways
6077 35 4 415 435 515
6077 36 6 450 470 550
6077 37 8 595 615 695
6077 38 12 740 760 840
6077 39 16 740 760 840
Dimensions Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 20 - IK 08
7.5
3
9
Box Mtg detail
13.5
Scale: 1:1
87
1.5
1
=B=
=560=
670
= 560 =
670
A
Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
7 comp DX3/Lexic MCB/RCD 4/6/8/12 W IP 20 DB
=B= Cat.Nos No. of A B
A ways
Box Depth
87
75
13.5
6078 27 8 625 515 Scale: 1:1
A
6078 28 12 700 590 1.5
1
670
B =C=
Box clear depth = 110 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
=C=
7 comp DX3/Lexic MCB/RCD 4/6/8/12 W IP 20 DB
Cat.Nos No. of A B C
ways
6079 33 4 535 582 425
6079 34 6 570 617 460
6079 35 8 625 672 515
= 560 =
715
R6.5
Cat.Nos No. of A B C
ways
6078 35 4 535 582 425
6078 36 6 570 617 460
6078 37 8 625 672 515
6078 38 12 700 747 590
Dimensions Dimensions
7 Segment DBs - IP 20 IP 20 - IK 08
=505=
617
=B=
A
Depth
Box
7
77
5 65
= 420 =
519
Mounting
Hole Details
Cat.Nos No. of A B
ways
6014 50 G 4 491 376
10
BOX DEPTH
6014 52 G 8 701 586
6 87
86
6014 53 G 12 911 796
=B=
A
7 Segment DBs - IP 42 - metal door Box clear depth = 86 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Phase selector 4/6/8/12 W IP 20 DB
Top Bottom
No. of 32 25 32 25
Cat.Nos A B
ways Knockout Knockout Knockout Knockout
6078 65 4 394 294 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
6078 66 6 430 330 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
=505=
623
668
B =C=
Box Depth
7
120
125
5
Mounting
Hole Details
Cat.Nos No. of A B C
ways
6014 54 G 4 491 538 376
6014 55 G 6 596 643 481
6014 56 G 8 701 748 586
= 430 =
529
574
Depth
Box
155
=B=
6
A
Mounting Hole Details
=C=
A
B
=C=
A
B
400
25
15
113
400
95
75
= 260 =
15
6
Box Depth
380
80
75
= 260 =
6
IP 54 - IK 09
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
=C=
A
B
=C=
B
400
400
25
15
25
15
115
96
75
113
95
75
380
5
= 260 =
6
480
380
Mounting Hole Details
Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing) Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 43 DB VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 54 DB
Dimensions Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 20 - IK 08
15
15
107
107
8.8 =330=
6
6
450
=330=
5
0.
=C=
8.8
3
A
5 3
9 1
=C=
8.8 0.
A
B
13.5
3
9 1
27
13.5
27 Box mtg hole detail
Scale: 1:1
Box mtg hole detail 470
Scale: 1:1
470 Box clear depth = 96 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 20 250 ER MCCB DB
Box clear depth = 96 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 20 125 A MCCB DB Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25
Sides ways Knock Knock
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 out out
ways Knock Knock 6079 15 4 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
out out
6079 20 8 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 10 4 770 790 680 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 21 12 1100 1120 1010 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 11 8 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
6079 12 12 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
25
15
25
15
140
122
140
122
450
6
450
6
.5
=C=
8.8 0
B
B
3
=C=
3 1
A
B
B
5 9
8.8 0.
3
13.5
3
9 1
27
13.5
Max
141
25
140
Max
141
123
15
450 =550=
450 550
470
5
5
470
=C=
A
B
B
=C=
B
470
470
Box clear depth = 96 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing) Box clear depth = 96 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 54 125 A MCCB DB VTPN 4/8/12 W IP 54 250 ER MCCB DB
Cat.Nos No. of A B C Cat.Nos No. of A B C
ways ways
6079 16 4 770 790 680 6079 25 4 880 900 790
6079 17 8 880 900 790 6075 26 8 990 1010 900
6079 18 12 990 1010 900 6079 27 12 1100 1120 1010
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Accuracy of dimensions = 2 mm
224
flexy DBs
Dimensions Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08 IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door
=C=
=C=
A
B
A
400
400
25
15
15
113
95
75
80
75
= 260 =
6
= 260 =
380
6
Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing) Box clear depth = 75 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
13 M 2R/3R/4R IP 20 DB 13 M 2R/3R/4R IP 43 DB with acrylic door
Top Bottom Sides
Top Bottom Sides
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25
Cat.Nos No. of A B C 32 25 32 25 32 25 rows Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
rows Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock out out out out out out
out out out out out out
6077 47 2 380 400 290 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 45 2 380 400 290 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 57 3 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 55 3 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 67 4 690 710 600 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 65 4 690 710 600 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
140
122
6
450
=C=
A
B
400
= 790 =
900
880
900
5
0.
25
15
8.8
3
3
9 1
95
113
75
13.5
= 260 = 27
6
Dimensions Dimensions
SP MCB DP RCBO
7
58
Mounting Hole Details
Top Bottom
Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25
Knock Knock
out out
FP RCBO
6078 40 10 A SP MCB 2 nos. 2 nos.
6078 41 20 A SP MCB 2 nos. 2 nos.
TP MCB
7
5
273
115
Top Bottom
Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 50 20A TP MCB 1 nos. 1 nos.
6078 51 32A TP MCB 1 nos. 1 nos.
Dimensions Dimensions
16 A DP SP/DP MCB
BOX
DEPTH
= 145 =
188
175
83
6
8 1
7
Mounting Hole Details 6
58
59
Box clear depth = 58 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing) MOUNTING HOLE
40 DETAILS
5
Tempra 16 A (2P+E) P&S DB
70
Top Bottom
Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25 Box clear depth = 58 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Knock Knock Enclosure SP/DP MCB
out out
6078 70 16A 2P+E DP 2 nos 2 nos Top Bottom
6078 73 32A 2P+E DP 2 nos 2 nos Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 81 SP MCB 1 no 1 no
32 A FP 6078 82 DP MCB 1 no 1 no
TP/FP MCB
= 145 =
188
175
MOUNTING
HOLE DETAILS
103
6
8 1
DEPTH
7
BOX
6
59
58
Top Bottom 90
Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25
Knock Knock Box clear depth = 58 mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
out out Enclosure TP/FP MCB
6078 71 32 A 3P+E 8P 2 nos 2 nos
Top Bottom
6078 72 32 A 3P+N+E 8P 2 nos 2 nos
Cat.Nos No. of ways 25 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 83 TP MCB 1 no 1 no
63 A FP 6078 84 FP MCB 1 no 1 no
120
FP RCBO
=150=
212
350
363
= 290 =
233
20
1
7
193 = 120 = 7 6
58
59
127
180 =70= Mounting
5
Dimensions Dimensions
DRX 100 A TP DPX3 160 TP
2 3 1
6 7
490
380
474
5
4
290
400
384
185
285 107
265
165
No. Description
265 60 245
1 Box
2 Shield
No. Description 3 Corner Piece
1 Box 4 160 A TP DPX3 MCCB
2 Shield 5 Neutral Link
3 Corner Piece 6 Bakelite Phase Barrier
4 100 A TP DRX MCCB 7 Spreader Link
5 Neutral Link
6 Bakelite Phase Barrier
7 Spreader Link
DPX 250 A FP
2 3 1
DRX 100 A FP
2 3 1
5 6
4
720
610
704
5
4
384
400
290
295
395 167 375
DPX3 160 FP
490
380
474
185
285 107
265
No. Description
1 Box
2 Shield
3 Corner Piece
4 160 A FP DPX3 MCCB
5 Spreader Link
Dimensions Dimensions
DPX 250 TP DPX3 250 TP
2 3 1
620
510
604
8
5 4
720
610
704
7
270
370 107 350
DPX3 250 FP
1020
1004
4
910
5
620
604
510
167 370
470 450
370 107 270
350
No. Description
No. Description 1 Box
1 Box 2 Shield
2 Shield 3 Corner Piece
3 Corner Piece 4 630 A FP DPX MCCB
4 250 A FP DPX3 MCCB 5 Spreader Link
7 Spreader Link 6 Rotary Handle
105
100
115
53
B
15
39 .4
2 R4
E
7
13.5
R6.5
=C=
A MOUNTING
HOLE DETAILS
Cable End box IP20
Overall dimensions Mounting dimensions
0013 57 0013 57
Box Clear Bottom
Cat.Nos No. of ways A B C D Depth 32 25
(Excluding MTG Knock Knock
Hole Embossing out out
E
6077 43 SPN 4 218 238 118 80 75 1 no. 2 nos
6077 53 SPN 8 290 310 190 80 75 1 no. 3 nos
SPN 12
6077 63 VTPN 4/8/12 MCB 380 400 165 80 75 1 no. 5 nos
13M2R/13M3R/13M4R
6077 73 SPN16/ETPN 6 450 470 235 80 75 1 no. 6 nos
6077 83 ETPN 4 415 435 295 80 75 1 no. 5 nos
6077 93 ETPN8 595 615 380 80 75 1 no. 8 nos
6078 03 ETPN 12/16 740 760 525 80 75 1 no. 10 nos
VTPN 4/812
6078 13 160/250 DPX3 MCCB 450 470 235 101 96 - -
Overall dimensions IP 43
0013 58
105
115
100
53
B
15
25
39 .4
2 R4
7
R6.5 13.5
=C=
A MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
116
245
15
3 .4
2 9 R4
7
13.5
101
5
96
R 6.
= 330=
6
IP 43
255
245
116
470
3
25
2 9
15
.4
R4
BOX DEPTH
7
3.5
131
116
R6.5
96
DETAILS
450
Cat.No
6077 76
No. of ways
17
> Rated voltages - 240 V AC and 415 V AC
IP 54 > Protection categories - IP 44 and IP 66/67
> Colour coding for voltage identification
Blue Colour for 240 V AC
Red Colour for 415 V AC
> Material of plugs and sockets special
high grade plastic. Shock proofat low
255
116
245
DEPTH
BOX
188
133
96
450
5
= 550 =
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
232 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Plexo3
IP 65 weatherproof cabinets, multifunction sleeves
and accessories
6018 31 7 2 2 - - 2
6018 32 13 2 2 - - 3
48,5
6018 33 13 2 2 - - 4
78
6018 35 12 2 3 - - 2
6018 36 13 4 3 - - 3
Dimensions (mm)
Cat.Nos 6018 37 13 4 3 - - 4
A B C D E
6018 38 13 4 3 - - 5
6019 32 109 93 174 94 -
6019 94 115.6 128 200 120 -
6019 96 115.6 164 200 120 70 n Direct piercing end caps
6019 98 115.6 200 200 120 106
Number of end
Cat.No Type caps per pack
Min. (mm) Max. (mm)
Cabinets 12 and 18 modules
B ISO 20 10 4 13
A E
019 55 ISO 25 5 9 18
ISO 32 2 12 25
C
D
48,5
89
Dimensions (mm)
Cat.Nos
A B C D E
6018 31 141 340 282 180 180
6018 32 161 340 432 330 180
6018 33 161 340 622 480 180
6018 35 141 448 282 180 288
6018 36 161 448 432 330 290
6018 37 161 448 622 480 290
6018 38 161 448 822 680 290
Dimensions (mm)
Cat.Nos
A B
019 17 137 432
019 18 137 622
233
P. 240
Mechanical
switches
P.246
Automatic switches,
Single pole latching
relays, Time delay switch
and Visual indication
P. 255
ArteorTM Power units and
Power strips
Wiring Devices prewired
P.261
Ancillary
mechanisms and
modular support
P.265-283
Technical data
P.306
Presentation
of BUS/SCS
Wiring
technology
ArteorTM
Devices
P.316
Home Automation - Energy and
BU S/SCS Load shedding
management
technology
Solutions P.323
Accessories for
BUS/SCS
with Arteor
video door entry
TM system
P.332
Presentation
Home networks of Home networks
234
P. 242 P. 243 P.244 P.246
Electronic Push-buttons, Dimmers, Load selection
switches Roller blinds Fan controllers chart
control
P.284-291 P.292-295
Cover plates Cover plates
selection
charts
ON
ON
P.308 P.310 P.313 P. 314
Lighting control OFF
OFF Key covers
1 2 3 4 5
Lighting control Temperature
and Automation ON and Automation control
mechanisms BUS/SCS sensors
OFF
and Accessories
P.325-329
Technical data
P.334 P.336
Home networks Structured
structured wiring wiring audio
235
Wiring Accessories
Home Automation
Video display
236
A rich choice of finishes
NEUTRAL
ArteorTM
White Pearl Alu
Formal Casual
Arteor offers a wide choice of
ergonomics and finishes to satisfy the
BRUSHED METAL
most demanding customers. All
stand-alone control functions are
available in two shapes of rockers
round or square and in two colours
Stainless Steel Gold Brass white or magnesium.
WOOD
LEATHER
Club Galuchat
SIGNATURE
Woven Metal
1
2
1 Finger-proof terminals for 1 Tunnel terminals preventing Sockets with ISI mark, Fully shrouded internal
IP 20 protection against screwdrivers from slipping. conforming to IS 1293. mechanism under the rocker
accidental contact. 2 Laser marking onmechanisms. Fan regulator with ISI mark, preventing visibility of sparks.
2 Captive "never to loose Arrow showing the correct conforming to IS 11037.
screws". orientation of the mechanism.
3 The latest IS 3854 : 1997.
A B
1
For switches with LED Sockets are shuttered for A. For all high end plates
lamps, life of LED is 50000 child's safety against electric 1 Metal frame providing solid support to base.
burning hours. shocks. Bi-material frame - electrical safety IP20.
Consumes power (0.76 W) 2 Screw caps can be closed once the support frame is installed,
next to NIL. ensuring total insulation.
B. For white plates only.
Mechanisms compatible with DLP trunking systems, columns, floor boxes and VDI installations.
238
ArteorTM
1
20/200 5734 02 5736 02 2-way switch 10/100 5720 42 5725 42 2-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied
20/200 5734 01 5736 01 1-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied 10/100 5720 43 5725 43 1-way switch - 3 gang
20/200 5734 03 5736 03 2-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied 10/100 5720 44 5725 44 2 x 2-way switch + 1-way switch
3 gang
Red
20/200 5738 00 1-way switch red rocker plate 10/100 5734 54 5736 54 1-way double pole switch with
indicator
Red LED supplied
10/100 5720 49 5725 49 2-way double pole switch with
Switches 10 AX - 230 VA indicator & water heater reading
Switches 40 A - 230 VA
Switches 20 AX - 230 VA White
Magnesium Monobloc mechanical switches
5/20 5735 30 5737 30 1-way double pole switch with
Single module mechanisms indicator
White Magnesium 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Red indicator supplied
20/200 5734 10 5736 10 1-way switch
Red
5/40 5738 02 Double pole switch red rocker plate
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
240 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
ArteorTM
mechanical switches - round version
20/200 5733 05 5733 55 2-way switch - left module 20/200 5733 21 5733 71 1-way switch - right module
20/200 5733 12 5733 62 1-way switch - middle module 20/200 5730 21 5731 21 1-way switch - middle module
20/200 5733 01 5733 51 1-way switch - right module 20/200 5730 24 5731 24 2-way switch - middle module
20/200 5733 06 5733 56 2-way switch - right module 20/200 5730 27 5731 27 2-way switch with indicator
middle module
20/200 5733 02 5733 52 1-way switch with indicator
left module 20/200 5720 64 5725 64 1-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied left module
20/200 5733 03 5733 53 1-way switch with indicator Red LED supplied
middle module 20/200 5720 65 5725 65 1-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied right module
20/200 5733 04 5733 54 1-way switch with indicator Red LED supplied
right module
Red LED supplied 20/200 5733 22 5733 72 2-way switch with indicator
left module
20/200 5733 07 5733 57 2-way switch with indicator Red LED supplied
left module
Red LED supplied 20/200 5733 23 5733 73 2-way switch with indicator
20/200 5733 08 5733 58 2-way switch with indicator right module
right module Red LED supplied
Red LED supplied Two module mechanisms
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5733 40 5733 90 1-way switch
Switch 32 A - 230 VA
White Magnesium Two module mechanism
10/100 5733 26 5733 76 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Double pole switch with indicator
1-way
Red indicator supplied
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 241
ArteorTM ArteorTM
electronic switches - square version electronic switches - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 294-295)
Loads selection chart (p. 246), Technical data (p. 265-267) Loads selection chart (p. 246), Technical data (p. 265-267)
Pack Cat.Nos Micropush switches - 100/240 VA Pack Cat.Nos Micropush switches - 100/240 VA
2 modules 45 x 45 mm 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium Without neutral White Magnesium Without neutral
1/10 5740 02 5740 52 2-way switch 1/10 5743 02 5743 52 2-way switch
2 x 400 W with LED locator 2 x 400 W with LED locator
With Magnesium push control With Magnesium circular push
Supplied with support frame control
Supplied with support frame
With neutral With neutral
With Magnesium push control With Magnesium circular push control
1/10 5740 03 5740 53 2-way switch 1/10 5743 03 5743 53 2-way switch
1000 W with LED locator 1000 W with LED locator
1/10 5740 00 5740 50 2-way switch 1/10 5743 00 5743 50 2-way switch
2 x 1000 W with LED locator 2 x 1000 W with LED locator
1/10 5740 01 5740 51 2-way switch 1/10 5743 01 5743 51 2-way switch
3 x 1000 W with LED locator 3 x 1000 W with LED locator
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
242 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
ArteorTM ArteorTM
push-buttons, roller blinds control - square version push-buttons, roller blinds control - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 294-295)
Technical data (p. 267) Technical data (p. 267)
20/200 5734 05 5736 05 1-way push-button with indicator 20/200 5733 10 5733 60 1-way push-button - middle module
Equipped with blue LED
20/200 5734 13 5736 13 1-way push-button 20/200 5733 11 5733 61 1-way push-button - right module
with bell symbol
20/200 5734 14 5736 14 Push-button with indicator and 20/200 5733 30 5733 80 1-way push-button with bell symbol
bell symbol - left module
Equipped with blue LED 20/200 5733 31 5733 81 1-way push-button with bell symbol
Two module mechanisms - right module
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 59 5736 59 1-way push-button with Two module mechanisms
bell symbol 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5733 46 5733 96 1-way push-button with bell symbol
10/100 5734 60 5736 60 Push-button with indicator and
bell symbol
Equipped with blue LED 10/100 5733 47 5733 97 Push-button with indicator and bell
symbol
Equipped with blue LED
Electric roller blinds control - 230 VA
Switches Electric roller blinds control - 230 VA
Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor (mechanism Switches
with fixed positions) Double switch - 10 A
White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm For direct control of a motor (mechanism
10/100 5722 20 5727 20 Square version with fixed positions)
White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5732 20 5737 20 Round version
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 243
ArteorTM
dimmers - square version, fan regulators
5722 11
White
Magnesium Resistive/inductive loads touch dimmers White Magnesium Single module fan step regulator
1/10 5722 11 5727 11 Without neutral, 2-wire - 600 W 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Push-button dimmer 5/50 5734 16 5736 16 100 W
2 modules 45 x 45 mm 4 steps (for 42" fans)
To be mounted on 3-module
support frame Cat.No 5760 01
Two module fan step regulator
Leading/trailing edge dimmers 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/10 5740 07 5740 57 2 x 400 W 10/100 5734 63 5736 63 100 W
Push-button dimmer 5 steps (for 42" fans)
With Magnesium push control
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Supplied with support frame 10/100 5734 69 5736 69 120 W
5 steps
Universal dimmers For 48" and 56" fans
1/10 5722 39 5727 39 Without neutral, 2 wires
Push-button dimmer for all types 10/100 5734 68 5736 68 5 step
of lamps: for energy saving fans
- Dimmable LEDs: 75 W
(max. 10 lamps)
- Dimmable compact fluorescent lamps:
75 W (max. 10 lamps)
- Halogen with transformer: 400 VA
- Fluorescent tube: 200 VA
- Halogen 230 V and incandescent: 400 W
Can be associated with one or several
push-buttons without neon, for ON/OFF or
dimming control
Lights come on again at the same lighting
level as before they were last switched off
2 modules
Light dimmer 60 - 400 W
10/100 5734 62 5736 62 60 - 400 W - 240 V
With "OFF" and gradual dimming
For incandescent and halogen lamps
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Rotary dimmer
1/10 5735 01 5737 01 R-I Touch dimmer without neutral
1000 watts
2 module, to be mounted on
3 module support frame
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
244 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx - round version
dimmers xxxxxxxx
5743 55 5743 07
White Magnesium Resistive/inductive loads touch dimmers White Magnesium Two module fan step regulator
1/10 5743 05 5743 55 Without neutral, 2-wire - 600 W 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Push-button dimmer 10/100 5730 03 5731 03 100 W
2 modules 45 x 45 mm 5 steps (for 42" fans)
To be mounted on 3-module
support frame Cat.No 5760 01
10/100 5730 69 5731 69 120 W
Leading/trailing edge dimmers 5 steps
1/10 5743 07 5743 57 2 x 400 W For 48" and 56" fans
Push-button dimmer
With Magnesium circular push 10/100 5730 04 5731 04 5 step
control for energy saving fans
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Supplied with support frame
Universal dimmers
1/10 5743 19 5743 39 Without neutral, 2 wires
Push-button dimmer for all types
of lamps:
- Dimmable LEDs: 75 W
(max. 10 lamps)
- Dimmable compact fluorescent lamps:
75 W (max. 10 lamps)
- Halogen with transformer: 400 VA
- Fluorescent tube: 200 VA
- Halogen 230 V and incandescent: 400 W
Can be associated with one or several
push-buttons without neon, for ON/OFF or
dimming control
Lights come on again at the same lighting
level as before they were last switched off
2 modules
Light dimmer 60-400W
10/100 5730 66 5733 66 60-400 W - 240 V
With "OFF" and gradual dimming
For incandescent and halogen
lamps
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Rotary dimmer
5/60 5722 40 5727 40 R-I touch dimmer without neutral
1000 watts
2 module, to be mounted on 3
module support frame
Accessories
5 5760 01 Support frame square for 3
modules
For dimmers Cat.Nos 5722 11 /
5727 11, 5740 06 / 5740 56,
5743 05 / 5743 55, 5743 06 /
5743 56 / 5735 01 / 5737 01 /
5722 40 / 5727 40
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 245
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
load selection
: xxxxxxxcharts pour
Arteor
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
automatic switches, single pole latching relays,
time delay switch and visual indication
5740 06/56 300 W 600 W 300 W 600 W 225 VA 450 VA 300 VA 600 VA
5743 06/56
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293)
5735 01 Technical data (p. 270-273)
5737 01 500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 500 VA 1000 VA 300 VA 600 VA
5722 40
5727 40
Pack Cat.Nos Automatic switches - 100/240 VA
5722 11
5727 11 300 W 600 W 300 W 600 W 300 VA 600 VA IR detection
5743 05/55 Adjustable detection distance from 3 to 10 m
Dimmers
5722 39 Horizontal detection angle: 180
5727 39
5743 19 200 W 400 W 200 W 400 W 200 VA 400 VA 200 VA 400 VA Adjustable luminosity threshold: 3 to 1000 lux
5743 39 Time delay adjustable from 1 s to 16 min
5740 07/57 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x Cycle repeated as long as movement is
5743 07/57 200 W 400 W 200 W 400 W 200 VA 400 VA 200 VA 400 VA detected
5722 41 Possible remote manual control with N/C
500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 500 VA 1000 VA 500 VA 1000 VA push-button
5727 41
5740 10/60 1100 W 2200 W 1100 W 2200 W 1100 VA 2200 VA 1100 VA 2200 VA
Integrated self-protection against overloads
and short-circuits
Installation in box min. depth 40 mm
Universal
recommended
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Compact fluorescent
Cat.Nos Fluorescent tube LED
lamp White Magnesium With neutral, 3-wire - 1000 W
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 1/20 5740 47 5740 97 Operates:
5740 02/52 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
- up to 1000 W incandescent and
5743 02/52 halogen lamps
Micropush 5740 03/53 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA - up to 500 VA ELV halogen
switches 5743 03/53 lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic
5740 00/50 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA transformer, fluorescent tubes and compact
5743 00/50 fluorescent lamps
5720 51 Without neutral, 2-wire - 400 W
Sensitive 5734 55
switches 5725 51 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 1/20 5740 34 5740 94 Operates:
5736 55 - up to 400 W incandescent and
5722 39 Dimmable Dimmable Dimmable Dimmable halogen lamps
Dimmers 5727 39 100 VA 200 VA 37 W 75 W 37 W 75 W - up to 400 VA ELV halogen
5743 19 (max. 10 (max. 10 (max. 10 (max. 10 lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic
5743 39 lamps) lamps) lamps) lamps)
transformer
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
246 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
visual indication xxxxxxxx
access control and clockcon switch
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Technical data (p. 273-274)
Technical data (p. 271-273)
Pack Cat.Nos Miniature emergency lighting unit Pack Cat.Nos Access control
5 vertical modules
IP 40 - IK 04
White Power supply: 12 V=
1/20
5722 22 Illuminates automatically upon Equipped with 2 LEDs red/green and
power failure 1 buzzer. Can be used in stand-alone mode
Unclips from frame to become or with door controller (Cat.No 0767 04, or
portable other control panel using Wiegand protocol)
Can be permanently attached to frame Permanent backup memory
LEDs indicating mains and charging status White Magnesium Key code switch
1/10 5722 52(1) 5727 52(2) 12 V= - 47 mA
Skirting lights 99 users in stand-alone mode
10000 users with door controller
3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm Cat.No 0767 04 (consult us)
For installation close to obstacles 1 door potential free changeover
White Magnesium Standard contact (1 A - 12 V) adjustable
from 1 sec to 255 sec
5/25 5734 64 5735 64 With white LED 1 push-button potential free
contact
Built-in Wiegand protocol interface
With motion detector 100 - 240 V Stand-alone Biometric reader
1/20 5722 26 5727 26 With IR detection cell and LED 1/10 5722 50(1) 5727 50(2) 12 V= - 145 mA
On detection of any movement, 999 users in stand-alone mode
it automatically creates an or with Legrand door controller
illuminated pathway Cat.No 0767 04 (consult us)
The function is equipped with an audible 1 door potential free changeover
signal that can be disengaged contact (1 A - 12 V) adjustable
from 1 sec to 255 sec
1 push-button potential free input
Illuminated lighting unit Built-in back-lighted LCD for
clear instruction display
White
10/100 5724 52 230 V - 1 W
Supplied with 4 coloured labels
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Lamps
5/50 5738 06 LED 230 V for locator switch -
blue
5/50 5738 05 LED 230 V for indicator switch -
red
Pack Cat.Nos Lighting control with specific marking Pack Cat.Nos Electric roller blinds control with
specific marking - 250 V
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
248 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
hotel equipment round version xxxxxxxx
lighting, electric roller blinds and curtain control
Pack Cat.Nos Lighting control with specific marking Pack Cat.Nos Electric roller blinds control with
specific marking - 250 V
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 249
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
hotel equipment
xxxxxxxx hotel equipment
xxxxxxxx
BUS and Radio scenario controllers key fob switches, shaver sockets
Pack Cat.Nos Scenario controllers with specific Pack Cat.Nos Key fob switches
marking
For energizing a circuit by inserting a key
Radio controls fob Cat.Nos 5722 59 and 5727 59 or a
4-scenes micropush control smart card (access card for a hotel room)
Surface mounting, no wiring needed Example of use: hotel room power supply
For BUS or radio installations only when guest is present
Mechanisms equipped with White or Black Time-delay of approx. 30 sec. after card
round cover plate and Magnesium circular removal
push control for 4 scenarios To be equipped with single pole latching
Supplied with support frames and relay Cat.Nos 5722 27 and 5727 27 (p. 246)
batteries White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
To be equipped with plates (p. 286-291) 1/20 5722 30 5727 30 Key fob switch 230 V
White Black 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1 5740 87 5745 87 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax"
marking
1 5740 88 5745 88 "wake up / sleep / open curtains / Key fob
close curtains" marking
White Magnesium
Touch plates for radio controls 10/50 5722 59 5727 59 Key fob
4-scenes touch plate Enables use of key fob switches
British standard fixing centres in hotels with key locks
1 5740 90 5745 90 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax" Supplied complete with a label holder
marking for individual hotel identification
Can replace standard rocker plates
and plates on 4-scenes radio Shaver sockets
controllers Cat.Nos 5740 87, 5745 87
1 5740 93 5745 93 "wake up / sleep / open curtains / Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5. IP 24
close curtains" marking For use with European, British, American,
Can replace standard rocker plate Australian 2-pin plugs
and plates on 4-scenes radio Screwless live and neutral terminals
controllers Cat.Nos 5740 88, 5745 88 Double wound isolating transformer
Automatic self-resetting overload feature
BUS controls Plug insertion operates micro-switch which
1 5740 89 5745 89 4-scenes touch control for the energises transformer
activation of 4 scenarios: To be equipped with BS 2 gang - 3 modules
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax" plates (p. 292-293)
2 modules mechanisms For flush-mounting boxes, use BS 2 gang
For British standard flush-mounting box depth 48 mm, US type, italian type
boxes boxes depth 48 mm
1 5740 91 5745 91 6-scenes touch control for the Power supply: 230 V - 50/60 Hz
activation of 6 scenarios:
White Magnesium 3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax /
open curtains / close curtains" 1 5721 53 5726 53 230 V / 120-230 V
3 modules mechanisms With earth connector
For British, Italian and American flush-
mounting boxes
230V
120V
Accessories
Sheet with stickers with symbols for
different scenarios for hotel rooms
1/100 5740 92 Dark colour
1/100 5745 92 White colour
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-295) Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-295)
Technical data (p. 274)
Pack Cat.Nos Hotel bedroom call indicators Pack Cat.Nos Bell push call indicator and register
Enables the resident to inform hotel staff of
the room status
Two settings are possible: White Magnesium
- Do not disturb 20/200 5734 15 5736 15 230 V
- Please clean the room 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1 + 1 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
Indicator
Indicator lamp and bell push Accessories
Installed in the corridor, display calls
White Magnesium Supplied with LED 5/50 5736 06 Set of labels
5/50 5734 61 5736 61 Square version
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 251
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
hotel equipment square version
xxxxxxxx
data, audio, video sockets and USB power supplies
Pack Cat.Nos Data, audio and video sockets Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets
Female HD 15
For VGA, XGA or VESA connection of a PC
White Magnesium RJ 45 tool-less system - Cat. 6 monitor, plasma screen, video projector,
20/200 5734 28 5736 28 UTP - 8 contacts graphic paintbox, etc.
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 81
Max. cable lenght 25 m (beyond this a VGA
10/100 5734 74 5736 74 UTP - 8 contacts White Magnesium amplifier is recommended)
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 82 5727 82 Connection on screw terminals
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
USB sockets
1/20 5722 75 5727 75 Used to bring connections closer to 1/20 5722 79 5727 79 Solder connection
the user 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
For connecting USB devices
(scanner-printer, external hard disk) 1 5720 97 5725 97 Preterminated sockets
Connection via screw terminals cross-section Female HD15 - 1 module
1 mm
Recommended cable: USB A max. cable
lenght 5 m HDMI
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 1/20 5722 81 5727 81 For digital high definition audio
and video connection of a PC
2 x female RCA monitor, plasma screen, video
1/20 5722 72 5727 72 For the stereo audio connection projector, graphic paintbox, etc.
of any DVD drive, camera, video Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 80
recorder, etc. type peripheral 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair 1 5720 96 5725 96 Preterminated sockets
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm HDMI 1.4 - 1 module
3 x female RCA
1/20 5722 73 5727 73 For the composite video and stereo S-Video socket (4-pin mini-DIN)
audio connection of a DVD drive, 1/40
5744 01 5744 51 1-gang
camera, video recorder, video Provides the YC video link for any
conference equipment etc. peripheral device such as a DVD
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio drive, camera, video recorder,
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial videoconferencing, etc
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Female 3.5 mm jack
For stereo audio connection from a
portable source Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm
Recommended cable: 1 x 0.22 mm2
shielded audio pair White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 74 5727 74 Connection on screw terminals 1/20 5722 88 5727 88 Square version
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
252 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
hotel equipment round version
xxxxxxxx
data, audio, video sockets and USB power supplies
Pack Cat.Nos Data, audio and video sockets Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets
see p. 256-260
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 253
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx ArteorTM
xxxxxxxx
RCBO, MCB socket outlets, modular units socket outlets
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-295)
Technical data (p. 280)
Pack
Cat.Nos RCBO Pack Cat.Nos Indian and Euro-US combined
socket outlets
White
1 5723 61 Single pole + Neutral - 230 VA 5/50 5734 67 5736 67 3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm
16 A
Used for local protection of part in a circuit
(e.g. 2P+E socket) against
overloads and short-circuits
Used in addition to the main protection as it is Red 6 A - 240 V
both close to the user and discriminating vis--vis 20/200 5738 08 2P+E tamperproof
the main protection, and can therefore be reset Used to identify a mains circuit
immediately (e.g. inverter) and avoid connection
The proximity MCB can also be used as a local of unnecessary equipment which may
consumption limiter (depending on its rating) cause interference on the circuit
Breaking capacity: 3000 A Plugs to be fitted with tamperproof insert
2 modules 45 x 45 mm Cat.No 5738 09
20/200 5738 09 Tamperproof insert for Indian
Voltage surge protector standard 6A socket outlets
White
20/200 5734 40 Surge Filter - 230 VA
1 module Multistandard socket outlets
Shuttered for child safety
10/100 5734 48 Surge Filter - 230 VA 6/10/13 A - 2/3 pin for 250 V AC
2 module White Magnesium 15 A for 127 V type - 2 pin
10/100 5734 73 5736 73 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
254 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
socket outlets, modular units socket outlets (continued) xxxxxxxx
power units and power strips prewired
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Technical data (p. 280)
Pack Cat.Nos Modular units socket outlets Pack Cat.Nos Power units
Shuttered for child safety
Use 2 or 3 modules cover plates
(p. 286-293) White Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 255
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour
Arteor
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
television
xxxxxxxx and telephone sockets xxxxxxxx
10 Giga, Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e data sockets
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293)
Technical data (p. 281)
Pack Cat.Nos Television sockets Certified as conforming to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and
EIA/TIA 568
Contacts marked with 568 A and B dual colour code and numbers
Connectors with self-stripping terminals
White Magnesium TV sockets Possibility of re-wiring in the event of error
20/200 5734 25 5736 25 TV single Co-Axial socket Multidirectionnal cable entry
(9.52 mm female)
0-860 MHz
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 - tool-less system
Rapid connection sockets, no tool required
RJ 11 sockets 10 Giga
Equipped with modular Jack connector Supports 10 G base-T applications up to
with 1/4 turn terminal for fast connection 100 m in a channel conforming to ISO/IEC
(possible looping) White Magnesium TIA TSB 155 and IEEE 802.3an
20/200 5734 32 5728 06 STP/FTP - 9 contacts, shielded
White Magnesium RJ 11
folded metal
20/200 5734 26 5736 26 Single RJ 11 with label holder 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Cat. 6
20/200 5734 27 5736 27 Double RJ 11 10/100 5734 77 5736 77 STP - 9 contacts, shielded folded
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm metal
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 34 5736 34 STP - 9 contacts
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 76 5736 76 FTP - 9 contacts
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Cat. 5e
20/200 5734 30 5736 30 FTP - 9 contacts
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 29 5736 29 UTP - 8 contacts
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 75 5736 75 UTP - 8 contacts
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
256 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour
Arteor
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
rear
xxxxxxxx
pluggable data sockets and wiring splitter xxxxxxxx
Wi-Fi access points
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 294-295)
Technical data (p. 281)
Certified as conforming to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and Pack Cat.Nos Wi-Fi access point
EIA/TIA 568
Contacts marked with 568 A and B dual colour code and numbers Come in addition to a new or existing
Connectors with self-stripping terminals LCS structured cabling, to meet the
Possibility of re-wiring in the event of error requirements for mobility in the building
Multidirectionnal cable entry (meeting rooms for example)
Identical connection to the LCS RJ 45 socket
Remote management via a web interface
Pack Cat.Nos Rear pluggable RJ 45 sockets Allow the configuration and the exploitation
Used to create Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e links in of the Wi-Fi access point by the network
accordance with standards administrator. Security via WPA2 encryption
2 modules 45 x 45 mm (802.11i) and/or authentication (802.11x)
Guest access to offer free access to the
White Magnesium Cat. 6
guests and keep independent and secure
10/100 5723 31 5728 31 UTP the main Wi-Fi network
10/100 5723 33 5728 33 FTP Supply via Power over Ethernet (standard
802.3 af)
White Magnesium 4 modules 90 x 45 mm
Cat. 5e
10/100 5723 30 5728 30 UTP 1/10 5723 76 5728 76 Standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g
dual-band dual-radio
10/100 5723 32 5728 32 FTP Data rate: 54 Mbps max. on each
frequency (802.11a and 802.11g)
Equipped with an RJ 45 socket on the front
Telephone/Ethernet wiring splitter panel
1/10 5723 77 5728 77 Standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g
Provide increased security against theft dual-band dual-radio
and damage to double connectors Data rate: 54 Mbps max. on each
Provide a rate of 10/100 Mbps frequency (802.11a and 802.11g)
Multidirectionnal cable entry 1/10 5723 78 5728 78 Standard 802.11 b/g
Can be installed in all supports min. depth Data rate: 54 Mbps max.
35 mm
Telephone and Ethernet applications
marked on the protective cap
White Magnesium 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5723 36 5728 36 FTP double connector
9 contacts
10/100 5723 35 5728 35 UTP double connector
8 contacts
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 257
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
ethernet
xxxxxxxxswitches, Wi-Fi access points adaptors
xxxxxxxx for USB sockets, attenuator and loudspeaker sockets
n Installation principle
Attenuator
Ethernet Switch
White Magnesium
1 5722 84 5727 84 100 V - 25 W
Allow to adjust power to 25 W from
n Arteor Wi-Fi access points a balanced 100 V loudspeaker line
A 802.11 a and b/g solution 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Radio communication standard 802.11 b/g 802.11 a
Power over Ethernet standard 802.3 af 3-pole XLR sockets
Frequency band between 2.40
and 2.48 GHz 5 GHz For the stereo connection of any
Number of available channels 13 8 peripheral, microphone, mixing console
Max. data rate 54 Mbps 54 Mbps Recommended microphone cable:
1 x 0.22 mm2 shielded audio pair
Recommended speaker cable: 1 x 1.5 mm2
n Advantages of a Legrand Wi-Fi access point audio pair (will take 2.5 mm2)
Max. cable length: 50 m (beyond this an
- Possibility of simultaneous operation on 2 frequencies, a and b/g audio amplifier is recommended)
Provides a max. data rate of up to 2 x 54 Mbps in simultaneous mode White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
- Very high security level: encryption (WPA2 - 802.11i) and 1/20 5722 83 5727 83 Neutrik female
authentication (802.1x)
- Possibility of roaming (moving from one access point to another
without breaking the link) 1/20 5722 77 5727 77 Neutrik male
- Quality of service (priority automatically given to voice, then video and
finally data) in accordance with standard 802.11e
- Easy to configure and make secure with the quick configuration node
NEW: Guest access to offer a free access for the guest and keep Loudspeaker sockets
independent and secure the main Wi-Fi network
Magnesium
n Sizing
- Provide 1 access point for 1 localised requirement
- Provide 1 access point per 100 m2 for global coverage and
a maximum gross speed
- Provide 1 access point with an RJ 45 socket for an office used by
visitors
n Legrand services
To guide you in setting up your VDI sites:
- Help with sizing the installation
- On site assistance for integrating products and making important
installations secure
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
258 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
ArteorTM
audio and video sockets
Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets (continued)
2 x female RCA HDMI
For the stereo audio connection of any For digital high definition audio and video
DVD drive, camera, video recorder, etc. connection of a PC monitor, plasma
type peripheral screen, video projector, graphic paintbox,
White Magnesium Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair etc.
1/20 5722 72 5727 72 Square version Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 80
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 81 5727 81 Square version
1/20 5732 72 5737 72 Round version
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1 5720 96 5725 96 Preterminated sockets
3 x female RCA HDMI 1.4 - 1 module
For the composite video and stereo audio
connection of a DVD drive, camera, video 1/20 5722 85 5727 85 Round version
recorder, video conference equipment etc.
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial S-video sockets (4-pin mini-DIN)
1/20 5722 73 5727 73 Square version 1-gang
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Provides the YC video link for any
peripheral device such as a DVD drive,
1/20 5732 73 5737 73 Round version camera, video recorder, videoconferencing,
2 modules 45 x 45 mm etc.
1/20 5744 01 5744 51 Square version
Female 3.5 mm jack - square version 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
For stereo audio connection from a
portable source 1/20 5745 01 5745 51 Round version
Recommended cable: 1 x 0.22 mm2 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
shielded audio pair
1/20 5722 74 5727 74 Connection on screw terminals Female BNC 75
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 76 5727 76 For the composite video
1/20 5722 78 5727 78 Solder connection connection of any DVD drive,
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm camera, video recorder, etc.
Recommended cable: RG59 coaxial
Max. cable length: 10 m
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Female HD 15
For VGA, XGA or VESA connection of a PC
monitor, plasma screen, video projector,
graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 81
Max. cable lenght 25 m (beyond this a VGA
amplifier is recommended)
1/20 5722 82 5727 82 Connection on screw terminals
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 259
ArteorTM ArteorTM
HD 15 amplifier + jack kit, equipment cords audio and video sockets
5723 70
0517 20 0517 22
0779 30
Equipment cords
For connecting a socket to a terminal
HDMI cord
1 0517 20 Length 10 m
For connecting an HDMI socket to the
audio/video terminal (plasma screen, DVD
drive, Home Cinema, games console, etc) 6 x 5722 73 5722 81
For use at more than 10 m, use the HDMI
Booster Cat.No 0779 30
HD 15 cord + 3.5 mm Jack cord
5722 80
1 0517 22 Length 2 m 5722 80
For connecting an HD 15 video socket 5722 81
and a 3.5 mm audio jack to a terminal (PC, 5722 80
video projector) 5722 73
HDMI booster
1 0779 30 Used to extend an HDMI connection
Consists of 2 female connectors and
used as an addition to the HDMI cord (for
example cord Cat.No 0517 20)
Does not need an external power supply
Cables
For connecting 2 sockets HDMI cable (Cat.No 0327 80)
HDMI cable HDMI cord
Audio cable
1 0327 80 Length 20 m
For connecting HDMI sockets at a distance
of up to 10 m
VGA cable
1 0327 81 Length 20 m
For connecting full pin HD 15 sockets at a
distance of up to 20 m
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
260 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
ArteorTM ArteorTM
ancillary mechanisms, modular support surface mounting boxes
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-295)
Cord outlets
White Square version mechanisms 2/10 5735 74 For 2 x 4 modules
20/200 5734 33 Cord outlet with 8 mm entry 38 mm depth
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Modular support
10/100 5760 50 For mounting 2 module
mechanisms on Din rail
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 261
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour exemple
plexo boxes : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
flush boxes xxxxxxxx
plexo 55
6890 07 6890 09
0695 80 0696 51
6890 10
IP 55 - IK 07 boxes - white
40 6890 42 For 8 modules 77.3 x 232.8 x 51.0 10/100 0696 89 Can receive Plexo 55 adaptors with
ArteorTM using special cable gland which
can be cut as per requirement.
684638-57606o.eps
20 6890 31 For 8 modules 136.8 x 136.6 x 61
(2 row x 4) Plexo adaptor with box for IP 66
1 6846 38 3 modules with transparent lid
10 6890 11 For 12 modules 145.3 x 215 x 61.2
(2 row x 6) &
16 modules (2 row x 8)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
262 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple
plexo boxes : xxxxxxx pourtrunking
DLP exempleplate
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
plexo boxes and adapter IP 55 xxxxxxxx
0109 21
6806 12 6806 13
0109 42
IP 55 box and adaptor with membrane Pack Cat.Nos Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Allows operation of switches without opening cover
Grey colour box made from ABS ArteorTM supports
Adaptor material polycarbonate, membrane material PVC Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side
Supplied with finishing plate
Pack Cat.Nos IP 55 box Plexo 55 Dimensions (mm)
5/50 0109 10 1 modules - for 40 mm cover
HxWxD
Adaptor for flush mounting
20 0109 21 2 modules - for 65 mm cover
20 6806 33 Adaptor for flush mounting - 100 x 122 x 28 0109 22 2 modules - for 85 mm cover
3 module
10 6806 11 Box with adapter - 1 module 76 x 76 x 65
50/50 0109 31 3 modules - for 65 mm cover
10 6806 12 Box with adapter - 2 module 76 x 76 x 65 0109 32 3 modules - for 85 mm cover
10 6806 13 Box with adapter - 3 module 76 x 100 x 65
5 6806 14 Box with adapter - 4 module 76 x 132 x 65 10 0109 41 4 modules - for 65 mm cover
5 6806 19 Box with adapter IP55 - 132 x 132 x 65 0109 42 4 modules - for 85 mm cover
8 module verticle (4+4 modules)
5 0109 61 6 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 62 6 modules - for 85 mm cover
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 263
pour exemple
floor boxes and: xxxxxxx
underfloor boxes pour exemple
pop-up boxes : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
for raised or concrete floors xxxxxxxx
for raised floor and furniture
0896 30
6503 49 6503 00
Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes with height reduced to 65 mm Pack Cat.Nos Pop-up boxes
Conform to standard NF EN 60 670 1 6503 00 Aluminium floor adaptor - 3 modules
For technical space 65 mm 1 6503 49 Aluminium floor adaptor 3 + 3 modules
For renovation with reduced height technical floor or 1 6503 50 Brass floor adaptor - 3 modules
for concrete floor
Supplied with reversible stainless steel cover or
cover for carpet or parquet Flush mounting boxes
Mounting boxes (for vertical wiring device
positioning): 1 6503 31 Plastic floor box for 6503 49
- supplied with blanking plates requiring sufficient 1 6503 32 Metallic floor box for 6503 49
space between the sockets if angled plugs are used Use 2 nos of 6503 32 for one 6503 49
- to be equipped with 2 module ArteorTM socket 1 6503 90 Plastic floor box for 6503 00/6503 50
outlets
- takes marking labels
- ensures perfect cable separation
Easy opening cover by rings and holding in open
position during connection
10 modules to be equipped
For installing 4 x 2 modules ArteorTM and
2 x 1 module ArteorTM
1 0896 20 With stainless steel cover, grey RAL 7031
1 0896 21 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031
16 modules to be equipped
For installing 8 x 2 modules ArteorTM
1 0896 25 With stainless steel cover, grey RAL 7031
1 0896 26 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
264 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
ArteorTM mechanisms ArteorTM
switches and accessories micro push switch
50 m maxi
5 maximum
in parallel.
X1 X2 2 1
X1 X2 2 1
Indicator wiring
In this wiring,
Led lamp lits up only when the switch is made ON, indicating that
electric supply is ON. 1000 W max. 1000 W max.
Caution :
When installed in combination these products must be protected by
the same protection circuit.
3 2 1
Locator wiring
In this wiring, Led lamp is always illuminated showing the switch
location in a dark area.
Caution :
When installed in combination these products must be protected by
the same protection circuit.
265
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
micro push switch
n Technical data
RLC micro switch 2 x 400 W
Cat.Nos 5740 02/52, 5743 02/52
3 4
4
3
2
ON
1
50 m max. 50 m max.
+ +
4
3
2
ON
50 m max. 50 m max.
+ +
266
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx switch
sensitive
n Technical data
Sensitive switch Electrical characteristics
Cat.Nos 5720 51, 5725 51, 5734 55, 5736 55 Self-extinguishing: 650 C / 30s
Voltage: 100 - 240 V
Connection Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Number of terminals: 4
Terminal type: with screws Max. power
Terminal capacities: 2 x 1.5 mm2 ou 1 x 2.5 mm2
Tool: flat-blade screwdriver 3.5 mm
Connection of one switching point
N
L
240 V 1000 W 1000 W 500 VA 500 VA
N L X
- Incandescent lamp
- Halogen lamp
- ELV halogen lamp with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer
- Fluorescent tube
- Compact fluorescent lamp
on/off on/off - Compact fluorescent lamp with separate transformer
- Fan drive
X L N X L N - Auxiliary radiator
- Contactor
Climatic characteristics
L
Storage temperatures: - 10 C to + 70 C
N Operating temperatures: - 5 C to + 35 C
267
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
electric roller blind control xxxxxxxx
dimmers
10 A - 250 V ~ 50/60 Hz
L
N
L
8mm
N
L <2s
>2s
10 A - 250 V ~ 50/60 Hz
L
N
N
L
8mm
100 m maxi
(*)
(*)Use only transformers which are intended for use with an electronic switch (with protection).
268
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
dimmers
n Technical data
RLC dimmer 2 x 400 W
Cat.Nos 5740 07/57, 5743 07/57
3 4
+
4
3
2
1
ON
50 m max. 50 m max.
>2s <2s
+
4
3
2
1
ON
50 m max. 50 m max.
269
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
dimmers xxxxxxxx switches, single pole latching relays
automatic
Connection
N terminal type: Cage-type connector
Terminal capacity: 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm2
L
Screwdriver: Flat-blade 3.5 mm
Mounting with a switch
N
B L L
$LN
N
N L
L
L $LN
N
L
L
Connect the neutral on Cat.Nos 5740 47/5740 97.
Wiring
N
1 way connection (sketch 1) L
Double-way connection (sketch 2)
In extra low voltage halogen with ferromagnetic transfers (sketch 3)
$L $L $L
1 2
400 W
max.
N
L
3
$LN $LN $LN
1000 W
max.
270
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx switches, single pole latching relays (continued)
automatic
0.5 m
1.3 m
1.5 m
3m
Max. 400 W 400 W 400 VA 400 VA
240 V
Min. 40 W 40 W 40 VA 40 VA
Range adjusted to 10 m:
Max. 200 W 200 W 200 VA 200 VA
100 V
Min. 40 W 40 W 40 VA 40 VA
1.5 m
4m
5m
10 m
Vertical detection
Range adjusted to 3 m
1 max.
240 V 1000 W 1000 W 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 100 VA
<2A
1 max.
100 V 500 W 500 W 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 50 VA
<1A
1.2 m
- Incandescent lamp
1.5 m - Halogen lamp
- ELV halogen lamp with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer
3m
- Fluorescent tube
- Compact fluorescent lamp
Range adjusted to 10 m - Compact fluorescent lamp with separate transformer
- Fan drive
- Contactor
- ELV halogen lamp with ferromagnetic transformer
- ELV halogen lamp with electronic transformer
1.2 m
Single pole latching relays
Cat.Nos 5722 27/5727 27
5m
L
10 m
N
Load
271
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx emergency lighting unit
miniature xxxxxxxxlight with indicator + detector
skirting
Connection
L
N
NL
Installation
Locking on to support Installation precautions
Battery replacement
1.2 V - 0.6 Ah
1.2 V - 0.6IEC
Ah KRH 18/29
IEC KRH 18/29
Status indicator
Mains ON
Mains OFF
(or lamp
disconnected)
272
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxlight with indicator + detector
skirting xxxxxxxx
time delay switch, key code switch
n Technical data
Time delay switch
1,20
0.30 Cat.Nos 5720 55/5740 84
Number of terminals: 2
Terminal type: with screws
IR IR Stripping: 6 mm
Terminal capacities: 1 x 2.5 mm2 flexible or rigid
Screwdriver: 3.5 mm flat-blade
1
2 2
3
6 6
1.2
0.30
3
6 6
L
N
1.2
0.30
2 1
0.30
IR
6
N
0.30 Led D1 D0 T R C - +
6
1.5 mm2 30 m
N 1.5 mm2 60 m (+) 12V
40898
(-) 0V
1.5 mm2 60 m 04795 / 04792
0.30
273
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx reader, key fob switches
biometric xxxxxxxx
hotel bedroom call indicator and internal control unit
A B E
12 V=
Power supply STOP
(ex: 047 95 ...) Red
Green
Red Blue
2
Way Out B A D C E
Push-button
1 1
L L L
Centralized 2 2
230 V
12 V= L
Power supply
2 (ex: 047 95 ...)
N
5 Cat.No 0767 04
Local area
Door controller Operation
(2 doors max. per unit)
network
1- Instruction : Do not disturb
Door release 3749 00 Bedroom Corridor
2 or magnetic lock 767 07
12 V=
Power supply
2
5 Cat.No 0767 04
(ex: 047 95 ...) 1 2
Door controller
2- Instruction : Please clean up
1 2
Up to 128 door controllers 3- No call
2
Note : If both buttons are pressed simultaneously, priority is given to the
dont disturb call
BIP
STOP
5722 30 - 5727 30
274
pour
Arteor
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
data, audio and video sockets
n Technical data
2 x female RCA
Cat.Nos 5722 72/5727 72/5732 72/5737 72
3 x female RCA
Cat.Nos 5722 73/5727 73/5732 73/5737 73
{
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 - Right 1 - Right
2- 2-
3 - Left 3 - Left
4- 4-
5 - Video
6-
1 30 2 30 3 6
x1 x2
1 2
6
30
30
x2 x4
x1
2
0.5 mm max.
35 mm min. 20 m maxi
275
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
data, audio and video sockets
n Technical data
Female 3.5 mm Jack HD 15 socket
Cat.Nos 5722 74 - 5727 74 Cat.Nos 5722 82/5727 82
1 2 3 x4
x 16
L R
Left Right
1 2
6
30 30
0327 81
3
50
1 2
4
4
3
20 m maxi
5
2
1 mm max.
35 mm min.
ax.
.
1 2
276
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
data, audio and video sockets
n Technical data
HD 15 socket (continued)
2 1 14
6 10
5 1
2 13
7 11
10 6
3 12 15 11
35
8 4
9 15
5
5
3 4
1 VGA R V B SH SV
1 Video rec (red)
2 Video green (green)
2 3 Video blue (blue)
13 Video white (SH)
14 Video yellow (SV)
6 Red + generale shield (generale + ground)
7 Green shield (green ground)
5
8 Blue shield (blue ground)
10 Yellow + white shield (masse SH-SV)
35 mm mini
277
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
data, audio and video sockets
n Technical data
HDMI socket
Cat.Nos 5722 81/5727 81
1 3 mm
x5
0327 80
x 20
50 mm 5 mm
2
1
2
3
5 5 mm
278
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
data, audio and video sockets (continued)
1 - TMDS Data 2+
1 10 2 - TMDS Data 2
19 20
2 11 3 - TMDS Data 2- 13 - CEC
3 12 4 - TMDS Data 1+ 14 -
5 - TMDS Data 1 max.
1 mm
2
15 - SCL
4 13
6 - TMDS Data 1- 16 - SDA
5 14
35 mm min.
7 - TMDS Data 0+ 17 - Ground
1 2
6 15
8 - TMDS Data 0 18 - + 5v
7 16
9 - TMDS Data 0- 19 - HPD
8 17
10 - TMDS Clock+ 20 - general (grounding) strand
9 18
11 - TMDS Clock
1 - TMDS Data 2+ 12 - TMDS Clock-
10 2 - TMDS Data 2 USB charger
11 3 - TMDS Data 2- 13 - CEC
4 - TMDS Data 1+ 14 - Cat.Nos 5720 78/5725 78/5720 71/5725 71/5724 88/5733 98
12
5 - TMDS Data 1 15 - SCL
13
16 - SDA
Installation
14
6 - TMDS Data 1-
7 - TMDS Data 0+ 17 - Ground
15 By simple tap-off on 2P+E socket
8 - TMDS Data 0 18 - + 5v Wiring 1.5 or 2.5 mm2
16
9 - TMDS Data 0- 19 - HPD Class II product which does not require
17
10 - TMDS Clock+ 20 - general (grounding) strand earthing
18
11 - TMDS Clock Releases a 2P+E socket recess
35 mm mini 12 - TMDS Clock-
USB socket
Cat.Nos 5722 75/5727 75/5732 74/5737 74
The Micro USB version with retractable cord (new 2012 standard for
1 - Vbus (5V) terminals) releases 750 mA retractable power supply cord
2 - D-
3 - D+
4-
1 2 3 4 5
5-
1 6
2
30
3 4
Environment:
Helps to reduce waste associated with the discarding of mobile
chargers that have become unusable (50,000 tonnes/year) and
thus the associated greenhouse gas emissions (13.5 million tonnes
equivalent)
Reduces standby consumption by more than 50% in comparison
with a mobile charger
Performance required by standard EN 62684: 0.5 W/Legrand
5 m maxi performance: < 0.3 W
2
1 mm max.
35 mm min.
279
ArteorTM Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
data, audio and video sockets (continued) xxxxxxxx
power units
1 2 3 4 5 6
U/CB Y V/CR
1 2
6
30 Mini 4 mm2
30
Maxi 10 mm2
3
3 4
4 5
20 m maxi
35 mm min.
6 7
5 mm2 max.
.
1 2
Diameter :
- mini 4 mm
- maxi 16,5 mm
Section :
RCBO - mini 3 x 4 mm2
- maxi 3 x 10 mm2
Cat.No 5734 85 8
Load
280
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx and telephone sockets
television xxxxxxxx
wiring splitter
13 mm
13 mm
13 mm maxi
13 mm
RJ 11
Cat.Nos 5734
13 26/5736
mm 26
U/UTP F/UTP
1 1
SF/UTP
2 3
A B
1
4
1 2 3
281
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
RJ 45
n Technical data
Wiring Diagram
1 2
4
8
FTP
6
1
1
3
3
6
B
A
xi
ma
mm
13 0327 60
282
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
attenuator
n Technical data
Cat.Nos 5722 84/5727 84
Principle
+
+
Max.
Amplifier
- -
Min.
100 V line
1 2 n
.................................................................
1 + 2 + ..................+ n 25 W
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
+
+
Amplifier
-
283
ArteorTM
cover plates - square and round version
Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - square version Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - round version
Supplied with support frames Supplied with support frames
Dimensions Dimensions
White Indian standard in mm White Indian standard in mm
10/100 5757 00 1 module 92 x 92 10/100 5759 00 2 modules 92 x 92
Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - square version Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - round version
Supplied with support frames Supplied with support frames
Dimensions Dimensions
Pearl Alu Graphite Indian standard in mm Pearl Alu Graphite Indian standard in mm
10/100 5757 01 5757 02 1 module 92 x 92 10/100 5759 01 5759 02 2 modules 92 x 92
10/100 5757 21 5757 22 3 modules 129 x 92 5/50 5759 21 5759 22 4 modules 157 x 92
5/50 5757 31 5757 32 4 modules 157 x 92 5/30 5759 31 5759 32 6 modules 237.5 x 92
5/30 5757 51 5757 52 8 modules 252.5 x 92 2/20 5759 41 5759 42 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 294-295)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
286 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
cover plates - square version xxxxxxxx
cover plates - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 294-295)
Mirror Mirror Indian standard Dimensions Mirror Mirror Indian standard Dimensions
White Black Supplied with support frames in mm White Black Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5 5757 04 5757 03 1 module 92 x 92 1/5 5759 04 5759 03 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5757 24 5757 23 3 modules 129 x 92 1/20 5759 24 5759 23 4 modules 157 x 92
1/20 5757 34 5757 33 4 modules 157 x 92 1/5 5759 34 5759 33 6 modules 237.5 x 92
Special plates
1 5764 94 5764 93 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
and 3.5" touch screen
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 287
ArteorTM
cover plates - square and round version
Pack Cat.Nos Mirror - square version Pack Cat.Nos Graphic - square version
Supplied with support frames
Supplied with support frames Dimensions
Mirror Mirror Dimensions Casual Formal Indian standard in mm
Red Taupe Indian standard in mm
1/5 5762 91 5762 92 1 module 92 x 92
1/5 5762 96 5762 95 1 module 92 x 92
1/20 5763 26 5763 25 3 modules 129 x 92 1/20 5763 21 5763 22 3 modules 129 x 92
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
288 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
cover plates - square version xxxxxxxx
cover plates - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 294-295)
Gold Stainless
Indian standard Dimensions Gold Stainless
Indian standard Dimensions
brass steel Supplied with support frames in mm brass steel Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5 5762 90 5757 06 1 module 92 x 92 1/5 5763 00 5759 06 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 30 5757 26 3 modules 129 x 92 1/20 5763 40 5759 26 4 modules 157 x 92
1/20 5763 50 5757 36 4 modules 157 x 92 1/5 5763 60 5759 36 6 modules 237.5 x 92
Special plates
1 5764 90 5764 96 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
and 3.5" touch screen
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 289
Arteor
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
cover plates - square and round version xxxxxxxx
Pack Cat.Nos Wood - square version Pack Cat.Nos Leather - square version
Supplied with support frames
Supplied with support frames Dimensions
Wenge Light Dimensions Club Galuchat Indian standard in mm
style Oak Indian standard in mm
1/5 5762 93 5762 94 1 module 92 x 92
1/5 5757 05 5762 99 1 module 92 x 92
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
290 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
ArteorTM ArteorTM
cover plates - square version cover plates - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 292-293) Cover plates selection chart (p. 294-295)
Woven
Indian standard Dimensions Woven Indian standard Dimensions
Metal Supplied with support frames in mm Metal Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5 5762 97 1 module 92 x 92 1/5 5763 07 2 modules 92 x 92
Special plates
1 5764 97 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
and 3.5" touch screen
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 291
ArteorTM
cover plates - square version
COVER plates
Plates Neutral Tattoo Mirror
+
Modules
Support White Pearl alu Graphite Edition 1 Mirror Mirror
frames white black
Indian standard
3 modules for
5750 70 5750 71 5750 72 5761 68 5750 74 5750 73
shaver sockets(1)
Special plates
10" multimedia
- - - - 5765 04 5765 03
touch screen(1)
292
COVER plates
Mirror Graphic Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature
Mirror Mirror Casual Formal Stainless Gold Wenge Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven
red taupe steel brass style metal
5762 96 5762 95 5762 91 5762 92 5757 06 5762 90 5757 05 5762 99 5762 93 5762 94 5762 97
5763 16 5763 15 5763 11 5763 12 5757 16 5763 10 5757 15 5763 19 5763 13 5763 14 5763 17
5763 36 5763 35 5763 31 5763 32 5757 26 5763 30 5757 25 5763 39 5763 33 5763 34 5763 37
5761 66 5761 65 5761 61 5761 62 5750 76 5761 60 5750 75 5761 69 5761 63 5761 64 5761 67
5763 56 5763 55 5763 51 5763 52 5757 36 5763 50 5757 35 5763 59 5763 53 5763 54 5763 57
5763 86 5763 85 5763 81 5763 82 5757 46 5763 80 5765 75 5763 89 5763 83 5763 84 5763 87
5764 06 5764 05 5764 01 5764 02 5757 56 5764 00 5765 95 5764 09 5764 03 5764 04 5764 07
- - - - 5757 66 - - - - - -
- - - - 5757 76 - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
293
ArteorTM
cover plates - round version
COVER plates
Plates Neutral Tattoo Mirror
+
Modules
Support White Pearl alu Graphite Edition 1 Mirror Mirror
frames white black
Indian standard
294
COVER plates
Mirror Graphic Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature
Mirror Mirror Casual Formal Stainless Gold Wenge Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven
red taupe steel brass style metal
5763 06 5763 05 5763 01 5763 02 5759 06 5763 00 5759 05 5763 09 5763 03 5763 04 5763 07
5763 26 5763 25 5763 21 5763 22 5759 16 5763 20 5759 15 5763 29 5763 23 5763 24 5763 27
5763 46 5763 45 5763 41 5763 42 5759 26 5763 40 5759 25 5763 49 5763 43 5763 44 5763 47
5763 66 5763 65 5763 61 5763 62 5759 36 5763 60 5759 35 5763 69 5763 63 5763 64 5763 67
5763 96 5763 95 5763 91 5763 92 5765 86 5763 90 5765 85 5763 99 5763 93 5763 94 5763 97
- - - - 5759 46 - - - - - -
- - - - 5759 56 - - - - - -
295
LIGHTING CONTROL SCENARIO
CONTROL
RECEIVER DIMMER SWITCH 4 SCENARIOS CONTROL
(See p. 310) (See p. 309)
Indicates the light intensity via LEDs For lighting, roller blinds
From dimmer
A
A
NL
A + B
WIRING DIAGRAM
Dimming control
or
Dimmer
Dimming control
with touch plate
296
ROLLER BLIND
CONTROL
ArteorTM
INDIVIDUAL RECEIVER
ROLLER BLINDS SWITCH
(See p. 309)
Controls any type of electric roller
Home Automation -
blind motor
Radio/Zigbee*
N
Motor
technology
B
TECHNICAL ALARM
TECHNICAL
DETECTORS
(See p. 310)
Give a warning if
there is a water,
town gas or
methane leak
Receivers to be equipped with round or square key cover plates to be equipped with 2-module plates (p. 284 to 291)
Standard key covers can be replaced by touch plates (p. 299), technical information on e-catalogue
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes min. depth 40 mm
To be equipped with 2-module support frames
Connect to the load and can be controlled by remote control transmitters, scenario switches, mobile control units and detectors (p. 295, 302)
Pack Cat.Nos Lighting controllers/receivers (switches) Pack Cat.Nos Lighting controllers/receivers (dimmers)
100/240 VA 100/240 VA
Each active button on the receivers is identified by Each active button on the receivers is identified by
LED (blue LED indicator status supplied) LED (with blue LED bargraph)
Switch without neutral - 300 W - 1 circuit Leading/trailing edge dimmer without neutral -
1 0672 31 300 W
1 0672 37
0-10 V dimmers
1 5735 48
Support frame and plate selection charts (p. 284-291 ) Support frame and plate selection charts (p. 284-291)
Replacement of cover plates by touch plates (p. 302)
Transmitters to be equipped with round or square key cover plates. Pack Cat.Nos Wall mounting scenario controllers
To be equipped with 2-module plates (p. 284 to 291) and multi-standard
support frames (with removable fins) cat. 5 735 51. To be equipped with round or square key cover
Standard key covers can be replaced by touch plates (p. 299) plates and Magnesium circle for control
Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame on wall To be equipped with 2-module
Control one or more Radio/ZigBee receivers plates (p. 284 to 291) and multi-standard support
No wiring needed frames (with removable fins) cat. 5 735 51.
Supplied with batteries Standard rocker plates and plates can be replaced
by touch plates (p. 299), technical information on
e-catalogue
Pack Cat.Nos Lighting remote control transmitters Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame
on wall
For 1 circuit switch controllers No wiring needed
1 0672 35 Supplied with batteries
4-scenario controllers
4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios (1 scenario
For 2 circuit switch controllers can control several functions: shutters, lighting...)
1 0672 36 1 0672 40
5745 87
Pack Cat.Nos Scenario controllers Radio/ZigBee Pack Cat.Nos Touch plates for scenario controllers
Radio/ZigBee
4-scene micropush control
Equipped with round cover plates and magnesium British standard fixing centres
circular push control for 4 scenarios, to be equipped 4-scene touch plates
with 2-module plates (p. 284 to 291) "wake up / sleep / TV / relax" marking
Supplied with multi-standard support frames with Can replace standard rocker plates and plates on
removable fins (see e-catalogue) 4-scene radio controllers Cat.Nos 5740 87, 5745 87
Cover plates and plates can be replaced by touch
plates 1 5740 90 White
Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame 1 5745 90 Black
on wall, no wiring needed
Supplied with batteries
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax" scenarios "wake up / sleep / open curtains / close curtains''
1 5740 87 White marking
1 5745 87 Magnesium Can replace standard rocker plate and plates on
4-scene radio controllers Cat.Nos 5740 88, 5745 88
1 5740 93 White
1 5745 93 Black
"wake up / sleep / open curtains / close curtains''
scenarios
1 5740 88 White
1 5745 88 Magnesium Accessories
Sheet with stickers with symbols for different
scenarios for hotel rooms
10 5740 92 Dark colour
10 5745 92 White colour
301
ArteorTM touch plates Radio/ZigBee
n Selection chart for association of touch plates instead of standard rocker plates and plates
n Transformation into touch plates version of standard control mechanisms (receivers) and remote control transmitters
equipped with round or square rocker plates
2
3
1
ZigBee : Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile
302
ArteorTM other functions Radio/ZigBee
Pack Cat.Nos Radio/ZigBee micromodule switch Pack Cat.Nos Plexo Programme radio transmitter/receiver
switch
1 0883 05 1 output - 300 W
Enables control points to be added to
improve an existing installation without 1 0695 03 2500 W
damage to the walls Its transmitter function allows it to control
Controls energy-saving, LED, halogen and another lighting Radio/Zigbee receiver
incandescent bulbs switch
Suitable for fitting on DCL (lighting appliance) Its receiver function is used to execute commands
covers. Its receiver function is used to execute received from centralised control units, scenario
commands received from scenario switches, switches, mobile control units and detectors
centralised control units, detectors (p. 317) (p. 317)
Phase/neutral power supply 3-wire installation in box depth 40 mm min.
n Switches and dimmers maximum loads at 230 V (for values at 110 V, please halve values)
Universal
Incandescent Halogen lamp ELV halogen with ELV halogen Fluorescent LED Fluorescent
lamp ferromagnetic with electronic tube Compact lamps with Reducer motor
Cat.Nos transformer transformer fluorescent lamp 0-10 V ballast for shutter
0672 63 500 VA
0883 27 500 VA
5735 48 1000 VA
5738 66 1000 VA
304
ArteorTM other functions Radio/ZigBee (continued)
0882 91 0672 50
From actuators
N
230 VA
230 VA
BUS line
27 V A
A
A
BUS line
BUS line BUS line
A
Video display Touch Screen
A
B
A B
WIRING DIAGRAM
A Power
supply
1 2 3 1 2 3
Actuators
1 2 3
1 2 3
306
ROLLER BLINDS
CONTROL
ArteorTM
ROLLER BLIND CONTROL
(See p. 299)
Controls any type
of electric roller blinds
Home Automation -
M
Motor BUS/SCS technology
B With 2 dedicated wires, for creating scenarios that
M
incorporate all the functions for large living areas:
lighting, automation, video door entry system, etc.
BUS line
MULTIPLICATION OF FUNCTIONS WITHOUT
ANY SPACE CONSTRAINTS.
B
Legrand BUS/SCS technology can manage various different
functions at the same time via 2-wire extra low voltage cables.
It enables a number of functions which can be integrated
through scenarios and designed to adapt the users
environment as required.
INTRUDER ALARM
INTRUDER ALARM
(See p. 318)
Can manage up
to 72 detectors
0675 52 F401 5739 05 Key covers for micropush control mechanisms (p. 301)
Pack Cat.Nos Basic control mechanisms Pack Cat.Nos Flush-mounting controller with built-in
control
For controlling a controller (eg: lighting, shutters
or lighting + shutters) depending on the selected 1 0675 56 For controlling two lighting circuits or a
configuration blind motor
Used to manage groups of functions and centralise Slat orientation control
them (scenario switch type) 2 outputs - 2 A
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes 230 V power supply
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes
Micropush control mechanisms To be equipped with key covers (p. 301), support
To be equipped with key covers (p. 301), support frames and plates (p. 284 to 291)
frames and plates (p. 284 to 291)
1 0675 52 2 modules
For controlling 1 or 2 controllers Advanced rolling shutter management
devices
1 0675 54 3 modules Relay interlocking or pulse based motor drive
For controlling up to 3 controllers Position status return: closed, open, intermediate
position. Drive following different orders: up, down,
or opening %
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
308 Red catalogue numbers: New products
ArteorTM lighting control and automation mechanisms BUS/SCS (continued)
Touch screens
Used to control manually or by programming up to
four of the following functions: control of 4 scenarios,
display and centralised management of temperature
(1 zone), sound system (display and selection of
sound distribution sources, adjusting loudspeakers
and setting the wake-up function), energy (display of
consumption) and Load control management.
Equipped with cover plates, to be equipped with
support frames and plates (p. 284 to 291)
1 5737 16 White - old item 5739 16
1 5737 17 Magnesium - old item 5739 17
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 309
ArteorTM lighting control and automation key covers BUS/SCS
5745 05 5745 08 5745 38 5745 17 5745 43 5745 22 5745 19 5745 42 5745 16 5745 36
1 5745 05 5745 06
side mounting OFF
ON
5744 87 5744 86
F
1 5745 07 5745 08
side mounting OFF
ON
ON
1 5745 24 5745 26
side mounting GEN
OFF
ON
ON ON
1 5745 28 5745 30
side mounting OFF
ON
OFF
5744 79 5744 78
ON/OFF marking right-hand
ON
1 5745 27 5745 29
side mounting OFF
ON ON
310
ArteorTM modular equipment for lighting control and automation BUS/SCS
Pack Cat.Nos Multi-application DIN controllers Pack Cat.Nos BUS power supplies
NO contact 27 V= - 1.2 A
For lighting (residential), shutters and motors Maximum consumption: 300 mA
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm Maximum current supplied: 1.2 A
1 F411/1N 1 output 16 A - old item 0038 41 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm
1 F411/2 2 outputs 10 A - old item 0038 42 1 E46ADCN Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
1 F411/4 4 output 6 A - common phase - old item 0038 44 - old item 0035 60
1 E46ADCN/127 Input voltage: 127 VA output voltage 27 V=
- old item 5 739 97
DIN controllers for dimming 27 V= - 0.6 A
For use in conjunction with loads and control Maximum current supplied: 0.6 A
mechanisms (p. 302) for dimming control 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm
1 E49 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
For incandescent, halogen and ferromagnetic
loads - old item 0035 67
1 F414 Load: 60 - 1000 W / 230 VA - 50 Hz
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0036 52 RJ adaptor
For electronic transformers loads For connecting Cat.Nos 026 02/21/22/11 to the
1 output BUS
1 F415 Load: 0.25 to 1.7 A / 230 VA - 50 Hz 10 0488 72 Male connector
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0036 53
For dimmer LEDs, compact fluorescent
lamps CFL, energy saving halogen lamps and Contact interfaces
electronics transformers Allow the connection between traditional wiring
1 F418 1 output - 300 VA maximum 230 Va.c. - 150 VA devices such as switches, time delay switches
maximum 127 Vd.c. or external sensors
4 DIN modules 17,5 mm 2 independent contacts
For 1-10 V ballasts 1 F428 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 53
1 F413N Load: 500 VA maximum 1 3477 Basic modularity to be installed in flush-mounting
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0036 56 box
1 0026 11 1 output - 1000 VA maximum - old item 5739 96
6 DIN modules 17.5 mm
For DALI protocol
1 0026 31 Enables communication between the BUS/SCS
Additional DIN devices
installation and the lighting appliances controlled by Memory module for actuators
DALI protocol 1 F425 Restore the last state of an actuator in case of a
6 DIN modules 17.5 mm power failure
For incandescent, halogen 230 V, ELV halogen 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 52
with electronic or ferromagnatic transformer Scenario module
6 DIN modules 17.5 mm 1 F420 Allows creation of scenarios by linking different
Automatic recognition of the load functions. Up to 16 scenarios
1 0026 21 1 output - 1000 W maximum 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 51
1 0026 22 2 outputs - 400 W maximum per output SCS-SCS gateway (extension)
12 DIN modules 17.5 mm 1 F422 Allows the extension of the installation or the
1 0026 27 6 output - 300 W maximum per output integration between different functions
Suitable for larger installations
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 62
DIN on/off lighting controllers
For lighting (commercial sector)
1 0026 01 2 outputs 16 A
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm
1 0026 02 4 outputs 16 A
6 DIN modules 17.5 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 311
ArteorTM lighting control and automation BUS/SCS
Incandescent Halogen lamp ELV halogen with ELV halogen Fluorescent Compact LED Fluorescent Reducer
lamp ferromagnetic with electronic tube fluorescent lamps with motor for
Cat.Nos transformer transformer lamp 0-10 V ballast shutter
F411/1N 3500 W 3500 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA
ACTUATORS
F413N 10 x 55 W 10 x 55 VA
0026 11 1000 VA - 50 mA
DIMMERS
F415 400 VA
Incandescent Halogen lamp ELV halogen with ELV halogen Fluorescent Compact LED Fluorescent Reducer
lamp ferromagnetic with electronic tube fluorescent lamps with 0-10 motor for
Cat.Nos transformer transformer lamp V ballast shutter
F411/1N 1750 W 1750 W 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA
ACTUATORS
F413N
0026 11 500 VA - 50 mA
DIMMERS
F414
F415
312
ArteorTM lighting control and automation BUS/SCS sensors and accessories
Pack Cat.Nos Central units for temperature control Pack Cat.Nos Probes
Equipped with square version keypad cover plates To control the room temperature of heating and
To be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289) cooling system
Supplied with flush-mounting box and 7.2 V battery Equipped with square version cover plates
Cat.No 3506 To be equipped with plates (p. 284 to 291)
Can manage up to 99 zones To be installed in flush-mounting boxes
1 5739 18 White 2 modules
1 5739 19 Magnesium
Standard
Temperature setting range: from 3 C to 40 C
1 5739 20 White
1 5739 21 Magnesium
Display thermostat
1 0674 59 Flush mounted thermostat with backlit With knob
display.It can be used to control the
temperature of an individual zone, both Temperature setting range: from 3 C to 40 C with
if a temperature central unit is and is not knob for adjustment of +/- 3 C relative to the set
present. It features a temperature probe temperature and for the modality selection
and an input for the connection of a contact line (e.g. 1 5739 22 White
window contact). It can be used for the management 1 5739 23 Magnesium
of different types of systems, and the adjustment of
the fan speed when fan coils are used. Possibility
of automatic operation (summer/winter), with With manual/automatic speed selection for fan
compatible systems. Connection to SCS BUS coil
2 modules. Temperature setting range: from 3 C to 40 C with
manual/automatic speed selection for fan-coil
1 5739 24 White
1 5739 25 Magnesium
Touch screens
Used to control manually or by programming up to
four of the following functions: control of 4 scenarios,
display and centralised management of temperature
(1 zone), sound system (display and selection of
sound distribution sources, adjusting loudspeakers
and setting the wake-up function), energy (display of
consumption) and Load control management.
Equipped with cover plates, to be equipped with
support frames and plates (p. 284 to 291)
1 5737 16 White - old item 5739 16
1 5737 17 Magnesium - old item 5739 17
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
314 Red catalogue numbers: New products
ArteorTM temperature control BUS/SCS
Pack Cat.Nos DIN rail actuators 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz Pack Cat.Nos BUS power supplies
Actuator with 2 independent relays 27 V= - 1.2 A
1 F430/2 For single and double loads: Maximum consumption: 300 mA
6 A resistive, Maximum current supplied: 1.2 A
3 A motorised valves and pumps 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 1 E46ADCN Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
Old item 0035 79 - old item 0035 60
Actuator with 4 independent relays 1 E46ADCN/127 Input voltage: 127 VA output voltage 27 V=
1 F430/4 For single, double or mixed loads: - old item 5739 97
6 A resistive, 27 V= - 0.6 A
3 A motorised valves, pumps and fan-coils Maximum current supplied: 0.6 A
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm
Old item 0035 80 1 E49 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
- old item 0035 67
DIN actuators for the control of ON/OFF
valves, motorised valves, pumps and fan Battery for temperature control central
coils with 0-10V proportional valves unit
1 F430R8 Actuator with 8 independent relays for the
control of on-off valves, motorised valves 1 3506 7.2 V battery for central unit - old item 0675 18
(open-close and three-point valves), pumps
and fan coils with 2 and 4 tubes
4A resistive, 1A motorised valves, pumps and fan SCS cables
coils connection to SCS BUS 4 DIN modules Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20
1 F430R3V10 Actuator with 3 independent relays and Grey
2 x 0-10 Volt outputs for the control of fan 1 L4669 Length 100 m - old item 0492 31
coils with 2 and 4 tubes with 0-10 Volt 1 L4669/500 Length 500 m - old item 0492 32
proportional valves 4A resistive, 1A fan 1 L4669KM1 Length 1000 m. Supplied on wooden reels
coils connection to SCS BUS 4 DIN
modules
1 F430V10 Actuator with 2 x 0-10 Volt outputs for IR transmitter for splitter
the control of 0-10 proportional valves
connection to SCS BUS 2 DIN modules
1 3456 For controlling splitters in different modes
(auto-hot- cold) - old item 0883 01
Management of On/Off speeds
(auto-low-medium or high)
Temperature range between 16 C and 30 C
Air conditioning remote control can learn the IR
signal. Can be installed behind the air
conditioning unit.
Supplied complete with 2 m cable
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 315
ArteorTM energy and load shedding management BUS/SCS
Pack Cat.Nos Consumption indicators Pack Cat.Nos Load and load shedding management
Pulse counter interface Central control unit
1 3522 Old item 0035 54 1 F521 Old item 0035 57
Used to store data from a pulse counter Used to define an energy threshold and
water, colorimetry, heat or gas) manage load shedding priorities set on
In countries where there is ATEX Directive controllers to avoid unwanted breaks as a
it's mandatory to use a zener barrier/Galvanic result of exceeding the energy contract
insulation barrier between the pulse counter interface Manages up to 63 controllers
and the gas meter The max. authorised power threshold can be
The barrier must answer to the ATEX directive and defined
must be installed outside ATEX area The settings can be activated/deactivated from the
Install one pulse counter interface per meter to touch screen
measure the consumption individually Instantaneous and cumulative display of circuit
Consumption data stored hour by hour, and kept for consumption on the touch screen
several years (12 years) Integrated memory module
Display can be in the form of histograms or For installation in the consumer unit
statistical data 1 DIN module 17.5 mm
Use a touch screen Cat.Nos 5739 58, 0672 67/8 Control with load monitoring
to display the consumption of the various meters Equipped with square version cover plates
Consumption indicator for 3 circuits To be equipped with support frames and plates
1 F520 Old item 0035 55 (p. 284 to 291)
For single phase installations Used to display the status of the load controlled by
Supplied with a toroid and its link the central load control unit (Cat.No F521) and force
Each toroid can monitor one circuit operation of the load independently
The consumption indicator can take up to 3 Used to force the load during normal operation and
toroids, for monitoring 3 separate circuits reactivate the load previously deactivated by the
Several consumption indicators can be installed to central control unit
monitor more than 3 circuits on the installation. 1 5 739 85 White
Instantaneous and cumulative display of the 1 5 739 91 Magnesium
consumption for each circuit and display of consumption
on touch screens Cat.Nos 5739 58, 0672 67/8
Display can be in the form of histograms or 16 A controller
statistical data 1 F523 Old item 0035 59
Consumption data can be stored for 1 year, hour by Used to define a priority level for a circuit in
hour, 2 years day by day or 12 years month by month the context of a load shedding function
Additional toroid For installation in the consumer unit
1 3523 Old item 0035 56 1 DIN module 17.5 mm
Operates with consumption indicator Can be used as an electronic control box controller
Cat.No F520 and/or an energy management controller
Also operates with controller Cat.No F522 16 A controller with consumption measurement
for load diagnostics 90 A max. 1 F522 Old item 0035 58
Cable cross-section 25 mm2 max. Used to define a priority level for a circuit in
the context of a load shedding function
For installation in the consumer unit
IP data concentrator 1 DIN module 17.5 mm
1 F524 Old item 0035 66 Can be used as an electronic control box controller
Used to display the data measured by the and/or an energy management controller
system via several web pages Measures the consumption of the load being controlled
Can handle different billing rates and displays (via touch screen Cat.Nos 5739 58,
Integrated memory for up to 10 pulse 0672 67/8) instantaneous and cumulative consumption
counter circuits with separate reset - Diagnostics of the load being
Centralises the data from circuits/pulse counter controlled with use of toroid Cat.No 3523
Automatic backup onto SD card
Connectors
Spare parts for consumption indicator Cat.No F520
and controllers Cat.Nos F521, F522, F523
10 3508BUS BUS connector, depth 3.81 mm
- old item 0 492 44
10 3508U2 2-pole connector - old item 0492 45
10 3508U3 3-pole connector - old item 0492 46
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
316 Red catalogue numbers: New products
ArteorTM energy and load shedding management BUS/SCS
Pack Cat.Nos Central units for intruder alarm Pack Cat.Nos Relay actuator modules
Equipped with square version keypad cover plates With multiple configuration with output via relay-
To be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289) contacts NO/NC, 24 V 0.4 A cos 0.4
Supplied with flush-mounting box To be used to repeat the alarm, activate an external
Central unit with PSTN device, repeat the system state and signal when
integrated telephone dialing device battery is flat
Allows manual activation/deactivation up of the 1 F481 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 91
system 1 3479 Can be installed in a flush-mounting box depth 50 mm
Can manage up to 72 detectors behind a wiring accessory or a blanking plate
1 5739 34 White - old item 0883 91
1 5739 35 Magnesium
Keypads
Equipped with square version cover plates
Alarm keypads
Detectors Activation/deactivation via numeric code
Equipped with square version cover plates 2 modules
To be equipped with plates (p. 284 to 291) To be equipped with plates (p. 284 to 291)
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes 1 5739 44 White
2 modules 1 5739 45 Magnesium
Fixed IR detectors
Volumetric presence detector with passive infrared Display keypads
rays
Alarm signal LED with memory Activation/deactivation keypad via numeric code
8 meters range, 14 bands divided over Allow the visualization of information and manage
3 levels other functions such as independent management
Possible activation of auxiliary prealarm channel of zones
Angular opening 105 To be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289)
Supplied with flush-mounting box and battery 7.2 V
1 5739 36 White Cat.No 0675 18
1 5739 37 Magnesium 1 5739 46 White
1 5739 47 Magnesium
Adjustable IR detectors
Volumetric presence detector with passive infrared
rays
Alarm signal LED with memory
8 meters range, 14 bands divided over Transponder readers
3 levels
Possible activation of auxiliary prealarm channel Equipped with square version cover plates
Angular opening can be divided from 105 to 0 To be equipped with plates (p. 284 to 291)
Swivel lens on 2 axes To be installed in flush-mounting boxes
1 5739 38 White 2 modules
1 5739 39 Magnesium Transponder reader which activate/deactivate the
system with the transponder (badge)
Able to store up to 30 transponders
Double technology detectors (IR and MW) 1 5739 48 White
Volumetric presence detector made up of two 1 5739 49 Magnesium
sensors: one infrared to detect hot bodies (IR) and
one with microwaves to detect movements (MW)
The alarm is only triggered when both detection
technologies are activated Transponders
1 5739 40 White 3 3530S Key card transponder to activate/deactivate the
1 5739 41 Magnesium system - old item 0035 75
5 3540 Proximity card, 125 kHz technology, used to activate/
deactivate the alarm. Supplied complete with label
- old item 0675 17
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 317
ArteorTM intruder alarm BUS/SCS (continued)
3480
5739 84 0431 00
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
318 Red catalogue numbers: New products
ArteorTM sound diffusion BUS/SCS
Support frame and plate selection charts (p. 284-291) Pack Cat.Nos Flush-mounting loudspeakers
Technical characteristics (p. 324-328)
8 ohms - 100 W - 50 Wrms
To be installed in flush-mounting box min. depth 80 mm
Pack Cat.Nos Flush-mounting amplifiers 1 5739 28 White
2 x 1 Wrms - 2 modules 1 5739 29 Magnesium
1 0675 55 To be equipped with key covers, support
frame and plate (p. 284 to 291)
- old item 5739 76
Key covers - 1 module 16 ohms - 12 W - 6 Wrms
For flush-mounting amplifier Cat.No 0675 55 To be installed in flush-mounting box
5 5745 11 White - right-hand side mounting Cat.Nos 0893 79 or 0892 79
5 5745 12 Magnesium - right-hand side mounting 1 5739 77 White
5 5745 05 ON
White - left-hand side mounting
5 5745 06 Magnesium - left-hand side mounting
OFF
Flush-mounting boxes
For loudspeaker Cat.No 5739 77
2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 319
ArteorTM sound diffusion BUS/SCS (continued)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
320 Red catalogue numbers: New products
ArteorTM home system management BUS/SCS
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 321
ArteorTM door entry system BUS/SCS
Pack Cat.Nos Video internal display units Pack Cat.Nos Optional cameras
Hands-free internal unit For outdoor use
2.5 LCD colour display 1 5739 86 2-wire colour camera
Possible integration in BUS system
Equipped with White or Magnesium cover plates, to
be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289)
To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0893 79
or 0892 79 For flush-mounting
1 5739 50 White 2-wire colour camera with swiveling lens
1 5739 51 Magnesium Automatic adjustment of focus and brightness
Built-in microphone
Equipped with cover plates, to be equipped with
support frames and plates (p. 284 to 291)
To be installed in flush-mounting box
2 modules
Audio internal display units 1 5739 52 White
Equipped with: 1 5739 53 Magnesium
- microphone
- loudspeaker
- 2 hang-up push-buttons
- 1 door release push-button BUS alarm modules
- 2 auxiliary push-buttons for other functions
Volume adjustment for communication and call tone, 8 alarm sensor inputs
and with bell cut-off indicator Signalling of alarm on a video internal unit or a
Allows intercom between several rooms concierge switchboard
Supplied complete with special flush-mounting box, Equipped with cover plates
cover plate and plate To be equipped with special plates (p. 288, 289)
To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0893 79
1 5740 111
White or 0892 79
1 5743 112
Magnesium 1 5739 54 White
1 5739 55 Magnesium
Flush-mounting boxes
For video display unit Cat.Nos 5739 50/51
Flush mounting box 2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
1 5740 42 Vandalproof flush-mounting box 2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
322 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
ArteorTM accessories for BUS/SCS video door entry system
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories for video door entry systems Pack Cat.Nos Accessories for video door entry systems
Additional power supply 2-wire video adaptor
1 3460 20 220-240 V - 50/60 Hz 1 0634 34 Video adaptor
Output 1-2 27 V= 600 mA Use one adaptor per power supply
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm
Old item 0 634 42 Video signal distributor
Electric door release with latch 1 0634 32 Video distributor with 4 outputs for intercom module
1 0408 98 For left or right opening. 12 VA or = for up to 5 units
6 W - 158 x 26 x 32 mm Video signal converter
Door release 1 5740 38 Video signal converter from coaxial to 2-wire bus for
1 3749 00 Door release - 12 VA/880 mA 12 V= CCTV cameras: the CCTV camera is directly
supplied via a terminal
Relay for door release
1 0634 41 Relay for 12 V= release (powered by BUS) for gate 2-wire/IP interface
or electromagnetic lock electronic control boxes 1 5740 39 For extended systems with IP backbone and 2-wire
An exit pushbutton can be connected support
Used to increase the time delay up to 10 minutes Virtual switchboard software
(set by a configuration jumper) 1 5740 43 Virtual switchboard software for managing
Permissible output current: 4 A entryphone and video entryphone calls
Stabilised current: 250 mA at 30 ohms The software (for Windows operating systems) can
4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules be installed on any fixed or mobile PC and is used to
receive, manage and transfer calls from inside and
Interface for auxiliary control outside
1 0634 31 Relay for auxiliary commands Offers home video control with cyclical CCTV vision,
Allows the connection of auxiliary functions such as day and night functions and the ability to display the
lighting, automatic door opening... alarms present in the various apartments
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm - Operating systems supported: Microsoft Windows
To be equpped with configuration jumpers, to be XP Service Pack 2 and Windows Vista
ordered separately - Software required: NET Framework 2.0 or later
Configuration jumpers Audio/videosignal distribution devices
1 0634 00 Composed of 13 jumpers n 1, 3 jumpers n 2, 1 F441 Audio/video node for mixing audio/video sources
2 jumpers n 3, 2 jumpers n 4, 2 jumpers n 5, (max. 4 sources)
2 jumpers n 6, 2 jumpers n 7, 2 jumpers n 8, 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 5739 98
2 jumpers n 9, 2 jumpers n 0 1 F441M Multi-channel matrix with cross-connection, mixing
Door release relay switch functions for distribution of: the stereo sound
1 0634 33 Door release relay NC/NO volt-free contact: source signal and audio/video signals
max 24 V= - 8 A resistive, 4 A inductive 8 inputs (first 4 for the 2-wire audio/video system
2 DIN modules 17.5 mm and others for stereo sound source)
Intercommunication module for up to 5 units 8 outputs
1 0634 38 For communication between the various indoor 10 DIN modules 17.5 mm - old item 0035 84
panels in the house BUS cable
Max. capacity: 5 units For sound diffusion and video door entry system
4 DIN modules 17.5 mm 1 3369 04 200 m - old item 5739 99
Extension interface
1 0634 39 Increases the operational performance of the system
(e.g.: distance between the entrance panel and the
indoor panels)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 323
ArteorTM video door entry system kits ArteorTM door entry system BUS/SCS
BUS/SCS
113 33.2
113
Installation distances for video door entry systems
50 m
Street panel
140 m 200 m 30 m
0.28 mm2
340 m
210 m 290 m 50 m
0.50 mm2
500 m
420 m 580 m 100 m
1 mm2
1000 m
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
324 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
ArteorTM lighting control and automation BUS/SCS
n System principle
The Lighting Control system allows the management of different functions in a simultaneous and integrated way
All the components of the Lighting Control system are interconnected via an electronic circuit that can be programmed: the BUS
The information is exchanged through the 2 wire BUS cable at low voltage (27 V= )
There are two types of devices in the system:
- the controls units, which are connected only to the BUS cable and
- the actuators, connected both, to the BUS cable and to the 230VA power line for managing the connected load
When the Lighting Control system devices are configured properly, it is possible to manage the load as follows:
- control for a single load
- control for one or more load groups;
- simultaneous management of all loads
It is also possible to carry out special functions, which can hardly be achieved with conventional electrical systems
These functions are called scenarios
One scenario is a set of simultaneous control of multiple groups of loads, used in order to modify the environment according to the users needs
An example of a scenario can be represented by the simultaneous activation of lights, which can be set by the user after getting inside the
building by using one single control device or by using the Touch Screen menu
n Installation principle
Consumer unit
Control units
Power supply
Cat.No E46ADCN
Touch control mechanism
Scenario controller Cat.No 5739 04 or 5739 05
Cat.No 5739 02
or 5739 03
230 VA
1 2 3
Din rail
Din rail leading/trailing Din rail
actuator edge dimmer actuator
Cat.No F411/1N Cat.No 0026 22 Cat.No F411/2
Actuators
1 2 3
Loads
Roller
Lighting 1 Lighting 2 blinds, 3
Scenario controllers source source shutters
can manage
zone 1, 2 and 3 Zone 1 : Zone 2 : Zone 3 :
Kitchen Dining room Shutters control
325
ArteorTM temperature control BUS/SCS
n Installation principle
Consumer unit
Control units
Central unit
Cat.No 5739 18
or 5739 19
can manage
up to 99 zones
Power supply
Cat.No E46ADCN
Probe Zone 1 Probe Zone 2 Probe Zone 99
Cat.No 5739 22 Cat.No 5739 22 Cat.No 5739 22
or 5739 23 or 5739 23 or 5739 23
230 VA
1 2 99
Actuators
Loads 1 2
Heating Heating
1 2
Zone 1 Zone 2
326
ArteorTM intruder alarm BUS/SCS
n System principle
The burglar alarm system permit to protect the home from the intrusion through the protection of ambiances and perimeters
The system is composed by a flush-mounted central unit with integrated dialler, IR detectors and perimeter sensors
All the devices are connected with a low voltage (27 V) twisted pair not polarized
Through the dialler it's possible to be informed in case of alarms and also control the system with the telephone (arm/disarm) and check in each
moment the status
On the central unit it's possible to arm/disarm and change the active areas through code number or badge transponder up to 50 different users
ID and limitation in term of accessible areas and time slot can be assigned to each user
200 events are stored in the central unit to know exactly what happened on the system
The system can manage also technical alarm (example: gas, flooding) with the possibility to be informed locally through indoor sounder and with
automatic closure of valves
n Installation principle
Consumer unit
Control units
Outdoor sounder
Cat.No 0844 24
Central unit
Power supply Cat.No 5739 34
Cat.No E47ADCN or 5739 35
Detectors
Cat.No 5739 36/38/40 Indoor sounder
or 5739 37/39/41 Cat.No 5739 84
230 VA
Opening detector
interface
Cat.No 3480
Detectors Detectors
Cat.No 0431 00 Cat.No 0431 00
327
ArteorTM sound diffusion BUS/SCS and door entry system BUS/SCS
230 VA
DIN rail amplifier
Cat.No F502
Attenuator
Cat.No 3495
RCA input
Cat.No 5739 26
or 5739 27
Hi-Fi chain
DIN RDS
radio source
Cat.No F500N
12 V =
250 mA
max. 30
230 V 12 V=
230V 250 mA
max. 30
328
My Home BUS
table of equivalence old/new references
2 realys DIN actuator 10 A 0038 42 F411/2 Transponder key ring 0675 17 3540
4 relays DIN actuator 6 A 0038 44 F411/4 alarm actuator basic bus 0883 91 3479
DIN dimmer 1000 W 0036 52 F414 alarm actuator DIN bus 0035 91 F481
DIN dimmer 400 VA 0036 53 F415 Basic alarm contacts interface 0675 13 3480
Ballast DIN dimmer 1-10 V 0036 56 F413N DIN alarm contacts interface 0035 73 F482
Basic contacts interface 5739 96 3477 2 contact interface 12 V DIN bus 0035 71 F482V12
Scenario module 0035 51 F420 contact interface basic 12V bus 0675 14 3482
Removable bus clamp width 3,81 0492 44 3508BUS Multichannel matrix 0035 84 F441M
Removable clamp 2 poles 0492 45 3508U2 Insulator for sound sources 5739 88 3495
Actuator 16A with current sensor - 1 DIN 0035 58 F522 Scenario programmer 0035 65 MH200N
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 329
My Home BUS
table of equivalence old/new references (continued)
Configurators AUX 0492 13 3501/AUX SCS Burglar alarm cable 6831 59 L4669S
Configurators OFF 0492 15 3501/OFF WEB SERVER A/V BUS 0035 98 F454
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
330 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
High performance door entry system
Elegant design encased in a slim and compact shape, it performs multi functions like call,
doorbell, conversation, monitor, unlock, network and alarms, by connecting riser systems
to system network devices. The range has innovative functions like SOS pushbutton,
anti-tamper function and intercom between all riser apartments.
TV SOCKETS
(See p. 256)
Distribution of TV,
data everywhere
in the house
VRC, DVD and HD signals
from a central point to
every TV set in the house
With Legrand home networks users can enjoy
distributed audio and video around the house
as well as access to computer and telephone
DATA SOCKETS
networks wherever needed.
(See p. 257)
Access high-speed With this flexibility, rooms blend seamlessly into one, yet each
internet and computer with the capacity for independent control, allowing users to
networks throughout see, hear and interact with whatever they want, wherever
the house. Share printers they want. Users enjoy their favourite CDs, MP3, radio station
scanners and any other or even the audio signal from TV, at anywhere in the house.
connected peripherals
Legrand home networks will distribute sound from a central
source to speakers throughout the home.
TELEPHONE SOCKETS
(See p. 256)
For multiple
telephone and fax-lines
into the house. With a
simple plug and play
connection, add new
phone lines as and when
required
CABINETS TO BE EQUIPPED
(See p. 488)
Enclosures to be equipped
with audio, video, data
or telephone modules
6338 21
6339 93
6338 53
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
334
ArteorTM home networks
structured wiring (continued)
5727 93 + 5757 21
6338 99
Pack Cat.Nos Power supplies Pack Cat.Nos Keypad volume control distributed
audio
1 6338 32 Multi voltage power distribution module
Distributes:
- 15 V= to up to 4 locations White Magnesium
- 12 V= to up to 2 locations 1 5722 93 5727 93 echanisms equipped with White
M
- 5 V= to up to 1 location or Magnesium square cover plates
Supplied with 24" power cord jumpers To be equipped with cover plaes
1 6338 40 15 V= power supply (p. 280-287)
Includes a BS cord alimentation 3 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
1 6338 41 24 V= power supply Built-in IR receiver
Includes a BS cord alimentation
For audio modules Cat.Nos 6338 21/53 RCA local source inputs
Loudspeakers Allows user to plug in devices like portable
White Magnesium audio players and computer audio outputs
High efficiency speakers with low distorsion 1 5722 94 5727 94 Mechanisms equipped with White
1 6338 43 65" inch in-ceiling round speaker (pair) or Magnesium square cover plates
1 6338 44 Dual voice coil stereo speaker To be equipped with cover plates
65" inch in-ceiling round speaker (p. 294-295)
3 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
1 6338 45 Outdoor speakers pair - 90 dB Accessories
Black
Also suitable for moisture rich Bracket
environments such as bathrooms 1 6338 73 3-module mounting bracket
or saunas Allows mounting of 3 single size modules
Horizontal or vertical mounting
Controls
RJ 45 patch panels
1 6338 46 Dual IR mouse emitter 1 6339 91 4-way - Cat.5e RJ 45 bloc unit/UTP
Used to control audio sources via audio distribution 1 6339 92 4-way - Cat.6 RJ 45 bloc unit/UTP
system
To be connected on single or triple source input
Cat.Nos 6338 22/48 Installation tools
To be used with universal IR receiver 1 6338 99 EZ crimp tool
Cat.No 6338 47
1 6338 47 Universal IR receiver for remote control
Cat.No 6338 50 10 6338 51 EZ RJ 45 connectors
To be used with dual IR mouse emitter
Cat.No 6338 46
1 6338 50 Universal learning remote control
TV and data sockets (p. 256-257)
Control all distributed audio keypads
at the same time from anywhere
in the house
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
335
ArteorTM home networks
structured wiring - audio
Portable
MP3 Player
(Not included)
6.5" In-Ceiling
Four Sources 8-zone Loudspeakers
distribution module
Cat.No 6338 53
Keypad Volume
Controller
24 V 2.5 A
6.5" In-Ceiling
Power Supply
Loudspeakers
Triple Source Input
Cat.No 6338 48
Keypad Volume
Controller
Dual IR
Mouse Emitter
Cat.No 6338 46
Audio Sources
(Entertainment Room) Portable
Universal
CD Player
Remote control 6.5" In-Ceiling
(Not included)
Cat.No 6338 50 Loudspeakers
RCA cable
Cat. 5e cable
Loudspeaker cable
Technical characteristics
- Hight-quality stereo music in 8 rooms
- Select from four unique music sources in every room
- Amplified keypad volume controller
- Local source inputs allows different music in three rooms
- Infrared remote control for easy sound management
- Expandable up to 32 locations
Composition of the installation
- Keypad volume controller in each room
- Local source input in desired room (local listening)
- Loudspeakers in each room
- 4 sources 8-zone distribution module in enclosure
- Single and/or triple source input devices Cat.Nos 6338 22 and/or 6338 48 in living room
Green 2
Green White 1
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
336
ArteorTM home networks
structured wiring - audio
n Installation principle for audio distribution system: single source input - 4 zones
You can listen to the same audio sources in up to 4 differents locations at the same time
Keypad
volume controller 6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
RJ 45
Socket Keypad
volume controller 6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
RCA cable
Cat. 5e cable
Loudspeaker cable
Technical characteristics
- Hight-quality stereo music in 4 rooms
- Infrared remote control for easy sound management
- Amplified keypad volume controller
Composition of the installation
- Keypad volume controller in each room
- Loudspeakers for each room
- Single sources 4-zone distribution module in enclosure
- Single source input device Cat.No 6338 22 in the living room
Blue 4
Orange White 3
Green 2
Green White 1
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
337
p. 346
Switches and
accessories - white
p. 348
Bell indicator,
buzzer and detector
- white
p. 350
Volume controller
and protectors -
white
MyriusTM
wiring devices
p. 354
Dimmer and
regulators - black
p. 356
Audio & video
connector - black
p. 359
Selection chart for
metal flush and
Wiring
plastic surface
boxes
p. 361
Devices
Dimmers
Technical data
Solutions p. 367
TV socket,
connectors and
with Myrius
sockets
TM
338
p. 346 p. 347 p. 348 p. 348
Push buttons - Energy sockets Power units, Emergency light
white Dimmer and and triangular
regulators - white bulkhead indicators
p. 368-371 p. 371
Connectors and Protector and
controllers accessories
339
Solutions for home
340
Bell push RJ 11 socket
MyriusTM
NEW
More is On
The Myrius range starts from the basic wiring
devices like a switch, socket and goes upto a wide
range of innovative products like a remote control
switch that can control 4 lights and one fan to
Motion sensors, Skirting light , Motor starters &
Voltage surge protectors.
More Aesthetics
Flat, sleek & smooth , Myrius with its curved edges gives a distinct and
appealing look. Its minimalistic design in a classic black and white shade
Remote control switch for fan and light makes it look absolutely stunning & desirable.
Shaver socket
1
2
1 Finger proof terminals for 1 Tunnel terminals preventing Sockets with ISI mark,
IP20 protection against screwdrivers from slipping. conforming to IS 1293.
accidental contact. 2 Laser marking on Fan regular with ISI mark,
2 Captive 'never to loose mechanisms. conforming to IS 11037
screws'. Arrow showing the correct
orientation of the mechanism.
3 The latest IS 3854 : 1997
Stripping templates on sockets For switches with LED lamps, Sockets are shuttered for child's
for stripping off exact length of life of LED is 50000 buring hours. safety against electric shocks.
insulation. Consumes 0.76 W.
342
MyriusTM
NEW
More is On
Product features
Fully shrouded internal
mechanism under the rocker
preventing visibility of sparks.
344
NEWMyrius
Look for this symbol
to identify the
anti-bacterial range
Anti-bacterial
More for your wellness
> Special protection for the health and hygine market in the
form of an equipotential socket for connection of hospital beds
and trolleys to medical apparatus, to avoid all risk of potential
difference during the medical care.
BTS Certificate
available on request.
Cover plates selection chart (p. 360) Cover plates selection chart (p. 360)
Pack
Cat.Nos Switches Pack
Cat.Nos Switches
6 to 16 A switches ISI marked as per the latest 20 to 32 A switches ISI marked as per the latest
IS 3854 : 1997 IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
driver driver
Captive screws Captive screws
6 A - 230 V A Number of 20 A - 230 V A Number of
modules
modules
20/200 6730 11 20 A 1 W Switch 1
20/200 6730 00 6 A Switch 1 W 1
10 A - 230 V A 32 A - 230 V A
10/100 6730 05 10 A Switch 1 W 2 10/100 6730 16 32 A DP Switch 2
with indicator
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
346 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
energy sockets - white xxxxxxxx
power units - white
6730 41 6730 42
6730 74
Pack Cat.Nos Socket - 230 V A
Pack Cat.Nos Power unit Number of
modules
Sockets ISI marked, as per latest IS1293:2005 1/10 6730 74 Power strip - 8
Sockets delivered in unscrewed condition. 6 A (2 nos.) +
Stripping template provided on sockets. 16 A socket (1 no.) +
Number of 16 A switch with
modules indicator (1 no.)
20/200 6730 41 6/16 A 2 Pin Euro 1
US socket 1/10 6730 75 Power strip - 8
5 Pin 6 A (3 nos.) +
16 A switch with
5/50 6730 42 16 A 3 Pin 3 indicator (1 no.)
switched socket
1/10 6730 76 Power strip - 8
multistd socket (3 nos.) +
10/100 6730 43 Multistandard socket 2 16 A switch (1 no.)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 347
pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
dimmer & regulators - white xxxxxxxx
indicators, buzzer and detector - white
6730 26 6730 29
Pack Cat.Nos Dimmer & regulator
Pack Cat.Nos Skirting light Number of
modules
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding 1/5/25 6730 36 Skirting light 3
screwdriver with white LED
Stripping template for stripping exact length of
insulation
ISI marked as per IS11037:1984
Captive screws Number of
modules Bell indicator Number of
modules
1/5/50 6730 24 Rotary dimmer 400 W 1 20/200 6730 33 Bell indicator - 240 V A 1
Buzzer Number of
modules
1/10
6730 26 Compact fluorescent
Lamp dimmer
2
20/200 6730 34 Buzzer - 230 V A 1
sound level 72 dB
at 1 meter distance
1/5/50 6730 27 Fan step regulator 100 W 1
Sensor Number of
modules
1/10/100 6730 29 Fan step regulator 100 W 2 1/10 6730 32 Infra red sensor - 300 W 2
1/10/100 6730 77 Fan step regulator 2 1/5/20 6730 73 Remote control switch 4
for energy saving fans Controls 4 lights and
1 fan of a room
Regulates the fan with
10 speed levels.
Emergency light Number of Inbuilt night lamp on
modules
product panel with
1/1 0785 12 Emergency light unit 2 manual operation option
for all functions.
Indicators Number of
modules
1/1 0785 73 Triangular bulkhead - 2
Blue
1/1 0785 71 Triangular bulkhead - 2
Colourless
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
348 Red catalogue numbers : new products
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
access control - white
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
sockets and connectors - white
hospitality funtions
6730 50 6730 51
Pack Cat.Nos Keyfobe switch Number of
modules
Pack Cat.Nos TV socket
1/10 6730 37 15 A key fob switch Monobloc Compatible with reception of antenna, satellite and
with timedelay 30 sec. with plate- cable network signals 9.5 mm connector TV
supplied without key fob. 2 modules female for co-axial cable
Cat.No 6730 38
Number of
modules
1/10/100 6730 38 Only key fob for
switch above 20/200 6730 50 TV socket 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 349
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx and controllers - white
connectors xxxxxxxx and accessories - white
protectors
Pack Cat.Nos Audio & video connector Number of
Pack Cat.Nos Motor starter Number of
modules modules
1/10 6730 57 3 x female RCA 1 1/10/100 6730 30 16 A Motor Starter 2
For composite video &
stereo, audio connection
of a DVD drive, camera,
video conference. 1/10/100 6730 31 25 A Motor Starter 2
Accessories Number of
modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
350 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx NEW MyriusTM
xxxxxxxx
anti-bacterial switches & accessories - white switches and accessories - black
Pack Cat.Nos Anti-bacterial Number of
modules Cover plates selection chart (p. 358)
20/200 6730 84 6 A switch 1 W 1
16A - 230 V A
20/200 6731 08 16 A switch 1 way 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products. 351
MyriusTM
switches and accessories - black
Pack Cat.Nos Switches
Pack Cat.Nos Push buttons Number of
modules
20 to 32 A switches ISI marked as per the latest 20/200 6731 18 6 A push button SP 1
IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
driver
Captive screws 20/200 6731 19 6 A push button SP 1
with indicator
20A - 230 V A Number of
modules
20/200 6731 11 20 A 1 W switch 1 20/200 6731 20 6 A bell push 1
25A - 230 V A
20/200 6731 15 25 A SP 1 W switch 1 Accessories for switches
with indicator with indicator
5/50 6732 44 Lamp for switches /
32A - 230 V A push buttons
10/100 6731 16 32 A DP switch 2
with indicator
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
352 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
energy
xxxxxxxx
sockets - black xxxxxxxx
energy socket - red
6731 41 6731 42
Pack Cat.Nos Socket
Pack Cat.Nos Socket Number of
modules
Sockets ISI marked, as per latest IS1293:2005 5/50 6730 48 16 A Switched socket 3
Sockets delivered in unscrewed condition.
Stripping template provided on sockets.
Number of
modules
20/200 6731 41 6/16 A 2 pin 1
Euro US socket
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 353
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxand regulators - black
dimmer xxxxxxxxand accessories - black
switches
6731 25 6731 36
Pack Cat.Nos Dimmers & regulators
Pack Cat.Nos Skirting light Number of
modules
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding 1/5/25 6731 36 Skirting Light 3
screwdriver with white LED
Stripping template for stripping exact length of
insulation
ISI marked as per IS11037:1984
Captive screws Number of Number of
modules Bell indicator modules
1/5/50 6731 24 Rotary dimmer 400 W 1 20/200 6731 33 Bell Indicator- 240 V A 1
Buzzer Number of
modules
1/10
6731 26 Compact Fluo
Lamp Dimmer
2 20/200 6731 34 Buzzer - 230 V A 1
sound level 72 dB
(Universal load) at 1 meter distance
1/5/50 6731 27 Fan step regulator 100 W 1
Sensor Number of
modules
1/10/100 6731 29 Fan step regulator 100 W 2 1/10 6731 32 Infra red Sensor - 300 W 2
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
354 Red catalogue numbers : new products
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
access control - black
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
sockets and connectors - black
hospitality functions
6731 50
Pack Cat.Nos Key fobe switch Number of
Pack Cat.Nos TV socket
modules
1/10 6731 37 15 A key fob switch Monobloc Compatible with reception of antenna, satellite and
with timedelay 30 sec. with plate- cable network signals 9.5 mm connector TV
supplied without key fob. 2 modules female for co-axial cable
Cat.No 6731 38 Number of
1/10/100 6730 38 Only key fob for modules
switch above 20/200 6731 50 TV Socket 1
"Do not distrub" indicator 10/100 6731 51 TV/Sat/FM 2
and internal control unit shielded sockets
Enables the clients to inform hotel staff 0 - 2400 MHz
of the room status
Two settings:
Do not disturb Data & voice Number of
modules
Number of
Clean the room modules
Indicator (external unit) 20/200 6731 52 RJ 11 Telephone Socket 1
10/100 6731 39 to be installed on the 1+1 with transparent shutter
corridor, displays the
status supply with lamps
20/200 6731 53 RJ 11 Double Telephone 1
"DND control unit" (internal unit) Socket with shutter
10/100 6731 40 Allow the user to select 1+1
choose the options
supplied with lamps 20/200 6731 54 UTP Cat 5e 1
RJ 45 information outlets
Shaver socket
20/200 6731 55 UTP Cat 6 1
Accept European, British, American and Australian
2 pin plugs 10/100 6731 56 UTP Cat 6 2
In-built thermal protection, disconnects supply
above 20 VA
Supplied complete with screw caps with inbuilt IP 24
protection transformer enhancing safety.
Fits on 4 module Flush box Number of
modules
1/5/20 6731 49 Shaver socket Monobloc
110/240 V - 50/60 Hz with plate-
4 modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 355
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx and controllers - black
connectors xxxxxxxx and accessories - black
protectors
Pack Cat.Nos Audio & video connector Number of Pack Cat.Nos Motor starter Number of
modules modules
1/10 6731 57 3 x female RCA 1 1/10/100 6731 30 16 A Motor Starter 2
For composite video &
stereo, audio connection
of a DVD drive, camera,
video conference. 1/10/100 6731 31 25 A Motor Starter 2
10/100 6731 58 3 pole XLR sockets 2
For stereo connection of
any peripheral,
microphone, VSP Number of
mixing console. modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
356 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
MyriusTM
More is on.
Be it a couple of extra zeroes to a pay cheque or one more holiday to the list.
Be it one more pair of shoes to the collection or just requesting for one more
song at a party. Its natural for humans to always expect something more.
NEW
Introducing a new range of plates with unique features & flawless designs, Myrius perfectly
defines aestheticism. This range includes two shades; grainy matte black and a glossy white
that suits any decor. Also, the designs are crafted with sheer perfection that create an ambience
in itself.
Cover plates selection chart (p. 360) Cover plates selection chart (p. 360)
Pack Cat.Nos White plates with frame
Pack Cat.Nos Black plates with frame
Superior finish, screwless curved look. Superior finish, screwless curved look.
Supported by metal frame behind for solid strength. Supported by metal frame behind for solid strength.
Possible to adjust in horizontal or vertical direction, Possible to adjust in horizontal or vertical direction,
when flush box is tilted. when flush box is tilted.
Supplied with 30 mm long screws for perfect fixing if Supplied with 30 mm long screws for perfect fixing if
wall box is overflushed wall box is overflushed
Dimensions (mm) Dimensions (mm)
HxW HxW
20/200 6732 01 1 module 86 x 86 20/200 6732 21 1 module 86 x 86
20/200 6732 02 2 modules 86 x 86 20/200 6732 22 2 modules 86 x 86
10/100 6732 03 3 modules 86 x 121 10/100 6732 23 3 modules 86 x 121
10/100 6732 04 4 modules 86 x 146 10/100 6732 24 4 modules 86 x 146
5/50 6732 06 6 modules 86 x 224 5/50 6732 26 6 modules 86 x 224
5/50 6732 08 8 modules (Horizontal) 86 x 245 5/50 6732 28 8 modules (Horizontal) 86 x 245
5/25 6732 09 8 modules (4 x 2) 172 x 146 5/25 6732 29 8 modules (4 x 2) 172 x 146
1/10 6732 12 12 modules 172 x 224 1/10 6732 32 12 modules 172 x 224
1/10 6732 16 16 modules 172 x 227 1/10 6732 36 16 modules 172 x 227
1/10 6732 18 18 modules 240 x 224 1/10 6732 38 18 modules 240 x 224
New white plates with frame# New black plates with frame#
20/200 6732 11 1 Module plate + Frame 20/200 6732 31 1 Module plate + Frame
20/200 6732 42 2 Module plate + Frame 20/200 6732 82 2 Module plate + Frame
10/100 6732 13 3 Module plate + Frame 10/100 6732 33 3 Module plate + Frame
10/100 6732 14 4 Module plate + Frame 10/100 6732 34 4 Module plate + Frame
5/50 6732 66 6 Module plate + Frame 5/50 6732 86 6 Module plate + Frame
5/50 6732 68 8 Module plate + Frame ( Horizontal) 5/50 6732 88 8 Module plate + Frame (Horizontal)
5/25 6732 69 8 Module plate + Frame (4 x 2) 5/25 6732 89 8 Module plate + Frame (4 x 2)
1/10 6732 62 12 Module plate + Frame 1/10 6732 92 12 Module plate + Frame
1/10 6732 56 16 Module plate + Frame 1/10 6732 96 16 Module plate + Frame
1/10 6732 58 18 Module plate + Frame 1/10 6732 98 18 Module plate + Frame
# The new plate range will be introduced shortly. # The new plate range will be introduced shortly.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
358 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
flush mounting boxes xxxxxxxx
surface mounting boxes
Sliding
clamp for
vertical
adjustment
6890 07 6890 09
6890 10
6890 11
6890 12 6733 02 6733 04
Cover plates selection chart (p. 360) Cover plates selection chart (p. 360)
Pack Cat.Nos Flush Dimensions (mm)
HxWxD
Pack Cat.Nos Surface Dimensions (mm)
HxWxD
mounting boxes mounting boxes
40 6890 07 1/2 modules 76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0 10/50 6733 02 1 module 86 x 86 x 45
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 359
pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
selection chart
selection of boxes, mechanisms and plates
White Black
H x W x D H x W x D
3 modules
3 x 1 module
2 + 2 modules
4 x 1 module
360
pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
rotary dimmers 650 W
100 - 240
Vac 2 x 2.5 mm2
50Hz
Indicator wiring
Description
In this wiring,
Led lamp lits up only when the switch is made ON, indicating that
electric supply is ON.
Important
Transformer losses should be taken into account in the power
calculation.
Locator wiring Transformers should be loaded to more than 60 % of their capacity.
In this wiring, Led lamp is always illuminated showing the switch If the wiring diagrams are not complied with,or if the values shown in
location in a dark area. the table are exceeded (voltage, power,temperature, frequency), or
if the power is too low and causes the light to blink,the fitting could
Wiring diagram of 650W rotary dimmer be severly damaged.
Important
There is a switch for the rated voltage on the upper right corner of
the base.
It must be set in the position corresponding to the used voltage.
-On 230 V if the rated voltage used is 230 V, or
-On 127 V if the rated voltage used is 127 V.
361
MyriusTM MyriusTM
emergency light bell indicator
emergency light
Connection
OFF
2
A
IP 20 2 Lumen 1 hr
2 x BYD
C
2/3 AAA
2,4V - 0,2 Ah
B
A
+
- + -
+
Volume controller
Cat.Nos 6730 33/6731 33
REG
IP
44 L
LOAD
50
mm
N
44
IP
Audio
Speaker Amplifier
Date
Datum
xx. xxx 2007
Date
Datum
Fecha
S1 S2 A2 A1
OK
24 h Bell call indicator
Cat.Nos 6730 33/6731 33
44 44
IP IP
44 44
OFF
IP IP
1h IP
44 OK
44
IP
<1h IP
44
362
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
buzzer xxxxxxxxsensor - 300 W
infrared
Option
Call indicator Call control Buzzer
A B E
STOP
Red
Wiring
B A D C E
1 1 100 - 240 1 x 2.5 mm2
L L L V AC 2 x 2.5 mm2
2 2 50 Hz
Bedroom Corridor
Mounting with a switch
1
BIP
STOP 2
1 2
2- Instruction : Please clean up
BIP
STOP
2 Mounting with offset push button
1
Don't disturb Please clean up
1 2
3- No call
1
BIP
STOP 2
BIP
STOP
363
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxsensor - 300 W
infrared
Settings
Operation
Precautions of use
! Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the product's specific mounting location.
Do not open up, dismantle, alter or modify the device except where
specifically required to do so by the instructions. All Legrand
products must beopened and repaired exclusively by personnel
trained and approved by LEGRAND. Any unauthorised opening or
repair completely cancels all liabilities and the rights to replacement
and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.
364
Myrius
0000000000000000000000000000000000000
pour exemple
TM
XXXXXXxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
remote control switch
Utilization
a b c d e
240 V AC
50Hz
1. Incandescent bulbs.
2. Halogen lamp 230 V A
3. Low voltage halogen lamps.
Battery type 4. Fluorescent tube light.
5. 120 Watts Ceiling Fan (OFF + 10 Variable speed steps)
Button Cell - CR 2032 3 V
Description
! Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
Infrared receiver and controller unit. preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the products specific mounting location.
Do not open up, dismantle, alter or modify the device except where
specifically required to do so by the instructions. All Legrand
products must be opened and repaired exclusively by personnel
trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels all
liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.
365
0000000000000000000000000000000000000
MyriusTM xxxxxxxx
key fob switch
Operation
Characteristics
Utilization
230 V
50 Hz
Max. 1800 W 800 W 400 VA 800 VA
Important
For load higher than indicated in the above table, use a contactor.
366
pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
TV/SAT/FM socket
! Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation
and use can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of products specific mounting location.
Do not open up, dismantle, alter or modify the device except where
specifically required to do so by the instructions,
All Legrand products must be opened and repaired exclusively by
personnel trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels all
liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.
367
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
RJ 11 xxxxxxxx
RJ 45
U/UTP F/UTP
1 1
SF/UTP
2 3
1
4
1 2 3
368
MyriusTM Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
RJ 45 xxxxxxxx
audio video connector
n Technical data
Cat.Nos 6730 57 - 6731 57
1 2
AV connector
6 6
Wiring diagram
1 2
7 3 4
! Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the products specific mounting location.
Do not open up, dismantle, alter or modify the device except where
specifically required to do so by the instructions. All Legrand
products must be opened and repaired exclusively by personnel
trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels all
liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.
369
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
audio video connector audio video connector
xxxxxxxx
2 3
1 2
3 4
! Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation
and use can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of products specific mounting location. 1 2
Do not open up, dismantle, alter or modify the device except where
specifically required to do so by the instructions,
All Legrand products must be opened and repaired exclusively by
personnel trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels all
liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.
3 4
5 6
370
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
audio video connector
1 C
! Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
E preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the products specific mounting location.
Do not open up, dismantle, after or modify the device except where
specifically required to do so by the instructions. All Legrand
products must
be opened and repaired exclusively by personnel trained and
approved by Legrand. Any unauthorized opening or repair
completely cancels all liabilities and
the rights to replacement and guarantees. Use only Legrand
accessories.
371
Myrius
pour exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx pour
Myrius
exemple
TM
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
VSP xxxxxxxx
RCBO
230 V~
Up 1 kV
IL 10A
I max (8/20). 4 kA
Installation Method
Load
! Make sure the power supply is disconnected before any
intervention. Strictly comply with instructions for installation and use.
Operation
Recommendation
Regularly check that the green LED is on.
-When LED is off, change the product
! Safety Instructions
This product should be installed preferably by a qualified electrician.
Incorrect installation and use can entail risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the products specific mounting location.
Do not open up the device. All Legrand products must be exclusively
opened and repaired by personnel trained and approved by
LEGRAND. Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels
all liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Only use genuine accessories.
372
www.legrand.co.in
Click to
discover us
Legrand (India) - provides all information regarding the groups philosophy, products, organisation etc.
Products and solutions - complete information about our range of products for residential, commercial and
industrial markets.
Downloads - download catalogues and brochures.
MylincTM
wiring devices
p. 382
White modular
surrounds
Wiring
Devices
Solutions
with Mylinc TM
374
p. 378 p. 379 p. 379 p. 380
Dimmers and Energy sockets and TV and RJ 11 White modular
regulators power unit telephone sockets plates
and accessories
p. 383 p. 383
Flush boxes Surface boxes
375
Smart in Design
Smart in colours
Superior finish, screwless, bounded corners, dust proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame behind,
with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal adjustment facility.
376
MylincTM
A touch of little
genius
MylincTM is a complete range of modular wiring
accessories. Switches and sockets designed and
1 lac operations made in India, keeping everyones requirements in
mind. Whether its safety, reliability, convenience
or beauty; MylincTM offers it all.
Switches are ISI marked as per the latest IS 3854:1997 Conforming to IS 11037
Silver plated screw terminals
Linc-LocTM Inter locking mechanisms for perfect alignment.
Laser marking. Pack Cat.Nos Dimmers and fan regulators Number of
modules
Dimmer with off and gradual dimming
Pack Cat.Nos Switches Number of
modules
6 A - *230 V A 1/10/100 6755 30
Fan regulator
100 W, Humfree, 0-4 steps
2
20/200 6755 01 6 A one-way SP switch 1
1/5/50 6755 31 For regulator 1
20/200 6755 02 6 A two-way SP switch 1 100W, Humfree, 0-4 step
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
378 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
mechanisms
: xxxxxxx Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
mechanisms
: xxxxxxx
energy sockets
xxxxxxxx low voltage sockets,
xxxxxxxx
power unit TV socket, RJ 11 telephone socket and
accessories
20/200 6755 44 Double RJ 11 Telephone Socket 1
10/100
6755 52 Universal socket 2
6 A - 2/3 pin combined
20/200 6755 45 RJ 45 Cat 6 computer socket 1
20/200 6755 53 Euro-us-socket 1
6/16 A - 2 pin
20/200 6755 47 RJ 45 Cat 5e computer socket 1
10/100 6755 55 6/16 A - 3 pin combined 2
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 379
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
plates: xxxxxxx Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
plates: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxwhite plates
modular xxxxxxxxcolour plates
modular
6755 69 6756 04
10 6755 72 For 12 modules 172 x 224 5/25 6756 08 For 12 modules 172 x 224
(2 row x 2 column x 3)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
380 Red catalogue numbers : New products
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
plates: xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxcolour plates
modular xxxxxxxx
6756 12 6756 22
6756 14 6756 24
Pack Cat.Nos Modular colour plates Pack Cat.Nos Modular colour plates
Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust
proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame
behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal
adjustment facility. Dimensions adjustment facility. Dimensions
(mm) (mm)
HxW HxW
Bronze finish Grey finish
10/100 6756 12 For 3 modules 86 x 121 10/100 6756 22 For 3 modules 86 x 121
10/100 6756 13 For 4 modules 86 x 146 10/100 6756 23 For 4 modules 86 x 146
5/50 6756 14 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 224 5/50 6756 24 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 224
5/50 6756 15 For 8 modules 86 x 245 5/50 6756 25 For 8 modules 86 x 245
5/25 6756 16 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146 5/25 6756 26 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146
5/25 6756 18 For 12 modules 172 x 224 5/25 6756 28 For 12 modules 172 x 224
5/25 6756 19 For 18 modules 240 x 224 5/25 6756 29 For 18 modules 240 x 224
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 381
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
plates: xxxxxxx Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
surrounds
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxcolour plates
modular xxxxxxxx
white modular surrounds
6756 34 6755 89
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
382 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Mylinc
pour exemple
TM
boxes: xxxxxxx pour
Mylinc
exemple
TM
boxes: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
flush boxes xxxxxxxx
surface boxes
Sliding
clamp for
vertical
adjustment
6890 07 6890 09
6733 03 6733 04
6890 10
Pack Cat.Nos Flush boxes for MylincTM plate Pack Cat.Nos Surface boxes for MylincTM plate
Factory made metal sheet enclosure Factory made enclosure
top, bottom, side and back wall knockout for conduit offwhite shade
entry from any direction. top, bottom and back wall knockout for conduit
Possible to break open knockout without anyspecial entry / casing caping.
tool. Dimensions (mm) Possible to break open knockout without any special
HxWxD tool.
Dimensions (mm)
HxWxD
40 6890 07 1 or 2 module 76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0
10/50 6733 02 1/2 modules 86 x 86 x 45
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : New products 383
for example xxxxxxx P.392-394
xxxxxxxx Floor box
screed &
raised floor
Floor system:
raised access floor
and screed floor P.429-431
Raceways &
junction boxes
for screed floor
P.436-457
Pop-up
Connection boxes
P.457-458
Snap-on
LCS systems
2
trunking
P.406-407
Soluflex
Selection charts
Cable
Management
Solutions
384
P.395-398 P.399-402 P.403 P. 408-409
Screed & raised Floor boxes Floor Soluflex
floor boxes for tiles access unit
for carpet for raised floor
385
1 | SOLUFLEX FLOOR SYSTEM
Soluflex floor box tile allows
installation of full backbox or
modular backbox. G A
F
Minimum floor height: 90 mm. B
C D
386
A
B
Stainless steel insert
lid and trim Floor boxes
C Wiring devices plates
Simplicity and flexibility: the same lid and trim,
D 3 modules
E Support frame
the same socket outlets and the same wiring
F Grommet see device supports are compatible with any type of
G Soluflex floor system Legrand floor systems.
A carpet
B lid and frame
C Wiring devices plates
D Full backbox
0896 83
Floor box without cable exit - IP 66 +
+
- 8 KN Load
0896 85
Screed floor
0896 84
Floor box without cable exit - IP 66 +
+
- 20 KN Load
0896 85
0896 87 +
+
0896 87
+
Floor box with cable exit -
0896 86
IP 14 - 20 KN Load
+ +
0896 84
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
388 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
for example xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Back box Support plates for power Waved support plate for data Plates for data
0896 49 - - -
0896 34 - - -
0896 34 - - -
0896 34 - - -
0896 34
- - - -
- - - -
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 389
METal HandlE and locKinG SYSTEM
for easy handling and securing access
roUndEd cornErS
390
Lid and trim
FlEXiBlE caBlE EXiTS
for carpet
for maximum protection of cables
Lid and trim common to all floor types
Simple to use and fast implementation, the oor boxes for carpet
can be installed both on raised access and concrete oors.
lEVErS
for easier handling and removal
for installing on carpet
caBlE GUidES
Material characteristics
The floor boxes are on plastic PC/ABS RAL 7031.
Temperature of use of transport and storage: -5 C/+60 C
Conforms to standard NF EN 60.670-1
IP 20/IK07
0896 44 Grey color RAL 7031
Technical information
Compression test, 500N / 1 cm during 1 min :
Comply with norm CEI 60670-23 (2004)
No degradation after 10000 opening/closing
For restoration in the presence of a technical floor low depth or for
concrete (height 80 mm)
To be equiped with 2 module Arteor sockets & 1 module data or
switch
0896 49
2 covers of independent exit for the cables current low and high
tension current
Conform to EN 50 085 - 2.2 and EN 60670-23
Flat and simple installation
Compatible with raised floor and screed floor system Dimensions
Under floor boxes 3 modules:
Pack Cat.Nos Floor service outlet boxes - 3 modules
Cat.No 0896 44
ccess units for raised or concrete floor (minimum
A
110
height 80 mm)
1 0896 44 Floor service outlet box - 3 modules.
Grey RAL 7031. To be Equipped with Arteor
5.5
Mechanism
1 0896 49 Flush mounting box for concrete for Cat.No 0896 44
65
85
18
Cat.No 0896 49
94
76
51
22.5
136
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
392 Red catalogue numbers : new products
floor boxes 3 modules
for screed floor and raised floor
1
CLACK!
80 min.
In concrete floor
With flush-mounting box Cat.No 0896 49
80 min.
CLACK!
80 min.
393
floor boxes for carpet NEW
raised floor and screed floor
+
6896 38 6896 38 + 6896 31
6896 34 + 6896 31
with WD**
=
6896 38 + 6896 31 Flexible cable exits
with WD* 6896 34
Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes for raised floor Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes for screed floor
Full backbox for raised floor Full backbox for screed floor
1 6896 38 3 compartments (264 x 264 mm). 1 6896 34 3 compartments (325 x 325 mm). Accepts PVC and
Height 86 mm. metal screed floor raceways and conduits with Dia20
Backbox to be connected and 25 mm. Auto adjustable to screed height 65 to
to trunking with flexible conduits. 90 mm
Lid & trim Lid & trim
5 6896 31 for 3 compartment floor box 5 6896 31 for 3 compartment floor box
Grey cover RAL 7031 with flexible Grey cover RAL 7031 with flexible
cable exits. Size 265 mm x 265 mm cable exits. Size 265 mm x 265 mm
Support plates for floor boxes 77 mm Support plates for floor boxes
width plate 77 mm width plate
12 6896 62 Blank plates for floor box. To cover of 12 6896 62 Blank plates for floor box. To cover of
an unused compartment. an unused compartment.
1 6896 17 Flat support plate 8 module for 1 6896 17 Flat support plate 8 module
integration of Myrius/Arteor mechanisms for integration of Myrius/Arteor
mechanisms
4 6896 78 Waved support plates.
For 4 modules 4
6896 78 Waved support plates.
(2 x 2 modules) For 4 modules
(2 x 2 modules)
Stainless steel insert for lid
*Floor box raised floor with support plates & wiring devices
** Floor box screed floor with support plates & wiring devices For a metal finish on lid. To be used
instead of fitting carpet onto the lid
10 6896 92 For 3 compartment floor boxes
dimension : 245.5 x 210 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
394 Red catalogue numbers : new products
lid and trim
for carpet floor boxes
n Application n Functions
Lid and trim can be used for all applications: screed and raised Lid & trim
access floor systems. It allows a uniform finish within the project
Flexible cable exits
Cat.No 6896 31
Flexible cable exits: maximum cable capacity 4 cables
7 mm + 3 cables 11 mm. Both systems provide maximum protection
for cables. Flexible exit does not require closing when not in use.
Raised floor
Reversible lid
The lid is reversible (180) to adapt to office furniture reconfiguration
180
Screed floor
395
lid and trim
for carpet floor boxes
To fit carpet, pull the levers on both sides to take out the lid and trim
n Dimension
Lid & trim
Maximum cable capacity 4 cables 7 mm + 3 cables 11 mm
X Y
B
A
Push the lid and trim back on to the backbox The trim will adjust to the
carpet thickness
41
8 mm
15 mm max.
4.5 mm
Cat.No X Y A B
6896 31 280 280 245.5 210
3 compartments
Grey RAL 7031
396
floor box for carpet
raised floor
n System overview
A Floor box (full backbox + lid and trim) Socket outlets and data sockets plates to be ordered separately
E F
A
C
B
A
A B C D
Cat.No (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) No compartment
6896 38 263 263 48 86 3
n Installation principle
8 mm
15 mm
max.
11188
ax
mm
10
11188
Cut raised access floor tiles according to On trunking, remove knockouts to fit flexible Fit the floor covering (carpet,...) and clip the
backbox size and earth the system conduit. Fix the wiring accessory plates. lid and trim onto the backbox (push and fit
(minimum every 10 meters) Earth the system principle)
397
floor boxes for carpet
screed floor
G E
D C F
B A
A Raceways F Riser
B Coupler G Floor box (back-box + lid and
C Junction box trim)
Socket outlets and data
D Fixing bracket socket plates to be ordered
E Vertical trunking such as DLP separately
Lock the frame onto the backbox by pushing down clips onto the
threaded rods in each corner.
n Backbox Cat.Nos 6896 34 and 0896 04
The backbox should be fixed directly on the slab.
The backbox has to be equipped with wiring accessory plates and lid
& trim.
The backbox allows deviation of power and data cable:
Adjustable height from 65 to 90mm.
Side plates are pierced to suit raceways and are supplied with
knockouts to fit conduits (20 or 25mm diameter).
Backboxes consist of a base, levelling system and a disposable cover
protection
Base
Dimensions
Backbox (mm):
Cat.Nos X Y Z
6896 34 / 0896 04 325 325 90
Fit carpet and clip the lid and trim onto the backbox (push and fit
principle)
V
8 mm
15 mm
Z max.
Y X
U
W
398
floor boxes for tile NEW
screed floor
6896 62
6896 17
6896 56 + 0896 04 6896 56 with cable exit 0896 04 + 6896 55* 6896 78
Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes for tile / marble Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes for tile / marble (continued)
ackbox for screed floor
B Support plates for floor boxes
1 0896 04 For installation of floor box 77 mm width plate
Cat.No 6896 52 for screed floor 12 6896 62 Blank plates for floor box. To cover of an
system. Screed thickness 65 to 90 mm unused compartment.
Lid & trim for tiles / marble 1 6896 17 Flat support plate 8 module for
1 6896 52 Double cable outlet (stainless steel 304 integration of Myrius/Arteor mechanisms
lid & trim) 4 6896 78 Waved support plates.
Edge trim for tile 15 to 22 mm thickness For 4 modules
To be installed in backbox (2 x 2 modules)
Cat.No 0896 04 for screed floor system.
1 6896 55 Single cable outlet (powder coated head
band & cable outlet)
Edge trim for tile 8 to 15 mm thickness.
To be installed in backbox
Cat.No 0896 04 for screed floor system.
1 6896 56 Single cable outlet (stainless steel 304
head band & cable outlet)
Edge trim for tile 8 to 15 mm thickness.
To be installed in backbox
Cat.No 0896 04 for screed floor system.
65
Dimensions (in mm)
Headband
Cable outlet :
Opening handle Maximum cable capacity
X 4 cables 7mm + 3 cables 11mm
Provides maximum protection for cables and strength.
h
A B
65/90 mm
Y
Dimensions (mm):
Cat.Nos X Y A B
Total screed thickness has to be between 65 and 90 mm 6896 55/56 264 264 57 47
Locking system
The floor box can be locked by means of a locking system on the lid
(hidden under the opening handle)
For safety reasons, floor box should not be locked when in use
Full metal rigid cable exits: Maximum cable capacity 4 cables 7 mm +
3 cables 11 mm Provides maximum protection for cables and strength
B
A
Cat.No X Y A B
6896 52 264 264 64 54
Material of floor boxes for tiles / marble: stainless steel material AISI 304.
400
floor boxes for tile
for screed floor
n Installation process
65
To remove the lid from the trim, hold it under an angle of Remove site cover protection from backbox
approximately 65 and pull it out
Place the trim onto the threaded rods Make a rough adjustment to finished floor level by turning threaded
rods in each corner with a screw driver
65
Make final adjustment to finished floor level by turning threaded rods Push the lid back in place by holding it under an angle of
in each corner with a screw driver approximately 65
401
for example
heavy duty in-screed
xxxxxxx floor box NEW heavy duty in-screed floor box
xxxxxxxx
IP 66, for screed floor
Junction box
0896 34 + 0896 83 + 0896 85 0896 34 + 0896 83 + 0896 86 + 0896 87 with plain cover
Cat.No 0896 85
Metal backbox
For highly frequented areas, requiring important mechanical resistance Cat.No 0896 34
and/or washing down
Conform to standard EN 60-670 and EN 50 085-2-2
e o 8Technical
9307a data
0893 07
h
1/10 0893 07 Box made of 2 parts : aluminium and polyester with
neoprene joint3 20 mm outgoings
Dimensions : 145 mm x 60 mm depth
Cut-out dimensions : 127 mm
Frame dimensions : 144 mm
The specially designed rubber jaws keep the cables
secure and prevents accidental disconnection
Cabling / conduit not supplied
25 mm < h < 50 mm
1
1
Cable
e 0 8 9 3from
0 7 office multi-outlet extension
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products 403
SUSTainaBlE dEVEloPMEnT
constructed from galvanized steel tiles and polypropylene
supports, Soluflex requires no specialized equipment
or labour, no fixing and no glue for installation
Perfect compatibility
with legrands market leading
cable management solutions
and wiring devices...
4 SUPPorT HEiGHTS
37, 60, 90 120 mm for easy
Vdi cable installation,
cablofil wire mesh
404
Soluflex
cable floor system
quick and easy to
install
Soluflex is an innovative and time saving low-
level raised floor system engineered for ultimate
flexibility of the office environment. Perfectly
adapted for both renovation and new buildings.
Soluflex creates well-organised, multifunctional
rooms to provide users with required number
of connection points. It is no longer necessary
to decide on connection point location at design
stage. Cabling can be carried out anywhere under
the entire floor and the location of connections can
be determined at any stage. Cablofil wire mesh is
a complementary solutions for distributing power
and data.
FLOOR PARTS
Height Tile Support Double edge plate Single edge plate Plenum sealing Plenum exterior
(mm) angle
Height Built-in Built-in Fully submerged power unit Fully submerged data unit
(mm) power unit data unit
37 84037 50 84037 51
60 84060 72 84060 73
90
120
406
for example xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Ramp Earthing tile Cable outlet Chrome outlet Accessory outlet tile Fixing bracket
tile grommet
Floor box tile Backbox + lid and trim Outlet tile Mini-column
3 compartments
84000 40
84090 82
84090 82
407
for example
Soluflex cable
xxxxxxx
floor system NEW
37 mm height
xxxxxxxx
Built-in units
Cable outlet tile Cat.Nos 84037 50/51
Cat.No 84000 30
Plenum exterior angle
Cat.No 84037 30
Plenum sealing Outlet tile
Cat.No 84037 20 Cat.No 84000 40
Support for tile
Cat.No 84037 00 Ramp
Cat.No 84037 40
Floor tiles manufactured from Pre-galvanised sheet, steel in accordance with BS EN 10326
Dimensions of Tile 225 m x 225 m
The supports are made of polypropylene. inflammability class B2 according to DIN 4102
4 different heights: 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
Weight of the Soluflex cable floor system: approx. 20 kg per m2
Thickness: 2 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
408 Red catalogue numbers : new products
for example
Soluflex cable
xxxxxxx
floor system NEW
60 mm height
xxxxxxxx
Floor tiles manufactured from pre-galvanised sheet, steel in accordance with BS EN 10326
Dimensions of tile 225 m x 225 m
The supports are made of polypropylene. inflammability class B2 according to DIN 4102
4 different heights: 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
Weight of the Soluflex cable floor system: approx. 20 kg per m2
Thickness: 2 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products 409
for example
Soluflex cable
xxxxxxx
floor system NEW
90 mm height
xxxxxxxx
Floor tiles manufactured from pre-galvanised sheet, steel in accordance with BS EN 10326
Dimensions of tile 225 m x 225 m
The supports are made of polypropylene. inflammability class B2 according to DIN 4102
4 different heights: 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
Weight of the Soluflex cable floor system: approx. 20 kg per m2
Thickness: 2 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
410 Red catalogue numbers : new products
for example
Soluflex cable
xxxxxxx
floor system NEW
120 mm height
xxxxxxxx
Floor tiles manufactured from pre-galvanised sheet, steel in accordance with BS EN 10326
Dimensions of tile 225 m x 225 m
The supports are made of polypropylene. inflammability class B2 according to DIN 4102
4 different heights: 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
Weight of the Soluflex cable floor system: approx. 20 kg per m2
Thickness: 2 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products 411
Soluflex cable floor system
n Safety
Safety against short circuits : Soluflex is earthed (as long as 1 earthing
tile is installed per 100 m2)
Fire resistance: due to its low plenum height Soluflex is
self-extinguishing
Tested according to BS EN 13501-1, class B (fl) S1
n TNO-fire
Fire propagation
Its low plenum height enables the cable floor system to be
self-extinguishing
N 13501-1
E
B(fl) S1
NEN 1775
A - Inflammability - complies with the class
T1 criteria for inflammability
B-H orizontal fire propagation: all heights
maximum horizontal fire propagation = 0 cm, which implies a
critical density of heat flow of more than 11 kW/m2
Classification according to NEN 1775: Class T1
NEN 6066
With (highest) heat flow supply of 50 kW/m2 :
(highest) normative smoke density smaller than 05 m-1, which is very
little smoke production in case of fire
DIN 4102
Resistance to fire in accordance with DIN 4102 Class B1
412
Soluflex cable floor system
225
225
225 13
225 13
125
84060 00
225
58 15
84090 00 88
225 13
18
Double edge plate Cat.No 84000 60
28
62
76
3,2
21
900 13
Outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40
4
6
300
225 13
Plenum sealing 33
13
4
Cat.Nos H (mm)
1
84037 20 37
35
84060 20 60
56
84090 20 90
84120 20 120
900 H
84090 30 90
84120 30 120
12 56
Ramp
Cat.Nos H (mm) L (mm)
10%
13
84037 40 37 400
84060 40 60 616
H
L 84090 40 90 898
84120 40 120 1181
112
413
Soluflex cable floor system Soluflex cable floor system
accessory installation
n Dimensions n Installation
Built-in Arteor unit for 37 mm height cable floor system With mini-column
Power pole with accessory outlet tile and fixing bracket
225
225
71
37
103
58
103
450 27
414
Soluflex cable floor system Soluflex cable floor system
accessory installation
Start in the corner of the room and click the tiles into the supports
Leave a 10 mm gap between the wall and tile to allow for expansion
Continue to build the floor like this and cut fitting tiles or edge plates to
size for final fitting against the wall
You are now ready to open the cable routes using your cabling plan
Make sure that the cables are not placed under proposed locations of
filing cabinets or other furniture as this limits flexibility
Now place the power track or cables into the cable routes, taking into
account any extra cabling requirements for future flexibility
Fully submerged Arteor data
unit with cable outlet By installing more outlet boxes you will be able to realise extra
connections without interruption later
Earth the cable floor system every 100 m2 by means of an earthing tile
To create islands, install plenum with plenum angles to ensure a neat
finishing of the system
For 90 and 120 mm height cable floor system
The ramp provides a constant transition from an existing floor to the
Floor box lid and trim with floor box tile Soluflex cable floor system
The finished installation can then be covered with rubber, stone, wood
or carpet tiles
Finishing with carpet tiles is advised for true flexibility and accessibility
of the system
415
Arteor office
solutions flexibility
Offices and collective spaces require specific solutions and maximum flexibility:
lighting adapted to each situation (meetings, conference, etc.), access security,
comprehensive multimedia connections. The ArteorTM range meets all these
expectations with perfect adaptability.
Installation data
Total installation
Corner = 90
1 3
Start in a room with a dry, clean and level subfloor from a You are now ready for opening the cable routes using a cabling plan.
square corner and click the tiles into the plastic supports The corners of the tiles have small recesses for lifting them up using,
for example, a screwdriver. Remove the other tile by hand
Every 100 m2 an earthing tile
2 4
Earthen the cable floor system every 100 m by means
2
of an earthing tile
2a 2b 5
Cut fitting tiles or edge finishing to size The Soluflex cable floor system can be finished with e.g. carpet tiles
417
Soluflex cable floor system
mounting instruction service channel H = 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
n Technical data
Local installation
Edge finishing
Plenum sealing
Tile
Support
225mm
X
1 2
3 4
5 6
n Assembly
Place the Soluflex service channel on a dry, clean and even floor area. Equalize the floor area according to the applicable building regulations.
Contact a flooring expert if necessary. A reference sheet is available on request.
Use fastening clamps, when needed, to make the fitting of the channel more secure (5). The number of clamps needed depends on the length
and width of the channel. If you are unsure about this then contact your supplier.
The use of grounding tiles is compulsory (6). The maximum distance between the tiles is 14 m. Contact the technician about the correct placing.
418
Soluflex cable floor system
mounting instruction service channel H = 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm
n Technical data
Local installation
1 2
1 2
Finishing
Cover up the channel entirely after assembly. Use only materials that are suitable for building. A list of materials is available on request.
Before putting on the floor covering, contact a flooring expert.
A reference sheet is available on request.
In use
Remove the covering material, the service channel is now ready to use. Contact a technician if necessary.
419
Floor box for carpet
Riser
Junction box
Backbox
Fixing bracket
Coupler
PVC RACEWAYS
THE ALTERNATIVE TO METAL
SOLUTIONS
Raceways is also available
in a PVC version, with 1 or 3
compartments. Wiring capacity
can be easily increased on site
by clipping together 2 or more
Raceways.
420
desk module
Screed floor
systems
Screed PVC and metallic Raceways are a quick and
easy way to install power and data distribution
throughout screed floors. These systems are
particularly robust and are designed to support
superior loads. Junction boxes and risers allow
easy access when installing cables or for
extensions.
All the accessories are compatible with both PVC
and metal Raceways.
JUncTion BoX
allows cables to be accessed at raceway intersections.
Easier access once the screed has been poured
H H
H = 65 mm H = 90 mm
SidE Wall
with removable and pre cut knockouts
422
Height adjustable
junction boxes
For screed floor
systems
Remain accessible once the screed is poured
for adding new cables and for changing the
lid For carPET / TilE installation. For cable junction and/or installing
height can be adjusted from 65 mm to 90 mm floor boxes. To be installed at the Raceway
intersection.
FlY-oVErS
oPTionS aVailaBlE
to ensure data and
power crossover at 900
KnocKoUTS
side plates provided with knockouts
as per raceways dimensions.
6897 00 + 6897 01
6897 00 6897 01
6895 00 6895 02
0896 67 0896 68
Confirms to EN 50 085 - 2 - 2
Raceways are made from PVC and Galvanised sheet.
Compatible with Cat.6 structured cabling system.
Confirms to EN 50 085 - 2 - 2
Raceways are made from PVC and Galvanised sheet.
Compatible with Cat.6 structured cabling system.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products 425
Raceways system
for screed floor
426
Raceways system
for screed floor
Selection chart
for PVC and metal
Trunkings Cat.Nos 6895 00 to 05, 6895 10 to 15, 0896 67 to 70, 6897 00/01
Trunking 50 x 25 75 x 25 100 x25 150 x 25 225 x 25 300 x 25 50 x 38 75 x 38 100 x 38 150 x 38 225 x 38 300 x 38
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
6895 10 6895 11 6895 12 6895 13 6895 14 6895 15 6895 00 6895 01 6895 02 6895 03 6895 04 6895 05
Metal
Screed system Raceways complies with EN50085-1: 2005 and draft EN50085 Part 2-2.
The above table gives the available capacity units on 45 % factor, applied to the internal wiring area.
427
Raceways accessories for screed floor junction box for screed floor
Dimensions Dimensions
Riser Cat.Nos 6897 23/33 Junction box Cat.Nos 6896 10/11/12/13/14/15/16
The riser allows a change of direction (horizontal to vertical) of the The junction box should be positioned directly on the slab. It provides
Raceways. Conduit or Raceways can be run vertically from the box. access to cables at the intersection of trunkings or changes of
E direction. The junction box allows deviation of power and data cables.
Use for Raceways Cat.Nos Screed height should be between 65 to 90 mm. Junction boxes are
225 x 38 mm PVC or 6897 23
supplied with a base with flyovers and a lid. A disposable cover
metal protection is available as an option. Side plates are pierced to suit
Raceways.
300 x 25 / 38 mm PVC 6897 33
or metal
C D
A
B
Cat.Nos A B C D E B A
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
6897 23 250 89 201 43 52
6897 33 325 89 201 43 52
Dimensions (mm)
Dimensions Cat.Nos A B C
Fixing bracket Cat.Nos 6897 09/10/12/15/20/25/27/28/30/35/37/38 6896 10 252 252 65-90
6896 11/14 325 325 65-90
6896 12/15 402 402 65-90
6896 13/16 500 500 65-90
D E
D E
Cat.Nos D E
Z
428
junction box for screed floor Raceways system for screed floor
+ Lid
Base
Fix risers, junction boxes and backboxes on the slab.
Backbox
A B A B A B A A
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
198 198 287 267 348 348 446 446
A B
B H = 25 mm
The junction box includes a base, flyovers, lid and the disposable H
cover protection. The junction box is designed to suit Raceways
allows cables to be pulled over long distances.
H = 38 mm
429
Raceways system for screed floor
Installation process (continued) Fix Raceways with couplers and fixing brackets
Connect the Raceways to the junction box & fix the knock out to fit the
required Raceway.
0111 88
Execute screeding
H
H
H min. = 65 mm H max. = 90 mm
+
Remove disposable metal cover
430
Raceways system for screed floor
Grid Pattern
A B
A Grid Pattern is widely used in areas where the occupants require the
highest degree of flexibility in reconfiguring workspace. Capacity can
be increased by returning individual ring mains through different runs
of trunking, which in itself allows easier installation.
Fishbone Pattern
The Fishbone Pattern is ideal for a medium sized area where fewer
boxes are required.
Comb Pattern
431
Pop-up boxes
desktop
extension unit
snap-on
mini-column
desktop
extension unit
Pop-up boxes Power and Data Desk Grommet desktop extension unit
432
Power and data
Supplied right to
the desktop
With its new offer of integrated workstation
solutions, Legrand provides users with
functionality, ergonomics, comfort and speed of
installation for various ofce building areas.
Pop-up boxes, power & data desk grommets, desk
modules, flush mounting office modules... integrate
harmoniously in all types of furniture for meeting
rooms, individual or open space offices... Users
are immediately operational. They have at their
fingertips all the power and low current sockets to
connect their equipment. The rich offer of finishes
bring modern aesthetic for a perfect integration into
today office environment.
434
Pop-up
boxes
Our sleek new ergonomically designed pop-up
boxes provide real ease of use and rapid
connection solutions for mobile applications such
as PCs, mobile phones, audio and video systems.
0540 28
0540 23
0540 33
Can be installed in concrete or raised access floors or integrated directly into the furniture (desks, meeting room tables, etc)
Conform to IEC 60670-1, IEC 60670-23 et IEC 60884-1
Pack Cat.Nos Pop-up boxes to be equipped Pack Cat.Nos Installation kits for raised access floors or
table top
Slim design for perfect integration into the floor or
office furniture Include an empty receptacle and fixing brackets for
Soft opening for enhanced comfort and safety raised access floor tiles or table tops
Equipped with "push and slide" locking system to Equipped with cable retainer for power cables, to
avoid accidental opening by feet ensure increased safety of the installation
To be equipped with Arteor/Myrius socket outlets Compatible with:
For installation use the fl ush-mounting boxes for - Cat. 6 data cabling
concrete floors or the kits for raised access floors or - Audio/video cabling
table top 1 0540 05 3 modules
1 0540 07 6 (2 x 3) modules
3 modules 1 0540 06 4 modules
1 0540 10 Matt Aluminium finsih 1 0540 08 8 (2 x 4) modules
1 0540 15 Brushed Brass
1 0540 20 Brushed Stainless Steel finish
6 (2 x 3) modules Flush-mounting boxes for installation in
1 0540 12 Matt Aluminium finsih concrete floors
1 0540 17 Brushed Brass For installation of pop-up floor boxes in concrete
1 0540 22 Brushed Stainless Steel finish floors
4 modules Equipped with knockouts for 20 and 25 mm
1 0540 11 conduits
Matt Aluminium finsih
1 0540 16 Brushed Brass Metal flush-mounting boxes
1 0540 21 Brushed Stainless Steel finish 1 0540 00 3 modules
1 0540 26 Matt Black
1 0540 02 6 (2 x 3) modules
1 0540 31
1 0540 01 4 modules
Glossy White 1 0540 03 8 (2 x 4) modules
8 (2 x 4) modules
1 0540 13 Matt Aluminium finsih
1 0540 18 Brushed Brass
1 0540 23 Brushed Stainless Steel finish
1 0540 28 Matt Black
1 0540 33 Glossy White
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
436 Red catalogue numbers : new products
pop-up type flush-mounting boxes
technical characteristics
n Dimensions Desk
Cover
Pop-up with installation kit for desk or technical floor
C
A B
A
Pop-up size A (mm) B (mm) B D
3 modules 120 120
4 modules 120 142.5 Pop-up size A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm)
6 modules 120 230 3 modules 79.8 92 74.8 96.1
8 modules 120 275 4 modules 102.3 114.5 74.8 96.1
6 modules 189.8 202 74.8 96.1
A D
437
Quick installation ESsential functions within easy reach Clever cable management
Replaces the existing cable outlet 2P+E, RJ 45 and USB sockets to meet the Versions available with reels equipped
(60 < < 80 mm) connection needs of mobile users quickly with retractable RJ 45 and USB cables
and easily
438
Power & data
desk grommets
An ingenious ergonomically designed system that
can be used to provide power, connect to the data
network or recharge a mobile phone.
modeRn finisHes
white, black or stainless steel finishing
plates to match any office environment
Particularly suitable for integration of power, mobile phone charger and data connections into desks.
A solution which integrates access to high/low currents and cellphone charger.
A reliable, durable solution with optimal safety (conform to standard CEI 60884, IK07)
3 finishes available:
Empty unit with plastic parts in white RAL 9003
Empty unit with plastic parts in black RAL 9017 and optional cover plate in stainless steel / black color finish
Pack Cat.Nos Empty power & data desk grommets Pack Cat.Nos Pre-wired modules with retractable cords
To be equipped with Myrius or Arteor socket outlets, For fitting on an empty power & data desktop
Easily retro fitted into a 60 to 80 mm diameter hole in modules (under the table top)
current office desks and workspace table tops Automatic cable rewind when not connected, for an
(by replacing the desk grommet) optimized use of the desk surface
Cover opens to 180 angle to prevent breaking
Cat. 6 FTP
For one 2P+E socket 1 0540 65 Equipped with:
1 0540 70* White RAL 9003, to be equipped with 1 socket - 1.35 m RJ 45 Cat. 6 FTP retractable cord on the
1 0540 71* Black RAL 9017, to be equipped with 1 socket user side and
For one 2P+E socket and USB phone charger - 1 x RJ 45 socket on the installation side
Patch cord for connection to data network to be
Supplied with one USB phone charger output ordered separately
5 V= 750 mA, to be wired
1 0540 72* White RAL 9003 with USB, to be equipped with 1 USB / micro USB
socket 1 0540 67 Equipped with
1 0540 73* Black RAL 9017 with USB, to be equipped with 1 - 1.35 m retractable cord with micro USB connector,
socket on the user side and
- 0.5 m cable with USB connector on the installation
side
80
7.2.2 Classification according to the - Socket-outlets with shutters
existence of shutters 150 mm
Classification according to the - flush type
7.2.3 method of application/mounting of - portable type
the socket-outlet - table type
- fixed socket-outlets where the cover or cover-
7.2.4 Classification according to the plate cannot be removed without displacement
method of installation of the conductors (type B).
- socket-outlets for circuits where a single
7.3.5 Classification according to the earthing circuit provides protective earthing for
intended use connected equipment and exposed conductive
parts of the socket-outlet, if any. 80 mm
150 mm
n MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Blocs desk grommet in ABS, non-flame propagating. 150 mm
n Dimensions
100
20
90
180
250
441
diveRse functionalitY flexibilitY of customisable solutions discReet cuRRent distRibution
mix of high and low current functions desktop extension modules can support different cablol unit can be used to carry power / data
(available in different installation standards) standards for power sockets or innovative functions extension module under the desk & this regular
extension module can act as intermediary for
multi-outlet desktop extension
442
Desktop
modules
Available ready to use or as a customisable
solution, our multi-outlet desktop extensions
provide a high degree of flexibility and ease of use
for both mobile and deskbased users.
These solutions can adapt to any furniture
conguration and are easily installed on the desks
to carry power as close to the user as possible
without having to drill through the furniture.
0535 90 0535 91
0535 99 0535 98
Aluminium extensions with grey end caps RAL 7035. Reversible cable guide for grouping cords of connected devices
Designed to have 450 Slope for easy insertion of angled plug
An ideal solution dedicated to nomadic people and / or satisfy a esthetic needs
Products answering all needs of office users
Possibility to organise cables and plugs through the cable guide (reversible if not used)
A specific accessory allowing to fit the product on the desk in 3 different position
A reliable and secure installation with conformity to NFC 61-314
Index of protection: IK7
Pack Cat.Nos Empty desktop multioutlet extensions Pack Cat.Nos Cable worm
Aluminium extensions with 1 0535 98 2 compartments
cable guide (reversible) Length: 0.75 m
To be equipped with White colour
Arteor sockets Very suitable solution for a safe and
1 0535 90 8 modules design protection of the cabling between
1 0535 91 12 modules desk and floor
1 0535 92 16 modules
Accessories
Fixing accessory
5 0535 99 Fixing accessory to clip on desktop
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
444 Red catalogue numbers : new products
desktop and meeting rooms multi outlet extensions
n Dimensions 40 mm
1 < < 8 mm
C
B
Products are delivered with cable tightener
1 < < 8 mm 8 < < 18 mm
Cat.Nos A (mm) B (mm) C (mm)
0535 90 277 114 75
0535 91 367 114 75
0535 92 457 114 75
8 < < 18 mm
n Fixing accessory Cat.No 0535 99
Multi-position fixing device:
1 - On the desk
2 - Under the desk
3 - Along the desk
4 - On the desk leg
Allow fitting on a desk To fit a second cable, take out the part as shown above
Material : Zamak (stainless steel color)
445
Customisable functions High-quality finish
Modular functions can be adapted to suit requirements A neat and attractive solution which integrates discreetly
into the surrounding decor
446
Flush mounting
office modules
Flush-mounting ofce modules can be installed
unobtrusively in any ofce furniture and congured
according to the needs of the user.
This integrated solution provides all high and low
current connections within easy reach ensuring
maximum user comfort.
n Application
Flush mounting power & data modules can be installed in dry
supports such as :
- partition walls (fixed or mobile) in offices
- in office furniture (horizontally or vertically)
0535 64 with WD
Aready to embed solution for all dry support with thickness between 3 and
25 mm.
Conform to standard NFC 61-314 which ensures saftey of the user
Aesthetic product (no visible screw), thickness of 6mm only.
Product available in 8 and 12 module, with the option of configuring power
sockets, data, AV, protection etc.
3 Finishes; white/ black and aluminium
Note: Connection (for power and data) can be done in both sides
according to the constraint of the installation site.
n INSTALLATION
Cat.Nos 0535 60/61/62/63/64/65
With screws/clamps : Fixes itself on the wall (in the plasterboard)
integration in dry wall horizontally or vertically
1 Cut the wall to fix the module
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
448 Red catalogue numbers : new products
flush mounting power & data module
The flush mounting power & data modules are provided with fixation For 8 modules For 12 modules Special
product
end caps making it possible to embed the product directly in the wall
and to ensure the bending radius of the cable Body (mm) 225 315 X
Note:
8 modules for Cat.Nos 0535 60/61/62
12 modules for Cat.Nos 0535 63/64/65
Embed the complete block in the wall and screw until the module gets Dimensions + thickness mini/max:
fixed. 87.5 mm
6 mm
45 mm
66 mm
Lastly, to ensure a perfect finishing, clip the cover plate on each end of
the product.
2 mm
25 mm
n TECNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
X Electrical protection :
Earthing of the body : Earthing is necessary only if the module have
more than one circuit. Multi-outlets to be wired are equipped with
tightener (centres of fixing = 28 mm).
30mm
n MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Z
Product (boby) :
in aluminium (Anodized or White lacquer or Black lacquer)
End caps in ABS grey RAL 7035
Z = X+(2x30) Cover plate in ABS white RAL 9003 or Black RAL 9017 or
Painted Alumic
449
CABLOFIL
WIRE MESH
SNAP-ON
COLUMN
DLP U-PVC/ALUMINIUM
WALL TRUNKING
450
Wall and ceiling
systems
Quick and easy solution to distribute the data and
power through the false ceiling or alongside the
walls.
Both solutions offer perfect nish and match the
decor with smart range of nishing accessories.
To be equipped with Arteor mechanisms.
SNAP-ON COLUMNS
To distribute power and data
through the false ceiling for
supplying 1 to 4 workstations.
Ceiling column aluminium
body is divided into 1 or 2
compartments to provide
optimal separation between
power and data.
Number of Cross-section
Cover width
compartments (mm)
1
45
50 x 80 0756 01 0756 09 0756 61 0756 66 0756 69 0756 11
45
50 x 105 0756 02 0756 09 0756 62 0756 67 0756 69 0756 12
45 45
50 x 130 0756 03 - 0756 61 0756 66 2 x 0756 69 0756 13
45 45
1 0756 66
50 x 145 0756 04 - 0756 63 + 2 x 0756 69 0756 14
2 0756 67
45 45 45
50 x 180 0756 06 - 0756 61 0756 66 3 x 0756 69 0756 16
452
ANGLES JUNCTIONS ACCESSORIES
Internal angles(2) External angles Flat angles Flat junctions Flat junctions Angled junctions Junction with Extra Adaptor
with width with width 105 85/105/ 130mm floor cover for modular
80 mm mm raceways wiring
50 x 12/ accessories
80 100 85 120 92 x 20
2 2
1 1
0756 81
0756 21 0756 31 0756 41 0756 71 - 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
+ 0756 21
0756 81
0756 22 0756 32 0756 42 0756 72 0756 76 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
+ 0756 22
0756 81
0756 23 0756 33 0756 43 0756 71 0756 75 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
+ 0756 23
1 0756 71 1 0756 75
0756 81
0756 24 0756 34 0756 44 + + 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
2 0756 72 2 0756 76 + 0756 24
0756 81
0756 26 0756 36 0756 36 0756 71 0756 75 0756 88 0756 08 0310 69
+ 0756 26
4 5 6
180
180
4 5 6
180
180
453
for example
snap-on xxxxxxx
trunking 45 mm cover 50 x 80 and 50 x 105
xxxxxxxx
routing sections and accessories
Flat angle
Cat.No 0756 42
Flat angle
Cat.No 0756 43
Internal
variable angle
Cat.No 0756 23
Flat angle
Cat.No 0756 44
Internal
variable angle
Cat.No 0756 24
Flat angle
Cat.No 0756 46
Internal
variable angle
Cat.No 0756 26
Monobloc: Cross-section
Number of
Size (mm) Cover body +
compartments (mm2)
cover
White
50 x 80
1 compartment 1 x 45 0756 01 2934
Cat.No 0756 01
50 x 105
1 compartment 1 x 45 0756 02 4098
Cat.No 0756 02
50 x 130
2 compartments 2 x 45 0756 03 2442/2442
Cat.No 0756 03
50 x 145
2 compartments 2 x 45 0756 04 2442/3024
Cat.No 0756 04
50 x 180
3 compartments 3 x 45 0756 06 2442/1950/2442
Cat.No 0756 06
457
snap-on trunking
n Wiring capacity
Number of Cover Cross- UTP & FTP
Size (mm) Capacity max. 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 4 mm2 6 mm2 3 x 1.5 mm2 3 x 2.5 mm2 Cat. 6
compartments width section
50 x 80 2934 Max. 38 177 131 115 85 26 19 58
1 compartment 45 1564 with sockets for trunking 94 70 61 45 13 10 31
Cat.No 0756 01 1604 with LEXIC support 97 72 63 46 14 10 32
Vertical trunking
Size (mm) 50 x 80 mm 50 x 105 mm 50 x 130 mm
Horizontal trunking
White
50 x 80
0756 81 0756 81 0756 81
1 compartment 0756 71 -
+ 0756 21 + 0756 21 + 0756 21
Cat.No 0756 01
50 x 105
0756 81 0756 81
1 compartment 0756 72 - 0756 76 + 0756 22 + 0756 22
Cat.No 0756 02
50 x 130
0756 81 0756 81 0756 81
2 compartments 0756 71 -
+ 0756 23 + 0756 23 + 0756 23
Cat.No 0756 03
50 x 145
0756 71 (upward) 0756 81 0756 75 (upward) 0756 81 0756 81
2 compartments
0756 72 (downward) + 0756 24 0756 76 (downward) + 0756 24 + 0756 24
Cat.No 0756 04
50 x 180
0756 81 0756 81 0756 81
3 compartments 0756 71 -
+ 0756 26 + 0756 26 + 0756 26
Cat.No 0756 06
458
Full of functions for
installing in all supports
WIRING ACCESSORIES
ARTEORTM AUDIO AND VIDEO SOCKETS 2 x female RCA 3.5 mm Jack Female HD 15 Female HD15 + jack
Trunking Covers C
lip on partition ArteorTM frames
Number of Cover(s) Section Flexible Partitions Plastic Aluminium 1 module 2 module 3 module 4 module 6 module
compartments width (mm) separation
1 x 65
1 80 x 50 0105 21 0105 82 - - - 0109 21 0109 31 0109 41 0109 61
0104 12
1 x 85
1 105 x 50 0105 22 0105 82 - - - 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62
2 x 40
0104 22 2 0105 20 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 0109 10 - - - -
1 x 130
1 150 x 50 0105 24 0105 82 - - - - - -
2 x 65
2 0105 21 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 - 0109 21 0109 31 0109 41 0109 61
0104 32
1 x 40 + 1 x 85
2 0105 20
+ 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 0109 10 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62
0105 22
3 x 40
3 0105 20 0105 82 0104 72 x 2 0111 06 x 2 0109 10 - - - -
1 x 180
1 195 x 50 0105 26 0105 82 - - - - - - -
2 x 85
2 0105 22 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 - 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62
0104 52
1 x 40 + 1 x 130 0105 20
2 + 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 0109 10 - - - -
0105 24
1 x 85 + 2 x 40 0105 22
3 +
0105 82 0104 72 x 2 0111 06 x 2 0109 10 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62
0105 20
1 x 40 + 2 x 65 0105 20
3 + 0105 82 104 72 x 2 111 06 x 2 0109 10 0109 21 0109 31 0109 41 0109 61
0105 21
4 x 40
4 0105 20 0105 82 0104 72 x 3 0111 06 x 3 0109 10 - - - -
Section (mm) Wall crossing Capacity change Partition junction Cable tie base 2 module 3 module Earth link
to increase for capacity can be added
height of change to get
trunking 4/6 module
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
460 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
LP* LP*
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
Description Rs. / Pack Description Rs. / Pack
xxxxxxxx Unit Unit
Cover Bases Internal angles 800 - 1000 External angles 600 - 120 Flat angles Flat junction
Joint for Base End caps Angles Partition VDI Angles Partition VDI Angles VDI Angles Partition VDI Clips
covers joint junction access. junction access. access. junction access.
0108 01 0106 91 0107 22 0106 02 - 0107 80 0106 22 - 0107 81 0107 67 0107 82 0107 32 - 0107 83 0106 82
0108 02 0106 91 0107 02 0106 02 - 0107 80 0106 22 - 0107 81 0107 85 0107 82 0107 32 - 0107 83 0106 82
0108 00 0106 91 0107 02 0106 02 0106 11 - 0106 22 0106 32 - - - 0107 32 0107 42 - 0106 82
0108 01 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 89 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0108 02 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 89 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0108 00 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 0106 11 x 2 - 0106 22 0106 32 x 2 - 0107 89 - 0107 32 0107 42 - 0106 82
0108 02 0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83
0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11x 2 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 x 2 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 x 2 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 x 2 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0108 00 0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 x 3 - 0106 22 0106 32 x 3 - 0107 92 - 0107 32 0107 42 - 0106 82
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 461
DLP U-PVC mini trunking systems
for cable distribution
030804-6740s.eps
White 2 m End cap Internal angle External angle Flat angle Flat junction
030804-6740s.eps
32 x 12.5 0300 15 0312 03 0302 51 0302 51 0302 53 0302 54
030804-6740s.eps
32 x 16 0308 04 0312 07 0333 25 0333 25 0333 27 0333 30
Carrying capacity
0300 15
030802-6739s.eps 285 19 12 10 4 2 x 10
32 x 12.5 mm
0308 04
32 x 16 mm
030802-6739s.eps 330 25 16 15 7 13
0300 17
32 x 20 mm 500 34 22 19 11 18
Cable-grip
It makes the installation easier and faster
by containing all the wires inside the
trunking body before the cover is clipped
Comfortable
implementation
n During installation,
the conductors stay
in place in the
1 compartment
mini-trunking thanks to
cable-grip membranes
Speed of
installation
n Cable holding is
integrated with the
trunking (no staple to
add)
n Easy conductors
position
n Quick cover fitting
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
462 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DLP U-PVC trunking system 32 x 12.5, 32 x 16 and 32 x 20
mini-trunking system
End030250-14210o.eps
cap left
or right
Cat.No 0312 03
0300 15
Changeable
internal external
angle
030251-5460o.eps
Cat.No 0302 51
Changeable 030254-5462o.eps
flat angle
030253-5461o.eps
Flat junction
Cat.No 0302 53 Changeable Cat.No 0302 54
internal external
030251-5459o.eps
angle
Cat.No 0302 51
Length 2 m
10/100 0333 25 Changeable internal-external angle
from 600 to 1200
Finishing accessories
10/100 0333 27 Changeable flat angle from 850 to 950
20/400 0312 03 End cap right or left
10/200 0333 30 Flat junction
10/100 0302 51 Changeable internal-external angle 030017-4083c.eps
from 600 to 1200
10/100 0302 53 Changeable flat angle from 850 to 950
Mini-trunking - 32 x 20 mm 32
50(1) 0300 17 Without partition
10/200 0302 54 Flat junction
20
030804-4108c.eps Length 2 m
32 Finishing accessories
Mini-trunking - 32 x 16 mm
10/200 0312 09 End cap right or left
60(1) 0308 04 Without central partition
16
Length 2 m
10/100 0302 71 Changeable internal-external angle
from 600 to 1200
10/100 0302 73 Changeable flat angle from 850 to 950
(1)
Number of meters per pack (1)
Number of meters per pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 463
2m
length:
DLP U-PVC trunking system and accessories 80 x 50
trunking and fittings
Changeable
internal angle
Cat.No 0106 01
Changeable
flat angle Changeable
Cat.No 0107 67 external angle
Cat.No 0106 21 Flat junction
Cat.No 0107 35
20(1) 0104 12 80 x 50 mm
Flexible cover (Length 2 m) VDI accessories
20(1) 0105 21 Fits onto the whole branch including
in internal or external angles 5/50 0107 80 For internal angles
Full cover width 65 mm
Partitions (Length 2 m) 5/50 0107 81 For external angles
24(1) 0105 82 Separation partition
for 80 x 50 trunking
5/50 0107 82 For flat angles
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint, for aligning bases
during installation 5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions
For cover 65 mm width
Additional accessories
10/100 0108 01 Cover joint
5/25 0106 98 Wall crossing
End cap
10/50 0107 22 Left or right end cap
(1)
Number of meters in pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
464 Red catalogue numbers : New products
DLP U-PVC trunking system and NEW DLP TRUNKING SYSTEM
accessories 80 x 50
mounting wiring accessories
Flexible cover
ArteorTM
2 modules
support
Cat.No 0109 21
ArteorTM
4 modules
support
Cat.No 0109 41
> WDLPstand
ithin its new concept of flexible cover,
apart from the rest...
a more professional finish in less time
Pack Cat.Nos Supports for mounting wiring accessories
ArteorTM supports Installation
principles
Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side
Supplied with finishing plate
20 0109 21 2 modules
T IME
SAVING
New accessories
- angled junction
- flat junction
- internal and
external angle
- flat angle
These accessories
have been optimised
to make the system
even easier to install
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally. available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 465
2m
length:
DLP U-PVC trunking system and accessories 105 x 50
trunking and fittings
Changeable Changeable
internal angle external angle
Cat.No 0106 01 Cat.No 0106 21
Changeable
flat angle
Cat.No 0107 84 Flat junction
Cat.No 0107 35
Pack Cat.Nos Trunking Pack Cat.Nos Angles and end caps (continued)
Suitable for a wide range of requirements and Flat angle
applications:
- Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to 10 0107 85 900 flat angle
the wiring space
- Installation: can be used with various ranges of wiring End cap
accessories 20/100 0107 02 Left or right end cap
- Flexible cover which continuous even on angles
- Adjustable internal and external angles
- U-PVC trunking
Bodies Junctions
Supplied without cover 105 10 0107 32 Flat junction to tap-off a branch smaller than
Length 2 m 50 x 105
20(1) 0104 22 105 x 50 mm
50
48(1) 0104 72 Plastic clip-on partition 5/50 0106 32 For external angles
12
(1)
0111 06 Aluminium clip-on partition 5/25 0107 42 For flat angles
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint
For aligning bases during installation Accessories
10/100 0108 02 Cover joint for 85 mm width Holding cables in place
10/100 0108 00 Cover joint for 40 mm width
50 0106 82 Clip
(1)
Number of meters in pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
466 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
adaptable DLP trunking 105 x 50 FULLY ASSEMBLED
DLP TRUNKING
Save time
ArteorTM
4 modules
support
Cat.No 0109 42
> support
20 0109 42 4 modules - for 85 mm cover
o combine with Arteor sockets with
T TM
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally. available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 467
2m
length:
DLP U-PVC adaptable trunking system and accessories 150 x 50
trunking and fittings
A
1 compartment
B
2 compartments
Changeable
internal angle
Cat.No 0106 02
Changeable Flat junction
external angle Cat.No 0107 36
Cat.No 0106 35
Changeable flat
angle
Cat.No 0107 89
Pack Cat.Nos Trunking Pack Cat.Nos Angles and end caps (continued)
Suitable for a wide range of requirements and Flat angle
applications:
- Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to 5 0107 89 900 flat angle
the wiring space
- Installation: can be used with various ranges of wiring End cap
accessories 10/50 0107 06 Left or right end cap
- Flexible cover which continuous even on angles
- Adjustable internal and external angles
- U-PVC trunking
Bodies 150 Junctions
Supplied without cover 10 0107 32 Flat junction to tap-off a branch
Length 2 m smaller than 50 x 105
50
(1)
Number of meters in pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
468 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
adaptable DLP trunking 150 x 50 FULLY ASSEMBLED U-PVC
mounting wiring accessories
DLP TRUNKING
Segregation of
ArteorTM
4 modules supports
Cat.No 0109 41
power and data
> Possible
5/50 0109 31 3 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 32 3 modules - for 85 mm cover
to have separation by aluminium
10/50 0109 41 4 modules - for 65 mm cover
20 0109 42 4 modules - for 85 mm cover clip-on partition, minimises the
5/25 0109 61 6 modules - for 65 mm cover interference on data cable
10 0109 62 6 modules - for 85 mm cover
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 469
pour
DLP U-PVC
exemple
adaptable
: xxxxxxx
trunking system and pour
accessories
exemple195
: xxxxxxx
x 50
xxxxxxxx
trunking and fittings xxxxxxxx
A
1 compartment
B C
2 compartments 3 compartments
Pack Cat.Nos Trunking Pack Cat.Nos Angles and end caps (continued)
Suitable for a wide range of requirements and Flat angle
applications:
- Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to 2 0107 92 900 flat angle
the wiring space
- Installation: can be used with various ranges of wiring End cap
accessories 5/50 0107 07 Left or right end cap
- Flexible cover which continuous even on angles
- Adjustable internal and external angles
Bodies Junctions
Supplied without cover 195
Length 2 m 10 0107 32 Flat junction to tap-off a branch
8(1) 0104 52 195 x 50 mm smaller than 50 x 105
50
48
(1)
0104 72 Plastic clip-on partition 5/50 0106 32 For external angles
12
(1)
0111 06 Aluminium clip-on partition
5/25 0107 42 For flat angles
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint
For aligning bases during installation Accessories
10/100 0108 06 Cover joint for 180 mm width Holding cables in place
10/100 0108 02 Cover joint for 85 mm width
10/100 0108 04 Cover joint for 130 mm width 50 0106 86 Clip for 130 mm width cover
10/100 0108 01 Cover joint for 65 mm width 50 0106 82 Clip for 40 mm width cover
10/100 0108 00 Cover joint for 40 mm width
VDI accessories
Angles and end caps 5/50 0107 80 For internal angles
Internal and external angles 5/50 0107 81 For external angles
Include the 2 components for the top
and bottom of the trunking on which
the flexible cover is fitted 5/50 0107 82 For flat angles
10/40 0106 02 Internal angle, adjustable from 80 to 100 5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
470 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour
adaptable
exemple
DLP:trunking
xxxxxxx 195 x 50
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
mounting wiring accessories
Angled junction
Cat.No 0107 63
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories Pack Cat.Nos Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Additional accessories Legrand Lexic supports
5 0109 25 For 2 modules for 65 mm cover (3 comp.)
5/25 0106 99 Wall crossing
5 0109 35 For 3 modules for 85 mm cover (2 comp.)
100/1000 0308 81 Cable tie base
10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (ArteorTM) can
20/500 0111 88 Earthing link be fitted together to create 4/6 module
supports
Capacity change
Allows to increase 15mm height of trunking to
preserve the space of wiring with a flat junction or a 5/50 0109 37 Insulation unit for 3 modules (ArteorTM)
support equipment supports
40 0106 87 Raise, length 57 cm
10/100 0106 88 Set of 4 accessories to change capacity of
the body
5/50 0106 89 Set of 2 accessories of change height of
partition (to be used)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 471
capacity of U-PVC DLPtrunking systems
for installation
Insulation resistance : all the DLP plastic range (including accessories) insulation resistance superior to 5 megohms
CV : Cover
C - Trunking selection
See table 2
Cross-section (mm2)
Max. (mm2)
Max. 2 x 18 2 x 21 2 x 21 2 x 24
010432+10520+10472-59309s.eps 010432+10520+10522+10472-59308s.eps
010432+10521+10472-59307s.eps 010432+10524-59306s.eps
150 x 50
Cross-section (mm2)
Max. (mm2)
472
DLPU-PVC adaptable trunking
installation made easy
With its new concept flexible lid, DLP stands apart from the rest... a more professional finish in less time
Installation of
external angle
External angles adjustable Easy to install external External angles accepts flexible
from 600-1200 angles continuous cover on to it for professional
finish (no cutting required)
Installation of
internal angles
Internal angles adjustable Integrated accessories for Internal angles accepts flexible
from 800-1000 superior finish continuous cover on it for professional
finish (no cutting required)
Perfect separation
between power and
data evan in the
angles
Ideal for VDI Separation junction for VDIaccessories ensures bending radius
external angle required by the standards. Bending radius
should be 8 times the diameter of cable
Mounting of cover
and body joint
Cover joints in 2 parts Secured cover and base Zip lock flexible cover
with captive links joint for superior finish
Mounting of
ArteorTM
Frames to combine with ArteorTM Cable grip on mounting frame Pre marked cutouts for
sockets with support for direct minimize the stress on ArteorTM drilling, threaded back
mounting on trunking terminals for better wall gripping
Isolating boxes
for ArteorTM
mechanisms
Flat junction for tap-off to a Tap-off from bottom compartment As well Complete installation
150, 195 or 220 width profile. as the base junction, insert the additional for professional finish
For tap-offs to a profile wider junction. Cat.Nos 107 42/43 (depending on
than 105, use 2 base junctions the profile), between 2 partitions to tap off
(3 to 220 trunking) the cables from the bottom compartment
ArteorTM
frames
473
DLP TRUNKING SYSTEM >>> DLP
pouraluminium
exemple : xxxxxxx
selection chart
xxxxxxxx
adaptable trunking system
DLP
TRUNKINGS
Rigid Separation
full aluminium :
Body
covers partitions
excellent screening
compartiments (mm) (mm)
130
50 x 150 0111 02 0111 12 0111 08
180
50 x 195 0111 04 0111 13 0111 08
65 65 2x
50 x 150 0111 02 0111 10 -
85 85
2x
50 x 195 0111 04 0111 11 -
DLP TRUNKING
n To complete already equipped SYSTEM ALUMINIUM
installations with DLP aluminium with aluminium adaptable
trunking, use Cat.Nos DLP trunking,
0307 10/11/20/21/26/25,
get better styling too !
on request only
474
pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
- 0111 58 0111 43 0112 32 0112 21 0112 51 0111 66 0111 63 0112 12 0112 13 0112 14 0112 16
0111 06 0111 60 0111 45 0112 34 0112 42 0112 51 0111 66 0111 62 0112 02 0112 03 0112 04 0112 06
0111 06 0111 61 0111 47 0112 36 0112 25 0112 51 0111 66 0111 63 0112 12 0112 13 0112 14 0112 16
Save time
Flexibility : multi-covers
Removable separation
Angles delivered pre-cut, ready to use
Fast fixing device support
Uniform colours for the entire installation
ArteorTM wiring accessories go with
aluminium adaptable DLP trunking
475
pouraluminium
DLP exemple : xxxxxxx
adaptable trunking system 50 x 105
xxxxxxxx
Internal angle
Cat.No 0112 21
External angle
Cat.No 0112 32 Flat junction
Cat.No 0112 51
Flat angle
Cat.No 0112 43
20 0112 14 4 modules
Cover and partition
16(1) 0111 11 Full rigid cover 85 mm width
10 0112 16 6 modules
50 x 105
24(1) 0111 08 Separation partition Cabling accessories
50 0106 82 Clip
Finishing accessories
50 x 105
20/100 0111 58 End cap 20/500 0111 88 Earth link
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
476 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pouraluminium
DLP exemple : xxxxxxx
adaptable trunking system 50 x 150
xxxxxxxx
Internal angle
Cat.No 0112 42 External angle
Cat.No 0112 34
Flat junction
Cat.No 0112 51
Flat angle
Cat.No 0112 45
50 x 150
4(1) 0111 02 Supplied without cover 150 20 0112 02 2 modules
Allow fitting of partial covers
lenght 2 m
65
5 0112 03 3 modules
Finishing accessories
5/50 0112 13 3 modules
50 x 150
10/50 0111 60 End cap
20 0112 14 4 modules
1/5 0112 45 Flat angle
10 0112 16 6 modules
Cabling accessories
1 0112 42 Internal angle
50 0106 82 Clip for 65 mm cover
50 0106 86 Clip for 130 mm cover
1/5 0112 51 Flat junction
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 477
pour
DLP aluminium
exemple : xxxxxxx
adaptable trunking system 50 x 195
xxxxxxxx
Flat junction
Cat.No 0112 51
Flat angle
Cat.No 0112 47
50 x 195
4(1) 0111 04 Supplied without cover 195 20 0112 12 2 modules
Allow fitting of partial
covers lenght 2 m
65
5 0112 13 3 modules
50 x 195
Finishing accessories
20/500 0111 88 Earth link
10/100 0111 61 End cap
(1)
Number of meters in pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
478 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DLP aluminium adaptable trunking system
wiring capacity chart
Conform to NF EN 50085-2-1
The aluminium trunking range is classified under type 1 in the NF 50085-2-1
Type of conductor Usable Max. diameter The usable cross-sections in the table opposite are
or cable (mm2) cross-section (mm2) (mm) theoretical, and correspond to the minimum
1.5 9.7 3.5
dimensions of the conductors. You must assign a
packing coefficient of 30% to get closer to the actual
2.5 13.9 4.2 conditions in installations
4 18.1 4.8
6 31.2 6.3
FTP(1) - 7
Choice of section
Choose your DLP trunking according to the calculated usable cross-section, the number of compartments and whether or not any wiring
accessory supports are used
50 x 105 50 x 150
Cross
section
(mm2)
Max.
(mm2)
Cover 85 Cover 65 Cover 65 Cover 130
Max. 28 43 2 x 43 28
50 x 195
Cross
section
(mm2)
Max.
(mm2)
Cover 85 Cover 85 Cover 180
479
Aluminium snap-on
columns & mini-columns
Ideal for distribution of power and data vertically, close to
the workstations. Power supply via the ceiling and/or the floor
Time saving thanks to the direct clipping system
NEW
Snap-on aluminium columns and mini-columns
Arteor sockets for snap-on system Cablofil wire mesh cable tray
Material characteristics
The columns, covers and partitions are in anodized aluminium.
Plastic accessories:
The accessories (base plate for fixing, protection cover, completion
cover and normaclip) below are in plastic PVC with painting grey color
aluminium.
The base plate for fixing to the overhead are in polycarbonate color
black.
Eco conception :
- Aluminium : material 100% recyclable
- Against mechanical shocks: IK07
6 038 01
Conform to EN 50085-2-4
For distribution of power vertically
Power supply via the ceiling and/or the floor
To be equipped with Arteor wiring accessories (direct clipping)
Mini-column
1 6038 05 81 x 130 mm 2 compartments
Height 0.68 m
Can be associated with floor trunking range
Other accessories
20 0111 88 Accessory - Earth Link
10 6038 57 Fixing CLIP- Normaclip
10 6038 58 Fixing CLIP - Normaclip
(1)
Number of meters in pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products 481
aluminium snap-on columns aluminium columns & poles
1000 maxi
200 mini
50 8
x1 x1
2 75
3700 maxi
2700 maxi
x4 x1
Fixing base
1-compartment columns 2-compartment columns
118,76 126,2
x4 x4
The energy supply is made by the ground using technical floor or floor
raceways.
Poles are not mobile.
128,3
ment.
n Dimensions
38
18
45
25
Wiring capacity
1-compartment columns
Max. capacity of conductors With 45 mm Without wiring 680 mm
(for each type of conductor) mechanisms accessories
Cross-section 2916 4150
1.5 mm2 3 324 460
Wire
2.5 mm2 3.5 238 338
3 x 1.5 mm2 9 36 51
3 x 2.5 mm2 11 24 34
Cable
FTP cat. 6 59 84
or coaxial 7
2-compartment columns
Max. capacity of conductors With 45 mm Without wiring
(for each type of conductor) mechanisms accessories
Compartiment 2 3 2 3
Cross-section 2683 2683 3900 3900
1.5 mm2 3 298 298 435 435
Wire
2.5 mm2 3.5 219 219 319 319
3 x 1.5 mm2 9 33 33 48 48
3 x 2.5 mm2 11 22 22 32 32
Cable
FTP cat. 6 54 54 79 79
or coaxial 7
482
aluminium columns & poles
x2
CLIC
6038 57/58
50
x1
2 x12
50
CLIC
x1
x4 C CLIC
50 8
x1 x1 A
2 75
483
aluminium columns & poles
B C E
6038 07
Material : PVC
A - fix the body on the base plate Earth link Cat.No 11188
B - adjust the telescopic pole between ground and ceiling
C - tighten using the screw
D - to fold back the lever against the telescopic pole
E - fix the base plate or fixing for the overhead to the ceiling
Attention to leave minimal 200 mm between the ceiling and the body
of the column allowing to correctly fold back the lever against the
telescopic pole (locking, to see point 3 above)
Earth link to ground the columns.
111 88
1000 maxi
200 mini
C CLIC
Note: Maximum mounting wiring
devices per side = 2 of 8 Arteor
modules.
You can shorten the aluminium
body but take care of not cutting
the telescopic pole.
The energy supply is made by
the ground or the over head but
columns and pole are not mobile.
A
A B
484
485
pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx P.488
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
LCS2,
LCS2 systems cabinets and
enclosures
Selection chart
P.496
LCS2, cat. 6A
patch panels
and connector units
P.502
LCS2, cat. 6 cables,
LCS copper
2
cords, zone
distribution boxes and
cooper feedthroughs
P. 511
LCS2: panels,
connector units,
switches, PoE, etc.
P. 515
LCS2,
fibre optic cables
P.525
LCS2, 19" cabling and
server freestanding
Structured
cabinets and
equipment
LCS2 cabinets
P.531
Cabling
LCS2,
19" wall-mounting
cabinets and
accessories
Solutions Audio/Video
System
P.538
Audio/video
Sockets
with LCS2
486
P.497 P.498 P.500 P. 501
Copper and fiber LCS2, cat. 6A LCS2 cat. 6A LCS2, cat. 6 patch
cables, cords and RJ 45 sockets panels and
zone distribution connector units
boxes
487
selection chart for equipment and cabinets
configure your LCS2 system
LCS2 panels and connector units (see p. 496, 501, 504) LCS2 cat. 6a LCS2 cat. 6 LCS2 cat. 5e
1U 0465 22
Metal, 2 axes Quick-fixing
2U 0465 23
1U 0465 28
Plastic with brushes, snap on
2U 0465 29
1U 0465 30
Metal with brushes Quick-fixing
2U 0465 31
1U 0465 38
Quick-fixing
Metal blanking plate 2U 0465 39
3U 0465 40
LCS zone distribution boxes (see p. 496, 499, 501, 503, 506, 508, 521)
2
LCS cat. 6a
2
LCS2 cat. 6 LCS2 cat. 5e
STP 0335 49 0335 46 -
Zone distribution box Equipped with
FTP - 0335 45 -
12 x RJ 45 connectors
UTP - 0335 44 -
STP - 0335 66 -
Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors FTP - 0335 65 0335 55
UTP 0335 77 0335 64 0335 54
Fibre optic accessory - 0335 20 0335 20
488
selection chart for equipment and cabinets
configure your LCS2 system (continued)
Plain ARTEOR RJ 45 sockets (see p. 499, 500) LCS2 cat. 6a LCS2 cat. 6 LCS2 cat. 5e
STP 5734 32 5723 23 -
1 Module FTP - 5723 22 5734 30
UTP 5723 49 5734 28 5734 29
STP - 5723 17 -
2 Module FTP - 5723 16 -
UTP - 5734 74 5734 75
STP 5723 51 - -
1 Module with Orange Shutter FTP - - -
UTP 5723 58 5723 54 -
STP 5723 52 - -
1 Module with Green Shutter FTP - - -
UTP 5723 59 5723 55 -
STP 5723 50 - -
With Controlled Access FTP - - -
UTP 5723 57 5723 53 -
STP - - -
Copper Feedthroughs FTP - 5723 33 5723 32
UTP - 5723 31 5723 30
STP - - -
Retractable FTP - - -
UTP - 5723 39 -
wi-fi access points (see p. 514)
With RJ 45 socket,
5723 76 - -
Wall-mounted manageable Wi-Fi access dual-band and dual-radio
points
Dual-band and dual-radio 5728 77 - -
489
selection chart for equipment and cabinets
configure your LCS2 system (continued)
RJ 45 patch cords and user cords (see p. 498, 502, 507) LCS2 cat. 6a LCS2 cat. 6 LCS2 cat. 5e
1m 0517 80 0517 52 -
2m 0517 81 0517 53 -
S/FTP Impedance 100 ohms
3m 0517 82 0517 54 -
5m 0517 83 0517 55 -
1m - 0517 62 0516 40
2m - 0517 63 0516 41
PVC F/UTP Impedance 100 ohms
3m - 0517 64 0516 42
5m - 0517 65 0516 43
1m 0518 82 0517 72 -
2m 0518 83 0517 73 -
U/UTP Impedance 100 ohms
3m 0518 84 0517 74 -
5m 0518 85 0517 75 -
RAL 3020 0518 70 - -
1m
RAL 6026 0518 66 - -
RAL 3020 0518 71 - -
2m
RAL 6026 0518 67 - -
S/FTP Impedance 100 ohms
RAL 3020 0518 72 - -
3m
RAL 6026 0518 68 - -
RAL 3020 0518 73 - -
5m
RAL 6026 0518 69 - -
RAL 3020 - 0518 54 -
1m
RAL 6026 - 0518 50 -
RAL 3020 - 0518 55 -
2m
RAL 6026 - 0518 51 -
LSOH F/UTP Impedance 100 ohms
RAL 3020 - 0518 56 -
3m
RAL 6026 - 0518 52 -
RAL 3020 - 0518 57 -
5m
RAL 6026 - 0518 53 -
RAL 3020 0518 78 0518 62 -
1m
RAL 6026 0518 74 0518 58 -
RAL 3020 0518 79 0518 63 -
2m
RAL 6026 0518 75 0518 59 -
U/UTP Impedance 100 ohms
RAL 3020 0518 80 0518 64 -
3m
RAL 6026 0518 76 0518 60 -
RAL 3020 0518 81 0518 65 -
5m
RAL 6026 0518 77 0518 61 -
copper cables (305 or 500 m reels) (see p. 498, 502, 507)
S/FTP 4 pairs 500 m 0327 77 - -
4 pairs 500 m - 0327 57 -
SF/UTP
2 x 4 pairs 500 m - 0328 59 -
305 m - 0328 56 0327 52
4 pairs
F/UTP 500 m 0327 78 0327 56 0328 50
2 x 4 pairs 500 m 0328 78 0327 76 0327 74
305 m - 0327 54 0327 50
4 pairs
U/UTP 500 m - 0328 61 0328 53
2 x 4 pairs 500 m - 0328 63 0328 55
OS1/OS2 OM4 OM3
(UPC)
fibre optic patch cords (see p. 523) multimode multimode
singlemode
50/125 m 50/125 m
9/125 m
1m 0326 00 0326 30 0326 09
SC/SC duplex cords 2m 0326 01 0326 31 0326 10
3m 0326 02 0326 32 0326 11
1m 0326 03 - 0326 12
SC/LC duplex cords 2m 0326 04 - 0326 13
3m 0326 05 - 0326 14
0.5 m 0326 28 0326 33 -
1m 0326 06 0326 34 0326 15
LC/LC duplex cords 2m 0326 07 0326 35 0326 16
3m 0326 08 0326 36 0326 17
5m 0326 29 0326 37 -
optical cables (reel) (see p. 515)
6 fibres 0325 12 0326 65/66 0325 10
Loose tube 0325 14 - -
12 fibres
Indoor/Outdoor Tight buffer 0325 50 0326 67 0325 11
Loose tube 0325 51 - 0325 53
24 fibres
Tight buffer - 0326 68 0325 52
6 fibres 0325 13 - -
Outdoor, reinforced steel, anti-rodent
12 fibres 0325 15 - -
490
selection chart for equipment and cabinets
for FTTO infrastructure
RJ 45 socket, cat. 6 - FTP - 2 modules 0765 65 Fibre optic/copper converter switch 0779 05
491
selection chart for equipment and cabinets
configure your LCS2 system
42 U
equipment for LCS2 19" server cabinets (see p. 525, 529) For cabinet depth 1000 mm
Baying kit 0463 39
Depth 115 mm 0465 00
Fixed shelf
Depth 200 mm 0465 01
Projecting fixing on 2 x 19" uprights, 2 U
Depth 360 mm 0465 02
Fixed shelf 50 kg max., 1 U 0465 07
Fixing on 4 x 19" uprights 100 kg max., 1 U 0465 17
Telescopic shelf 50 kg max., 1 U 0465 10
Fixing on 4 x 19" uprights 100 kg max., 2 U 0465 18
Set of 2 fixed slidders 0465 13
Cable guide support 0464 79 (+ 0464 78)
Set of 4 casters, 500 kg max. 0464 82
plinth for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 527)
For cabinet width 600 mm 0464 50
Plinth kit, height 100 mm
For cabinet width 800 mm 0464 51
For cabinet width 600 mm 0464 52
Plinth kit, height 200 mm
For cabinet width 800 mm 0464 53
For cabinet depth 600 mm 0464 54(2)
Set of 2 solid side traps For cabinet depth 800 mm 0464 56(2)
For cabinet depth 1000 mm 0464 58(2)
For cabinet width/depth 600 mm 0464 60
Ventilated trap, height 100 mm
For cabinet width/depth 800 mm 0464 61
For cabinet width/depth 600 mm 0464 62
Trap with brushes, height 100 mm
For cabinet width/depth 800 mm 0464 63
For cabinet depth 600 mm 0476 93
Cross bar For cabinet depth 800 mm 0476 94
For cabinet depth 1000 mm 0476 95
Linking interface For cabinet depth 600 mm 0464 66
Plinth for cabling unit, trap height 100 mm 0464 64(2)
492
selection chart for equipment and cabinets
configure your LCS2 system (continued)
cable entries for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 528)
1U 0465 28
Plastic plate with brushes, snap on
2U 0465 29
1U 0465 30
Metal plate with brushes
2U 0465 31
thermal management for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 528)
2 fans 0464 87
19" 3 U plate with 230 V ~ fans
3 fans 0464 88
cable management for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 528, 529)
1U 0465 22
19" management panels, 2 axes
2U 0465 23
Accessories for LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 528, 529)
493
selection chart for equipment and cabinets
configure your LCS2 system (continued)
FIXED PIVOTING
LCS2 19" FREESTANDING cabinets and equipment (see p. 531)
Depth 400 mm Depth 580 mm Depth 600 mm
6U Height 350 mm x width 600 mm 0462 00 - -
9U Height 500 mm x width 600 mm 0462 01 0462 06 0462 11
12 U Height 600 mm x width 600 mm 0462 02 0462 07 0462 12
16 U Height 800 mm x width 600 mm 0462 03 0462 08 0462 13
21 U Height 1000 mm x width 600 mm - 0462 09 0462 14
Depth 115 mm 0465 00 0465 00 0465 00
Fixed shelves Depth 200 mm 0465 01 0465 01 0465 01
Depth 360 mm - 0465 02 0465 02
Cable entry plate with brush - - 0462 55
Cable management ring 0465 41(1) 0465 41/42 -
Equipment 230 V~ fan 0462 60 0462 60 0462 60
Thermostat 0348 48 0348 48 0348 48
Set of 4 casters - - 0462 64
494
selection chart for panels and cords for audio/video applications
HD 15 cord - 10 m 0517 23
* To be introduced shortly.
495
LCS2 ZONE DISTRIBUTION Legrand cabling system LCS
category 6a
BOXES patch panels, connector units
Consolidation 0335 73
and redistribution
made easy 0335 90
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
496 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Legrand cabling system LCS NEW Customised solutions
solution preterminated copper solution preterminated copper
Termination
cassette-cassette
0335 50 fitted with 4 preterminated cassettes
Cassette
termination
RJ 45 cord
termination
0328 30 0328 33
Cassette
termination
Preterminated cassettes
Clip directly onto panels Cat.No 0 335 50 Links
factory tested with test report provided
Cassette-cassette termination
Cat. 6A S/FTP copper band 6 links (trunk)
1 0328 30 Length 6 m Mount the cassette for the snap on system on the panel
1 0328 31 Length 9 m
1 0328 32 Length 12 m
Cassette-RJ 45 cord termination
Cat. 6A S/FTP copper band 6 links (trunk)
1 0328 33 Length 6 m
1 0328 34 Length 9 m
1 0328 35 Length 12 m
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 497
Legrand cabling system LCS Legrand cabling system LCS
category 6a category 6a
cables cords
Pack Cat.Nos Cables for cat. 6a LANs Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 cat. 6a patch cords and user cords
Cables with 4 pairs or 2 x 4 twisted pairs 100 ohms RJ 45 - RJ 45 right
LSZH sleeve: no halogen Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Yellow RAL 1018 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C
Colour code TIA/EIA
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 PVC U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C
Performance 500 MHz
LSZH 5 0518 82 Length 1 m
U/UTP - 4 pairs 5 0518 83 Length 2 m
Performance 500 MHz 5 0518 84 Length 3 m
500 1 0327 87 Length 500 m 5 0518 85 Length 5 m
Supplied on reel LSZH
Weight 25 kg
F/UTP - 4 pairs
Performance 500 MHz 5 0518 78 Length 1 m
500 1 0327 78 Length 500 m 5 0518 79 Length 2 m
Supplied on reel 5 0518 80 Length 3 m
Weight 25 kg 5 0518 81 Length 5 m
F/UTP - 2x4 pairs
Performance 500 MHz 5 0518 74 Length 1 m
500 1 0328 78 Length 500 m 5 0518 75 Length 2 m
Supplied on reel 5 0518 76 Length 3 m
Weight 65 kg 5 0518 77 Length 5 m
S/FTP - 4 pairs PVC S/FTP shielded impedance 100
Performance 600 MHz
500 1
0327 77 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel 5 0517 80 Length 1 m
Weight 30 kg 5 0517 81 Length 2 m
5 0517 82 Length 3 m
5 0517 83 Length 5 m
LSZH
5 0518 70 Length 1 m
5 0518 71 Length 2 m
5 0518 72 Length 3 m
5 0518 73 Length 5 m
5 0518 66 Length 1 m
5 0518 67 Length 2 m
5 0518 68 Length 3 m
5 0518 69 Length 5 m
1: in metre(s)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
498 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Legrand cabling system LCS
category 6a
zone distribution boxes, feed through sockets and cords specifically for zone distribution boxes
Pack Cat.Nos Zone distribution boxes Pack Cat.Nos Cat. 6a cords - RJ 45/stripped
For ELV distribution in a zone Fitted with 2 units of 6 x RJ 45 - straight stripped
cat. 6a RJ 45 LCS2 connectors and adaptability of the Clip into zone distribution boxes and connect to an
installation RJ45 socket LCS2 connector on the stripped side
Installed on false ceiling or false floor Cords prepared in factory, "ready for wiring"
Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0 (2011),
Connection to workstation for RJ 45 cords EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 C2
Can take switch Cat.No 0 335 02 or PoE injector Yellow
Cat.No 0 335 01 or 6-connector units Cat.No 0 335 76 RAL 1018S/FTP screened impedance 100
Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100,
4 0517 86 Length 8 m
NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, 4 0517 87 Length 15 m
ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 4 0517 88 Length 20 m
Colour code TIA/EIA 568 A and C
Cords and cables: ISO 11801 Ed.2.0, EN 50173-1,
TIA/EIA 568 Cat. 6a cords - RJ 45/RJ 45
Technical characteristics: For direct connection via RJ 45 male plug to the
- polycarbonate PC hood zone distribution box and to the RJ 45 socket with
- polypropylene PP base copper feedthrough, to ensure:
- RAL 7035 - Safe connection
- hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N - Speed and reliability of connection
- cables anchored on support using Colring cable ties Yellow
RAL 1018S/FTP screened impedance 100
Cat. 6a zone distribution boxes 4 0515 23 Length 8 m
Fitted with 2 units of 6 x LCS2 connectors 4 0515 24 Length 15 m
RJ 45 cat. 6 a and RJ 45 blanking plates 4 0515 25 Length 20 m
Supplied with Colring cable ties
2 0335 49 STP
Self-assembly zone distribution box Cat. 6a feedthrough sockets
1 0335 40 Used for mounting LCS RJ 45 cat. 6 A (p. 506), cat. 6 Easy connection at the rear through simply inserting
(p. 513) and cat. 5e (p. 519) connector units, a male plug
fibre optic accessories or blanking plates Provides network access for the RJ 45 socket
Used to create cat. 6 and cat. 5e links
Conforming to standards ISO 11801 Ed.2, EN
50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 in the context of use with
zone distribution boxes
Multidirectional cord entry
Installation possible in all supports min. depth 40 mm
2 modules
Cat. 6a STP
10 0786 28 White
10 0786 29 Aluminium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 499
Legrand cabling system LCS NEW LCS PRO2 SOFTWARE
category 6a
RJ 45 sockets
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
500 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Legrand cabling system LCS
category 6
patch panels, connector units
0335 62 0335 90
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 501
Legrand cabling system LCS Legrand cabling system LCS
category 6 category 6
cables cords
0327 54 0517 62
Pack Cat.Nos Cables for cat. 6 LANs Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 cat. 6 patch cords and user
cords
Cables with 4 pairs or 2 x 4 twisted pairs
100 ohms RJ 45 - RJ 45 right
Blue RAL 5015
Colour code TIA/EIA PVC U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 C 1 0517 72 Length 1 m
LSZH PVC U/UTP - 4 pairs 1 0517 73 Length 2 m
305 1 0327 54 Length 305 m 1 0517 74 Length 3 m
Supplied in cardboard box 1 0517 75 Length 5 m
Weight 16 kg LSZH
500 1 0328 61 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 18 kg 1 0518 62 0518 58 Length 1 m
305 1 0327 55 Length 305m 1 0518 63 0518 59 Length 2 m
Supplied in cardboard box
Weight 13 kg
1 0518 64 0518 60 Length 3 m
1 0518 65 0518 61 Length 5 m
U/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs
500 1 0328 63 Length 500 m PVC F/UTP screened impedance 100
Supplied in cardboard box
Weight 38 kg
1 0517 62 Length 1 m
F/UTP - 4 pairs 1 0517 63 Length 2 m
305 1
0328 56 Length 305 m 1 0517 64 Length 3 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 17 kg 5 0517 65 Length 5 m
500 1 0327 56 Length 500 m LSZH
Supplied on reel
Weight 25 kg
1 0518 54 0518 50 Length 1 m
F/UTP - 4 pairs 1 0518 55 0518 51 Length 2 m
305 1
0328 57 Length 305 m 1 0518 56 0518 52 Length 3 m
Supplied in cardboard box
Weight 17 kg
1 0518 57 0518 53 Length 5 m
F/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs PVC SF/UTP shielded impedance 100
50 1 0327 76 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 48 kg 5 0517 52 Length 1 m
5 0517 53 Length 2 m
SF/UTP - 4 pairs 5 0517 54 Length 3 m
500 1 0327 57 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
5 0517 55 Length 5 m
Weight 29 kg
500 1 0327 59 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 30 kg
SF/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs
500 1 0328 59 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 52 kg
1: in metre(s)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
502 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Legrand cabling system LCS Legrand cabling system LCS
category 6 category 6
zone distribution boxes cords and feedthrough sockets specifically for zone distribution boxes
0335 46
0335 40
RJ 45 RJ 45
0335 40 fitted with SC fibre optic unit, accessory 0335 20 fibre optic Connection principle
Cat.No 0 335 20 and a 6 x RJ 45 connector unit accessory
Pack Cat.Nos Zone distribution boxes Pack Cat.Nos Cords cat. 6 - RJ 45/stripped AWG 24
For ELV distribution in a zone fitted with 1 to 12 RJ 45 RJ 45 - straight stripped
sockets Clip on and off in the zone distribution boxes
Centralise connections to guarantee flexibility and and connection via LCS connector
adaptability of the installation of an RJ 45 socket by the stripped side
Installed on false ceiling or false floor Cords prepared in factory, "ready for wiring"
Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Connection to an RJ 45 socket with stripped cord Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568
or to a Arteor RJ 45 socket with copper feedthrough Blue RAL 5015
with an RJ 45/RJ 45 cord Wiring in T 568 B
IP 21 - IK 07 U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100, 4 0517 57 Length 8 m
NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, 4 0517 58 Length 15 m
ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568
Colour code TIA/EIA 568 A and C
4 0517 59 Length 20 m
Cords and cables: ISO 11801 Ed.2.0, EN 50173-1,
TIA/EIA 568 F/UTP screened impedance 100
Technical characteristics:
4 0517 96 Length 8 m
- polycarbonate PC hood
1 0517 97 Length 15 m
- polypropylene PP base
4 0517 98 Length 20 m
- RAL 7035
- hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N Cords cat. 6 - RJ 45/RJ 45
- Cables anchored on support using Colring cable ties For direct connection via RJ 45 male plug to the
Zone distribution boxes cat. 6 zone distribution box and to the RJ 45 socket with
Fitted with 2 x 6 LCS connector units copper feedthrough to ensure:
RJ 45 cat. 6 and RJ 45 blanking plates - safe connection
Supplied with Colring cable ties - speed and reliability of connection
1 0335 44 UTP Blue RAL 5015
1 0335 45 FTP U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
1 0335 46 STP 4 0515 10 Length 8 m
Self-assembly zone distribution box 4 0515 11 Length 15 m
1 0335 40 Used for mounting LCS RJ 45 cat. 6 connector units 4 0515 12 Length 20 m
(p. 511)
F/UTP screened impedance 100
4 0515 13 Length 8 m
4 0515 14 Length 15 m
4 0515 15 Length 20 m
Sockets with LCS quick-fixing crimp connector. Take AWG 22 single-core cables up to AWG 26 and AWG
24 multicore cables. Contacts marked with dual colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B. Conforming to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed.
2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568
Pack Cat.Nos Arteor RJ 45 socket cat. 6 Pack Cat.Nos Mylinc RJ 45 socket cat. 6
UTP - 1 module UTP - 1 module
20 5734 28 White 20 6755 45 White
20 5736 28 Magnesium
10 5723 54 White with orange shutter
10 5728 54 Magnesium with orange shutter
10 5723 55 White with green shutter Myrius RJ 45 sockets cat. 6
10 5728 55 Magnesium with green shutter UTP - 1 module
UTP - 2 modules 20 6730 55 White
10 5734 74 White 20 6731 55 Black
10 5736 74 Magnesium
UTP - 2 modules
UTP - 2 modules - round 20 6730 56 White
10 5723 24 White 20 6731 56 Black
10 5728 24 Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
504 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Legrand standard solution NEW
category 6
Pack Cat.Nos Patch panels cat. 6 Pack Cat.Nos Cables for cat 6 LANs 24 AWG
24 x RJ 45 connectors, for unshielded Cables with 4 pairs twisted pairs 100 W
keystone Dark grey RAL 7037
1 6327 91 Universal mounting for all freestanding or Color code TIA/EIA
wall-mounted cabinets Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 U/UTP - 4 Pairs
Modular Empty panel for 24 unshielded keystone
jacks cat 6 and cat 5e supply with rear plastic cable 305 6327 24 Length 305 m
support Supplied in cardboard box
Weight 16 Kg
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 505
Legrand cabling system LCS
category 5e
patch panels, connector units
0335 52 0335 90
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
506 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Legrand cabling system LCS Legrand cabling system LCS
category 5e category 5e
cables cords
0328 50 0516 40
Pack Cat.Nos Cables for cat. 5e LANs Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 cat. 5e patch cords and user cords
4 twisted pair cables 100 ohms RJ 45 - RJ 45
LSZH sleeve: no halogen PVC
U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
Grey RAL 7035
Colour code TIA/EIA Grey
LSZH PVC U/UTP - 4 pairs 1 0516 36 Length 1m
305 1 0327 50 - Length 305 m 1 0516 37 Length 2m
Supplied in cardboard box 1 0516 38 Length 3m
Weight 10 kg 1 0516 39 Length 5m
500 1 0328 53 - Length 500 m F/UTP screened impedance 100
Supplied on reel
Weight 15 kg Grey
305 1 - 0327 51 Length 305 m 1 0516 40 Length 1 m
Supplied in cardboard box 1 0516 41 Length 2 m
Weight 9 kg 1 0516 42 Length 3 m
U/UTP - 2x4 pairs 1 0516 43 Length 5 m
500 1 0328 55 - Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 34 kg
500 1 - 0327 73 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
F/UTP - 4 pairs
305 1 0327 52 - Length 305 m
Supplied in cardboard box
Weight 12 kg
500 1 0328 50 - Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 21 kg
305 1 - 0327 53 Length 305 m
Supplied by box
Weight 11 kg
F/UTP - 2x4 pairs
500 1 0327 74 - Length 500 m
Supplied on reel
Weight 38 kg
1: in metre(s)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 507
Legrand cabling system LCS Legrand cabling system LCS
category 5e category 5e
zone distribution boxes cords specifically for zone distribution boxes feedthrough sockets
0335 40
RJ 45 RJ 45
Pack Cat.Nos Zone distribution boxes Pack Cat.Nos Cat. 5e cords - RJ 45/stripped
For ELV distribution in a zone fitted with 1 to 12 RJ 45 RJ 45 - straight stripped. Clip on and off in the zone
sockets distribution boxes and RJ 45 socket connection
Centralise connections to guarantee flexibility and via LCS connector via the stripped side. Cords
adaptability of the installation prepared in factory, "ready for wiring". Conform to
Installed on false ceiling or false floor standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and
Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet TIA/EIA 568. Grey RAL 7035
Connection to an RJ 45 socket with stripped cord Wiring in T 568 B
or to a Arteor RJ 45 socket with copper feedthrough U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
with an RJ 45/RJ 45 cord 4 0517 90 Length 8 m
IP 21 - IK 07 4 0517 91 Length 15 m
Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100, 4
NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, ISO/IEC 0517 92 Length 20 m
11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 F/UTP screened impedance 100
Colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B 4 0517 93 Length 8 m
Cords and cables: ISO 11801 Ed.2.0, EN 50173-1, 4 0517 94 Length 15 m
TIA/EIA 568 4 0517 95 Length 20 m
Technical characteristics:
- polycarbonate PC hood
- polypropylene PP base Cat. 5e cords - RJ 45/RJ 45
- RAL 7035
- hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N For direct connection via RJ 45 male plug to the
- Cables anchored on support using Colring cable zone distribution box and to the RJ 45 socket with
ties copper feedthrough to ensure:
- safe connection
Self-assembly zone distribution box - speed and reliability of connection
1 0335 40 Used for mounting LCS RJ 45 cat. 5e connector Grey RAL 7035
units (p. 511) U/UTP unscreened impedance 100
4 0515 00 Length 8 m
4 0515 01 Length 15 m
4 0515 02 Length 20 m
F/UTP unscreened impedance 100
4 0515 03 Length 8 m
4 0515 04 Length 15 m
4 0515 05 Length 20 m
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
508 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Legrand cabling system LCS
category 5e
RJ 45 sockets
Pack Cat.Nos Myrius RJ 45 sockets cat. 5e Pack Cat.Nos Arteor RJ 45 socket cat. 5e
UTP - 1 module UTP - 1 module
20 6730 54 White 20 5734 29 White
20 6731 54 Black 20 5736 29 Magnesium
UTP - 2 modules
10 5734 75 White
Mylinc RJ 45 sockets cat. 5e 20 5736 75 Magnesium
UTP - 1 module
20 6755 47 White
FTP - 1 module
20 5734 30 White
20 5736 30 Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 509
Legrand standard solution NEW
category 5e
6327 91
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
510 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Legrand cabling system LCS
LCS system additional products cat. 6A, LCS cat. 6, LCS cat. 5e
Blanking plates
Set of 12 blanking plugs for RJ 45 LCS connector
10 0517 40 White
10 0517 41 Black
Blanking plate for 19" panel
10 0335 91 Black
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 511
Legrand cabling system LCS
doubler sockets, adaptors and accessories
Reinforced
protection
110 tool
1 0332 60 110 tool
1 0332 61 Replacement blade
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
512 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Legrand cabling system LCS
telephone sockets, patches panels and cables
5728 12 0335 79
Pack Cat.Nos Telephone sockets Pack Cat.Nos Patch panel telephone 50 ports 110 connect
RJ 11 and RJ 12 sockets 1 0335 79 19" panel - 1 U
Equipped with a modular Jack connector with
Arteor 1/4turn terminal for fast connection Tap-off possible
10 5723 00 White - RJ 11, 4 contacts 1 module Cables for telephone networks cat. 3
10 5728 00 Magnesium - RJ 11, 4 contacts - PVC sleeve
1 module Colour white
10 5723 13 White - RJ 11, 4 contacts - Colour code TIA/EIA
2 modules
10 5728 13 Magnesium - RJ 11, 4 contacts - U/UTP - 50 pairs
2 modules 1 0328 91 Length 500 m
10 5723 12 White - RJ 12, 6 contacts - Supplied on reel
2 modules U/UTP - 100 pairs
10 5728 12 Magnesium - RJ 12, 6 contacts - 1 0328 88 Length 500 m
2 modules Supplied on reel
Single master - 2 modules
With IDC connection
Conform to British Telecom Panels and units for incoming telephone
10 5723 10 White Panels assembled - 1 U
10 5728 10 Magnesium Fitted with 4 LCS RJ 45 units of 12 ports with fast
tool-free connection
Single secondary - 1 module 1 0335 31 3-6/4-5 contacts for digital telephone
With IDC connection 1 0335 30 4-5/7-8 contacts for analogue telephone
Conform to British Telecom
5 5723 01 White Incoming telephone units for
5 5728 01 Magnesium self-assembly panels
Fitted with 12 LCS RJ 45 ports with quick tool-free
connection
2 0335 33 3-6/4-5 contacts for digital telephone
2 0335 32 4-5/7-8 contacts for analogue telephone
* to be introduced shortly.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 513
Legrand cabling system LCS Wi-Fi
switches, distributors and Wi-Fi access points
Pack Cat.Nos Flush-mounting 10/100 base T switches Pack Cat.Nos Manageable Wi-Fi access points 802.11a and b/g
For networking computer peripherals without a patch Dual-band and dual-radio
panel: computers, printers, servers, etc. Conform with standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g
Possibility of extending an existing network by Gross speed: 54 Mbps max. on each frequency
simply replacing an RJ 45 socket (802.11a and 802.11g) simultaneously
Tool-free connection Can be installed in addition to a new or existing
Conform with standards IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) and LCS/LCS structured cabling system to meet mobile
EN 500 81/82-2 (EMC requirements) working requirements
Installation in all supports with minimum 40 mm depth Can be integrated into all compatible supports
6 ports at the front + 1 side RJ 45 connector for with minimum 40 mm depth
cabling and carrying out link tests Tool-free network connection via RJ 45 connector
Port status display integrated into the RJ 45 connectors PoE power supply (Power over Ethernet - standard
Labelling of each port from 1 to 6 and marker holder 802.3 af)
for switch identification The installation must include at least:
6 modules - Wi-Fi access point
Arteor Non-manageable - a PoE injector conforming with 802.3af (LCS unit
1 5720 84 PoE power supply (Power over Ethernet - format) to be installed in the patch panel
standard 802.3 af) The management function allows the network
White administrator to manage Wi-Fi access points
1 5720 83 230 VA power supply remotely via a web interface
Security via WPA2 encryption (802.11i) and 802.1x
White authentication
Guest access: allows visitors free access to the
Internet (access independent of the main Wi-Fi
Arteor VDI distribution block without Arteor network). 4 modules
connectors 1 5723 76 With RJ 45 socket on front
1 0332 80 16 modules White
Dimensions: 135 x 223 x 57 mm
1 5728 76 With RJ 45 socket on front
For small patch panel Magnesium
For mounting a Arteor switch
1 5723 77 With no RJ 45 socket
Cat.Nos 5720 84 / 83 White
1 5728 77 With no RJ 45 socket
Magnesium
Manageable Wi-Fi access points802.11n
Coverage area: 600 m2. Dual band 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz Wi-Fi network management system
Conforms with standard 802.11 a, b, g, n Access point manager (disembedded)
Theoretical speed: 300 Mbps gross
MIMO 2x2, supports up to 4 SSIDs APs centralised configuration software
False ceiling integration - PoE power supply 1 0335 24 Access point manager
(Power over Ethernet - standard IEEE 802.3 af)
Network connection via a tool-free RJ 45 connector
The installation must include at least: Midspan Power over Ethernet (PoE) injectors
- a Wi-Fi access point (false ceiling) 1 335 01 4 inlets/outlets
- a PoE injector Cat.No 0335 01 conforming with Used for supplying 4 Wi-Fi access points
802.3 af (LCS2 unit format) to be installed in the Clip directly onto a patch panel
patch cabinet 1 327 37 1 inlet/outlet
Can be configured centrally via controller Used for supplying a Wi-Fi access point
Cat.No 0332 25 or via configuration software Direct connection to the patch panel
Cat.No 0335 24 or individually
The management function allows the network
administrator to manage Wi-Fi access points
remotely via a web https interface
Security via WEP, WPA and WPA2 (802.11i)
encryption and 802.1x authentication QOS WMM
compatible and supports SNMP management
Guest access:
independent access to the private Wi-Fi network
Energy saving with standby management
1 0335 22 Wi-Fi surface-mounted access point802.11n
1 0335 21 Wi-Fi ceiling-mounted access point802.11n
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
514 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic
fibre optic cables
0325 15 0325 10
0325 06 0325 08
Pack Cat.Nos OS1/OS2 singlemode fibre optic Pack Cat.Nos OM4 multimode fibre optic cables
cables (9/125 m) (50/125 m)
For 9/125 m singlemode installations For 50/125 m multimode installations
900 m (OS1) (OM4)
Yellow jacket
Loose tube Tight buffer Tight buffer Blue sheaths
2000 1 0325 12 - Indoor/outdoor (universal) 6 fibres 900 m 10 Gigabit Ethernet compliant
2000 1 0325 13 - Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 6 fibres 500 0326 65 Indoor/outdoor (glass strands)
2000 1 0325 14 0325 50 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 12 fibres 6 fibres - 500 m
1000 0326 66 Indoor/outdoor (glass strands)
2000 1 0325 15 - Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 12 fibres 6 fibres - 1000 m
2000 1 0325 51 - Indoor/outdoor (universal) 24 fibres 1000 0326 67 Indoor/outdoor (glass strands)
12 fibres - 1000 m
1000 0326 68 Indoor/outdoor (glass strands)
OM2 multimode fibre optic cables 24 fibres - 1000 m
(50/125 m)
For 50/125 m multimode installations
(OM2)
900 m
Orange jacket
Loose tube Tight buffer
2000 1 - 0325 55 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 4 fibres
2000 1 0325 04 0325 08 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 6 fibres
2000 1 0325 05 - Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 6 fibres
2000 1 0325 06 0325 09 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 12 fibres
2000 1 0325 07 - Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 12 fibres
1: in metre(s)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 515
Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic
optic connectors and pigtails
0331 27 0331 00
0326 90 0330 49
Pack Cat.Nos Tool case for preparing fibre optic for fibre Pack Cat.Nos Pigtails
optic connectors
Supplied with 900 m sleeve, 1 m
1 0326 90 Provides the tools required for preparing fibre optic
cables, for carrying out initial tests of the connection 10 Gb - 50/125 m - OM4
of fibres to connectors and the accessories for easy 10 0326 70 LC connectors
connection in all situations 1 0326 71 Kit of 12 pigtails LC connectors
Comprises: 10 Gb - 50/125 m - OM3
- installation instructions and video 1 0326 22 SC connector
- stripping tool (for fibres and cables) 1 0326 23 LC connector
- cleaving tool
- microscope for checking the quality of the cut
1 0326 27 6 x LC-PC connectors
- visual fault locator with cord
1 0326 26 12 x LC-PC connectors
- accessories (ultra-strong scissors, marker, 9/125 m - OS1/OS2
protective glasses, etc.) 1 0326 19 SC/APC connector
1 0326 20 SC connector
1 0326 21 LC connector
Update kit for case Cat.No 0 331 93 1 0326 24 12 x LC-UPC connectors
1 0326 91 Comprises: 1 0326 25 6 x LC-UPC connectors
- visual fault locator with cord Thermoretractable sleeve for pigtails
- adaptors for connectors 1 0327 44 40 mm - pack of 50 sleeves
- connector support for easier connection
- fibre positioning label to be affixed to the cleaver in
case Cat.No 0331 93 Glue-on connectors 50/125 and 62.5/125 m
Supplied with sleeve 900 m
Fast-connection connectors Connectors with ceramic ferrule
Typical attenuation: 0.3 dB
Quick to connect, reliable and can be reused up to 10 0331 27 ST connector
5 times 10 0331 47 SC connector
Microswitch for locking the fibre inside the connector 10 0331 00 LC connector
and illuminated indicator for checking for faults at the
end of the process
These connectors do not require any glue, polishing Breakout kits
or special tools
For installation on tight jacketed fibre ( 900 m) For 900 m of fibre optic
For loose jacketed fibre ( 250 m), use a spreader Take 250 m fibre diameters
Cat.Nos 0330 48 or 0330 49 1 0330 48 6 fibre breakout kit
Multimode connectors 1 0330 49 12 fibre breakout kit
10 0326 57 SC/UPC connector 50 m OM3/OM4 900 m
10 0326 58 LC/UPC connector 50 m OM3/OM4 900 m
10 0326 56 ST/UPC connector 50 m OM3/OM4 900 m
10 0326 62 SC connector 62.5 m OM1 900 m
10 0326 61 ST connector 62.5 m OM1 900 m
Singlemode connectors
10 0326 52 SC/UPC connector 9 m OS1/OS2 900 m
10 0326 53 LC/UPC connector 9 m OS1/OS2 900 m
10 0326 54 SC/APC connector 9 m OS1/OS2 900 m
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
516 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic
19" fibre optic drawers
0462 91
Pack Cat.Nos Floor distribution fibre optic cabinets Pack Cat.Nos Copper/fibre optic converter units
Reversible metal cabinets with key lock For simply and fast copper to fibre conversion and
IP20 - IK 08 vice versa
Maximum capacity: Clip directly onto the patch panels
- 24 fibres with ST connectors Fitted with an SC type fibre optic connector
- 48 fibres with SC connectors 1 0335 06 10/100 base T to 10/100 base FX type SC
- 96 fibres with LC connectors 1 0335 07 1000 base T to 1000 base SX type SC
Up to 4 fibre optic units can be fitted
Cat.Nos 0325 70/71/72/73/74/75/76/77/78/79,
0335 12/13/16/17/18/19 and 0327 86 Fibre optic cassette for patch panel
4 cable entries (2 at the top and 2 at the bottom) 1 0335 11 Ensures fibre coiling (from 2 to 12 fibres)
12 cable outlets, 22 mm diameter (3 at the top, 3 at Takes a fibre optic unit
the bottom and 6 at the sides) Cat.Nos 0335 12/13/16/17/18/19
Supplied with 1 black ISO 20 cable gland to hold the Used for linking copper and fibre optic units on the
incoming cable and 15 feedthrough covers same LCS patch panel
Supplied with fibre optic accessories for the fibre
coiling
The outgoing cables can be clamped using a clamp Blanking plate for 19" panel
at the back of the cabinet
Can take 2 cassettes for pigtails Cat.No 0329 07 10 0335 91 Black
(incoming and outgoing)
292 x 323 x 92 mm Cassette for pigtails
Black RAL 9005
1 0462 90 Modular cabinet 1 0329 07 12-fibre capacity
1 0462 91 Cabinet equipped with 2 SC fibre optic units for 1 0326 72 24-fibre capacity
12 multimode fibres
n MTP connectors
Specifications
n Cassette connectors
Accessory
1 0335 93 Blanking plate Applications
Multimode Singlemode
OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1/OS2
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
518 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Legrand cabling system NEW LCS2 equipment
LCS fibre optic
MTP solutions
cassettes
0326 42
520
Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic
fibre sockets zone distribution boxes
Pack Cat.Nos Fibre optic sockets Pack Cat.Nos Zone distribution box
Fitted with duplex feedthrough 2 inlets 2 outlets For ELV distribution in a zone fitted with
Used for connecting 2 fibres (fitted with their 1 to 12 RJ 45 sockets
connector) Centralise connections to guarantee flexibility and
Supplied with protective caps adaptability of the installation
Fitted with transparent marker holder Installed on false ceiling or false floor
2 modules Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet
Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x ST Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100,
NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, ISO/IEC
Bayonet connection (STII compatible) 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568
1 0786 16 White Colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B
Cords and cables: ISO 11801 Ed.2.0, EN 50173-1,
TIA/EIA 568
Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x SC Technical characteristics:
Push-pull connection - polycarbonate PC hood
1 0786 17 White - polypropylene PP base
- RAL 7035
- hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N
- Cables anchored on support using Colring cable
Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x LC ties
Push-pull connection Self-assembly zone distribution box
1 0786 18 White 1 0335 40 Used for fitting fibre optic accessory units
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 521
NEW
Legrand cabling system FiBRe OptiC SOLutiOnS
LCS fibre optic
FTTO (Fiber To The Office) - Full IP
LCS: your
concentrated
0779 05 0326 80 digital
infrastructure
Conforming to IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet), POE 802.3af, PoE+ 802.3at,
802.1x (authentication via port), and 802.1q VLAN trunking standards
Compatible with SNMP, IPv6, QoS level 2 (802.1p) and level 3 (DiffServ),
VLAN, Rapid Spanning Tree, and IGMPv3 snooping
Pack Cat.Nos Shared working areas Recommended for areas which require
Fibre optic/copper switch rigorous hygiene.
1 0779 05 For converting and distributing the optical signal to
four 10/100/1000 RJ 45 ports with auto-MDI/X and
PoE/PoE+ auto-negotiation on the front
One 10/100/1000 RJ 45 port with auto-MDI/X and
auto-negotiation on the side for network extension
Fully manageable, without fan
One SFP 1000 base SX fibre optic port included,
LC connector 1 FttO
SHAReD AReA
Labelling of each port with label-holder 2
For integration in all 4-module supports, depth
50 mm minimum
Supplied with its own power supply Cat.Nos 3
0779 06, max. power 60 W. 4 modules - White
1
Power supply for fibre optic/copper switch
0779 06 Power supply for fibre optic/copper switch
FttO
inDiViDuAL AReA
Cat.No 0779 05
For installation in trunking only
0326 13 0326 16
Pack Cat.Nos OM2 (UPC) multimode fibre optic cords Pack Cat.Nos OS1/OS2 (UPC) singlemode fibre optic
(50/125 m) cords
Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB
For 50/125 m multimode installations, OM2 type For OS1 9/125 m singlemode installations, OS2
Orange sheaths OS1 type
Yellow sheaths
ST/ST duplex cords
3 0330 80 Length: 1 m SC/SC duplex cords
3 0330 81 Length: 2 m 3 0326 00 Length: 1 m
3 0330 82 Length: 3 m 3 0326 01 Length: 2 m
3 0326 02 Length: 3 m
SC/SC duplex cords
3 0330 69 Length: 1 m SC/LC duplex cords
3 0330 70 Length: 2 m 3 0326 03 Length: 1 m
3 0330 71 Length: 3 m 3 0326 04 Length: 2 m
3 0326 05 Length: 3 m
ST/SC duplex cords
3 0330 72 Length: 2 m LC/LC duplex cords
3 0330 73 Length: 3 m 3 0326 28 Length: 0.5 m
3 0326 06 Length: 1 m
LC/LC duplex cord 3 0326 07 Length: 2 m
3 0330 61 Length: 2 m 3 0326 08 Length: 3 m
SC/LC duplex cords 3 0326 29 Length: 5 m
3 0330 75 Length: 1 m
3 0330 63 Length: 2 m
3 0330 76 Length: 3 m OM3 (PC) multimode fibre optic cords
LC/ST duplex cord (50/125 m)
3 0330 65 Length: 2 m Suitable for 10 Gb Ethernet network
Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB
For 50/125 m multimode installations, OM3 type
OM4 multimode fibre optic cords Purple sheaths
(50/125 m) SC/SC duplex cords
10 Gigabit Ethernet compliant 3 0326 09 Length: 1 m
Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB 3 0326 10 Length: 2 m
For 50/125 m multimode installations, OM4 type 3 0326 11 Length: 3 m
Blue sheaths SC/LC duplex cords
SC/SC duplex cords 3 0326 12 Length: 1 m
3 0326 30 Length: 1 m 3 0326 13 Length: 2 m
3 0326 31 Length: 2 m 3 0326 14 Length: 3 m
3 0326 32 Length: 3 m LC/LC duplex cords
LC/LC duplex cords 3 0326 15 Length: 1 m
3 0326 33 Length: 0.5 m 3 0326 16 Length: 2 m
3 0326 34 Length: 1 m
3 0326 17 Length: 3 m
3 0326 35 Length: 2 m
3 0326 36 Length: 3 m
3 0326 37 Length: 5 m
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 523
customised solutions
fibres preterminated with connectors
Number of
Number of fibres: fibres:
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24 ST 6, 12, 24, 48
n Documents
Each link is supplied with a test report (fibre by fibre) and illustrated
operating instructions
ol shee
location of the cable. being bored.
le / Contr
de Contr
Feuille
Co de :
/ /
: M
Date Lg :
/
lation dr
Type
: Int - Ext Manipuerio es connecteurs : Ne pas tirer sur les
ur / Ext
connecteurs, les manipuler avec prcaution.
Int : r
rieur
/ Interio
FO
0, dB Handling of the connectors: dont draw on the
connectors, handle them with precaution. Protection of
Int : Inte
0, dB
the connectors: leave the protective caps before any
/ fiber
:
0, dB connection. clean the ferrule with dry air or alcohol if
necessary
fibre 0, dB
0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
Respect du rayon de courbure : Mise en place des colliers de
0, dB
lover le cble en respectant un fixation : ne pas trop les serrer
0, dB
rayon minimum de 30 cm afin de ne pas craser la fibre
0, dB
Respect of the radius of curvature: Installation of the cable ties:
0, dB
coil the cable by respecting a dont tighten them too much in
minimum ray of 30 cm order not to crush fibre
0, dB
B 0, dB
A 0, dB 0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
0, dB 0, dB
568B3 dB
0, dB /EIA
+ TIA 100)= 1,1
11801 *
/CEI dB/km de D1
um ISO + (3,5 mtho
maxim m = 0,75. -171A
lg 100 TIA/EIA 455
Ex. : Test
n Packaging
According to length of link:
- packed on a reel
- packed on a ring
Connector protection by tube
Reel
524
Legrand cabling system LCS cabinets Legrand cabling system LCS cabinets
LCS 19" cabling freestanding cabinets LCS 19" freestanding server cabinets and equipment
Capacity 24 U 29 U 33 U 42 U 47 U
Patch panel, 1 U,
Width 600 or 800 mm equipped or to be
equipped with:
copper and for fibre
Depth 600, 800, 1000 or 1200 mm optic units, fibre
optic cassettes and
active products
Feedthrough panels,
metal or plastic
Rear door
No panels
Rail kit
DIN
Blanking plates,
metal or plastic
Plinth, ventilation/
brush trap, raised Shelves:
floor plinth(1) - fixed
- telescopic
- keyboard support
19" cable entries: Anti-tilt kit(1) or ground
metal or plastic fixing kit(1)
526
LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets
plinths and adjustable height plinths
0464 61
For raised
access floor
0464 32
Cross bars
Fixed between 2 cabinet plinth corner
blocks
For clamping cables between associated
cabinets and fixing a cable guide (p. 538)
For cabinet depth (mm):
1 0476 93 600
1 0476 94 800
1 0476 95 1000
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 527
LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets LCS2 19" cabinets and server cabinets
cable entries, thermal management and PDU supports cable management, patch extension
0465 29
0465 31
Pack Cat.Nos 19" cable entry plates Pack Cat.Nos Cable and cord management
Black RAL 9005 Set of 3 cable management supports
Plastic plates with brushes, snap on Fix on structure
1 0465 28 1 U Quick, screw-free mounting of cable guides
1 0465 29 2 U 1 0464 72 For cabinets width/depth 600 mm
1 0464 73 For cabinets width/depth 800 mm
1 0464 74 For cabinets depth 1000 mm
Metal plates with brush
1 0465 30 1 U Flat cable guides
1 0465 31 2 U Quick, screw-free mounting on cable
management supports
Width 250 mm
Thermal management 1 0464 76 For 33 U cabinet
Plates with fans 3 U 1 0464 77 For 42 U cabinets
Fix onto the 19" cable entries U-shaped cable guides
2.5 m power supply cable. 230 VA For creating a cable tray
Anthracite grey RAL 7016 Used with cross bars
1 0464 87 2 fans Cat.Nos 0476 93/94/95 in a 200 mm high plinth on
1 0464 88 3 fans associated cabinets, and 0464 78/79
supports on server cabinets
1 U ventilation drawers Height 54 mm - Length 3 m
For internal air circulation. Fix on 2 x 19" uprights 1 0464 69 Width 200 mm
ON/OFF switch. Supplied with power supply cord 1 0464 70 Width 400 mm
230 VA. Black RAL 9005
1 0464 89 Drawer with 2 fans Vertical cable management grille
Depth 150 mm For 42 U cabinets - width 800 mm
1 0464 90 Drawer with 4 fans Fixes onto 19" uprights
Depth 300 mm 1 0331 35 Grille with articulated bolts
1560 x 100 x 150 mm
Thermostat
Adjustable from 5 to 60 C, 230 VA, 50/60 Hz Vertical cable manager
1 0348 48
NC contact (5 A) and NO contact (10 A) For 42 U cabinets - width 800 mm
Magnetic mounting Fixes onto 19" uprights
1 0464 80 Set of 2 vertical panels with brush feedthroughs
Supplied with 10 cable guide rings Cat.No 0465 42,
PDU supports 3 cable ties Cat.No 0331 94, 3 cable ties
Cat.No 0331 95 and 3 cable ties Cat.No 0331 96
Vertical support for fixing to the rear of 19" LCS2 Black RAL 9005
cabinets and server cabinets (see p. 560). For
mounting 19" PDU vertically and vertical PDU
1 0465 75 For 42 U cabinets Patch extension
1 0465 76 For 47 U cabinets For 42 U cabinets - width 800 mm
Fixes onto 19" uprights
Accessories 1 0464 81 Set of 2 uprights for increasing the capacity of
the cabinet by 12 U, for mounting 19" equipment
Anti-tilt kit vertically (feedthrough panels, 19" PDU, etc.)
1 0464 84 Stabilises a cabinet when heavy items Supplied with 8 cable guide rings Cat.No 0465 42
installed on telescopic equipment are Black RAL 9005
being removed
Floor fixing kit
1 0464 86 Used for permanently fixing
a cabinet to the ground by locking the
levelling feet
Casters
1 0464 83 Set of 4 pivoting casters
Total permissible load on the 4 casters: 380 kg
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
528 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Legrand cabling system
LCS2 19" equipment
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
530 Red catalogue numbers: New products
Legrand cabling system LCS cabinets
LCS 19" wall-mounting cabinets and accessories
IP 20 - IK 08
With reversible curved print screen glass safety door
Pivoting side panels, tool-free removal from inside
Lock closure with key 2433 A
Equipped with 2 x 19" uprights with depth adjusting aid
Supplied with earthing kit
Top and bottom grilles for natural ventilation, capable of taking a fan in the top part
Anthracite grey RAL 7016
Pack Cat.Nos Fixed LCS 19" cabinets Pack Cat.Nos Fixed shelves
Easier cable management: ability to fix cable guide Quick fixing without screws
connecting rings Cat.Nos 0465 41/42 and cable ties Height 2 U
(p. 535) Max. load 15 kg
DLP format cable entries at the top and bottom, Black RAL 9005
bendable, with ability to attach cables using cable ties
Rear pre-cut cable entries Quick fixing on 2 x 19" uprights
1 0465 00 Depth 115 mm. For cabinets depth
Cabinet depth 400 mm 400, 580 and 600 mm
Capacity Width (mm) Height (mm) Load capacity (kg) 1 0465 01 Depth 200 mm. For cabinets depth
1 0462 00 6U 600 350 18 400, 580 and 600 mm
1 0462 01 9U 600 500 27 1 0465 02 Depth 360 mm. For cabinets depth
1 0462 02 12 U 600 600 36 580 and 600 mm
1 0462 03 16 U 600 800 48
Cabinet depth 580 mm
1 0462 06 9U 600 500 27
Thermal management
1 0462 07 12 U 600 600 36 Fan
1 0462 08 16 U 600 800 48 2.5 m power supply cable
1 0462 09 21 U 600 1000 63 1 0462 60 230 VA fan
Thermostat
Pivoting LCS 19" cabinets 1 0348 48 Adjustable from 5 to 60 C, 230 VA, 50/60 Hz
NO contact (10 A) and NC contact (5 A)
Cabinets composed of: Fixed by magnet
- base (wall-fixing)
- pivoting body allowing free access to the rear of
the cabinet to facilitate installation and maintenance Cable entry
Reversible pivoting direction
Full cable entry plate at top and bottom, a brush 1 0462 55 Cable entry plate with brush
plate can be fitted Cat.No 0462 55 For pivoting cabinets
Cabinet depth 600 mm
Capacity Width (mm) Height (mm) Load capacity (kg) Cable management rings
1 0462 11 9U 600 500 27
1 0462 12 12 U 600 600 36 Direct clipping onto front structural uprights of 9 U
1 0462 13 16 U 600 800 48 to 21 U fixed cabinets (Cat.No 0465 41 only) and on
1 0462 14 21 U 600 1000 63 central upright of 580 mm depth cabinets
4 0465 41 1 U, plastic
Usable section 1890 mm2
4 0465 42 2 U, plastic
Usable section 4070 mm2
Accessories
1 0462 64 Set of 4 caster wheels for assembly on pivoting
cabinets
Total load permissible on the 4 casters: 120 kg
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 531
Legrand cabling system LCS cabinets customised solutions
LCS 10" wall-mounting cabinet for small businesses LCS 19" wall-mounting cabinets
No side
panels
Fixed or
0335 92 pivoting
0462 20 0462 23
Earthing wire
Technical characteristics (p. 552 to 553)
Other key
Pack Cat.Nos LCS 10" cabinet Fixed shelves,
modular patch codes
panel 1 U and
300 mm depth cabinet feedthrough,
Compact cabinet suitable for small business blanking plates,
DIN rail kit, fibre
applications up to 36 RJ 45 sockets optic drawer
IP 20 IK 08 Power supply unit
Equipped with: 1: Pivoting cabinets
-1 reversible curved door made of safety glass
-2 side panels removable from inside
-key locking No 2433A
-2 depth-adjustable uprights
-top and bottom cable entries to DLP trunking
system format
-pre-cut back cable entry
-top and bottom perforations for natural ventilation
Anthracite grey RAL 7016
Capacity Width (mm) Height (mm) Load capacity (kg)
1 0462 20 6U 314 352 12
10" equipment
Supplied with screws and cage nuts
Modular empty panel
1 0335 92 10" panel - 1 U
For up to 2 connector units or 2 fibre optic units
(p. 506, 517)
Fixed shelf 1 U
1 0462 23 Depth 120 mm
Max. load. 10 kg
Black RAL 9005
PDU
1 0462 25 To be equipped with Arteor 2P+E
sockets
Capacity: 8 modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
532 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
energy distribution NEW customised solutions
metered PDU PDU
n PDU
With or without
measurement
- Number of circuits
- Single or three-phase
19" or vertical
format
Protected/not
protected by
circuit breaker
Number and
type of sockets
(2P+E, C13, C19,
etc.)
Cable entry:
- On terminal block or with cord
- Cords cut to length, with or
without plug
0 465 95
Vertical PDU
Protection of each circuit by circuit breaker with a
cover providing protection against accidental breaks
Single phase
Measurement of the total PDU current
230 V 50/60 Hz power supply
PDU comprising 2 circuits with 10 IEC 60320 C13
sockets + 2 IEC 60320 C19 sockets
Fixing centre: 1700 mm min. - 1735 mm max.
H 1750 x W 62 x D 50/85 (1) mm
1 0465 93 20 x C13 sockets + 4 x C19 sockets
Connection on 2.5 - 6 mm2 terminal block
1 0465 94 20 x C13 sockets + 4 x C19 sockets
3 m power supply cord with 32 A IEC 60309
2P+E plug
1 0465 95 20 x C13 sockets + 4 x C19 sockets
3 m power supply cord with IEC 60320 C20 plug
Three-phase
Measurement per phase
380 V 50/60 Hz three-phase power supply
1 circuit per phase, each with 5 IEC 60320 C13
sockets + 1 IEC 60320 C19 socket
Fixing centre: 1738 mm min. - 1772 mm max.
H 1787 x W 62 x D 45/85 (1) mm
1 0465 96 15 x C13 sockets + 3 x C19 sockets
3 m power supply cord with 32 A IEC 60309
3P+N+E plug
Pack Cat.Nos Vertical Power Distribution Units (PDU) Pack Cat.Nos 19" Power Distribution Units (PDU)
PDU with protection of each circuit by 16 A circuit 230 V - 50/60 Hz power supply
breaker (equipped with cover for protection against For fixing on 19" fixing centres
accidental breaks) 180 reversible end piece
Mounting in LCS2 cabling and server cabinet with Connection via 2.5 mm2 terminal block
PDU support Cat.Nos 0465 75/76 (p. 528) Provide a 2 U space
Mounting in Varicon-L server cabinet with 2 fixing Supplied with screws
crosspieces Cat.Nos 6466 55/57
Fixing centres: 1697 mm min - 1703 mm max. PDU
H 1720 x W 55 x D 51/88 mm (2)
1 0465 511 12 x IEC 60320 C13 sockets
Supplied with screws 1 0465 521 9 x IEC 60320 C19 sockets
Single phase 1 0465 651 6 x 2P+E black sockets - British standard
230 V 50/60 Hz power supply 1 6339 001 5 x 2P+E white switch sockets - British standard
PDU comprising 2 circuits PDU with voltage surge protector unit
The total number of sockets is distributed equally 1 6339 10 5 x 2P+ sockets + MCB
between the 2 circuits Each circuit is identified by
colour-coding 1 6339 11 6 x 2P+ sockets + switch
1 0465 81 24 x C13 sockets PDU to be equipped
Connection on 4/6 mm2 terminal block 1 0332 791 Takes 16 Arteor modules
1 0465 84 16 x C13 sockets + 6 x C19 sockets
3 m power supply cord with IEC 60309 2P+E plug 16 A
3-phase
380 V 50/60 Hz three-phase power supply
1 circuit per phase, each with 8 IEC 60320 C13
sockets and 1 IEC 60320 C19 socket
1 0465 85 24 x C13 sockets + 3 x C19 sockets
Multi-application DIN rail kit
3 m power supply cord with IEC 60309 For mounting modular devices (circuit breakers,
2P+N+E plug 32 A Legrand multimedia network components, etc)
Capacity: 24 modules
Height 4 U
Screw fixing on 19" uprights
1 0465 461 DIN profile rail with front panel
Supplied with blanking plates
24 modules
Black RAL 9005
1: Can be mounted on 19" racks with screw Cat.No 0464 23 (p. 540)
2: Overall depth at the circuit breaker slot
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
534 Red catalogue numbers: New products
cable ties and document holders NEW
0331 94
0331 95
For grouping together and organising audio, computer, VDI, etc, cables
Re-usable (cables can be added)
Pack Cat.Nos Cable ties with tightening indicator Pack Cat.Nos Self-locking cable ties
Wide cable ties with patented Repositionable cable ties
warning system to prevent Double-sided textile with "loops" on one side and
overtightening cables "hooks" on the other
Release by pinching the head of the cable tie Do not damage cables
Strap held in place after tightening Tightening
Tightening Colour Width (mm) Length (mm) max. (mm)
Width (mm) Length (mm) max. min. 10 0331 84 Black 16 150 35
50 0331 94 15 180 35 15 10 0331 85 Red 16 150 35
50 0331 95 15 225 50 35 10 0331 86 Green 16 150 35
50 0331 96 15 320 80 50 10 0331 87 Black 16 300 80
10 0331 88 Red 16 300 80
10 0331 89 Green 16 300 80
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 535
Legrand cabling system LCS2
cabinets
Pack Cat.Nos Wall mounting cabinets Dimensions Pack Cat.Nos Free standing cabinets Dimensions
(mm) (mm)
Wall mounting cabinets equipped with Hx Free standing cabinets equipped with Hx
One door made of tinted glass WxD Reversable door made of Tinted glass WxD
Top & bottom cable entry plates Reversal metal rear door
Ventilation grills at sides Ventillation grills on all sides
Black RAL9017 Cable entry at top and bottom
Reducing cable channels through the
1 6348 05* 6U capacity cabinet 371.30 x usable ht Black RAL9017
600 x 500
1 6348 00 22U capacity cabinet 1124.9 x
1 6348 06 9U capacity cabinet 504.65 x 800 x 800
600 x 500
1 6348 04 27U capacity cabinet 1357 x
1 6348 07 12U capacity cabinet 638 x 800 x 800
600 x 500
1 6348 01 36U capacity cabinet 1747.2 x
1 6348 08 15U capacity cabinet 771.35 x 800 x 800
600 x 500
1 6348 02* 42U capacity cabinet 2013.9 x
800 x 800
Accessories
1 6348 16 Mounting accessories Pkt (20 nos. each of 3) Dimensions
Accessories (mm)
1 6348 17 Cable manager 1U Metal HxD
1 6348 15 230 V AC 90 CFM fans 1 6348 11 Heavy duty shelf support 600 x 475
*Product available only in RAL 9017 *Product available only in RAL 9017
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
536 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Audio/video preterminated sockets
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE WITH HD15 PRETERMINATED SOCKET AND VIDEO PROJECTOR SWITCH
6
3
1 Infrared ON/STANDBY control 2 3 Preterminated HD15 sockets 4 10 m male/male HD15 cords 5 6 Male/male HD 15 cords
for video projector associated Cat.No 0787 77/5720 97 Cat.No 0517 23
with a pushbutton
Cat.No 0787 99/5720 89
Pack Cat.Nos Female HD15 sockets Pack Cat.Nos HD15 + 3.5 mm Jack amplifier
Used to transmit analogue video streams (VGA, Used to connect audio/video terminals more than
XGA, UXGA depending on graphic card) between a 20 m apart up to 100 m
source (computer) and a compatible receiver (video The video link is via an HD15 connector (resolution
projector, TV, etc) up to UXGA)
Preterminated sockets - 1 module The stereo audio link is via a 3.5 mm Jack
Equipped with cord, length 15 cm The kit includes:
Arteor
- one 4-module transmitter equipped with an HD15
1 5720 97 White connector and a 3.5 mm Jack
1 5725 97 Magnesium - one 4-module receiver equipped with an HD15
connector and a 3.5 mm Jack
Screw-type female HD15 - one 4-module power supply to be connected on
sockets - 2 modules the mains then linked to the receiver or transmitter
1 5722 82 White The link between the transmitter and receiver is via
1 5727 82 Magnesium Arteor a network cord RJ 45/RJ 45
1 5723 70 White
Screw-type female HD15 sockets
2 modules + 3.5 mm Jack
1 5722 88 White
1 5727 88 Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
538 Red catalogue numbers: New products
audio/video system
audio/video sockets (continued)
XLR
1 5727 72 Magnesium
Loudspeakers sockets
Terminal 4 mm
Female 3 RCA socket 10 5722 80 White - 2 modules
Provide the composite video and stereo audio links 10 5727 80 Magnesium - 2 modules
for any peripheral device such as a DVD drive,
camera, video recorder, videoconferencing, etc 10 5722 70 White - 1 module
1 module 10 5727 70 Magnesium - 1 module
Preterminated 100 V Line Volume Attenuators - 2 modules
Arteor Equipped with a 15 cm cord Used to adjust power and volume of a
1 5720 93 White 100 V loudspeaker line
1 5725 93 Magnesium 1 5722 84 White - 100 V - 25 W
1 5727 84 Magnesium - 100 V - 25 W
Connection via screw terminals Min
1 5722 73 White
1 5727 73 Magnesium
Female USB DATA amplifier - for
data transfer
Other audio and video sockets Used to bring connections closer to the user in case
Female BNC 75 socket - 1 module of large distances
Provides the composite video link for any peripheral For connecting USB devices (digital school board
device such as a DVD drive, camera, video / interactive whiteboard) located more than 5 m
recorder, etc away from a source (computer)
1 5722 76 White The kit includes a transmitter (1 module) and a
1 5727 76 Magnesium receiver (1 module)
The link between the transmitter and the receiver is
made via a RJ 45 / RJ 45 cord
Female USB DATA sockets - for
1 5720 23* White
data transfer
Used to bring connections closer to the user
For connecting USB devices (scanner-printer,
external hard disk). Max. cable length: 5 m.
Recommended cable: USB A
1 module
Preterminated
Arteor USB 3.0. Equipped with a 15 cm cord
1 5720 94 White - square version
1 5725 94 Magnesium - square version
Connection via screw terminals
USB 2.0. Cross section - 1 mm2
1 5722 75 White
1 5727 75 Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 539
audio/video system
audio/video patch panels, cords and cables
0335 98 0335 97
* to be introduced shortly.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
540 Red catalogue numbers: New products
audio/video system NEW
kits
5720 26 5720 27
* to be introduced shortly.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 541
audio/video system
kits
Push-button Videoprojector
switch Video on HD15
230 V AC
n Audio/video HD15 + 3.5 mm Jack multiparticipant transmitter (Cat.No 5720 26) and receiver (Cat.No 5720 27)
230 V AC
RJ 45 patch cord
HD15 + Jack cord (not included)
2m U/UTP or F/UTP
Cat. 5e or 6
Possibility of
adding
additional
transmitters
(unlimited)
Transmitter Transmitter Receiver HD15 + Jack Power supply
HD15 + Jack HD15 + Jack
542
Legrand cabling system LCS
standards and certification
n New fibre optic classes ISO 11801 2nd Ed. n Compliance of LCS systems with standards and
certifications
Parameters of the fibre optic link (ISO 11801/EN 50173)
LCS systems and components (de-embedded)
Multimode Singlemode conform to the following standards:
- TIA/EIA 568C
Parameter 850 nm 1300 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm - EN 50173-1 and EN 50173-2
- ISO/IEC 11801 version 2
Fibre attenuation dB/km 3.5 max. 1.5 max. 1.0 1.0
The LCS system supports 10GBase-T applications
Bandwidth MHz.km 200 min. 500 min. n/a n/a up to 100 m in a transmission channel
Conforms with standards ISO/IEC 24750, TIA TSB 155
Connector attenuation dB 0.75 max. 0.75 max. 0.75 max. 0.75 max. and IEEE 802.3
The Ea link class of the LCS system also conforms with amendment1
Return loss dB 20 min. 20 min. 26 min. 26 min. (04/2008) of standard ISO 11801 and its components conform with
amendment 2
LCS systems are certified by expert independent laboratory 3P
Optical signal Max. cable length 100 m variable 100 m variable 100 m
Table 1
1
Copper/optical n New names for LAN cables (according to ISO 11801-2)
Copper/ fibre converter
optical fibre switch They correspond to: "type of cable shield"/ "type of twisted pair shield"
Electrical signal
TP monitoring (for twisted pairs)
RJ 45 panel
Type of cable Twisted
RJ 45 sockets Cable pair
shielding
: Optical link old name new name shielding
OM2
Multimode Singlemode
Applications
OM2 OM3 OM4 OS1/OS2
10 Gigabits Ethernet 82 m 300 m 550 m (1)
NA
(S/R base)
TIA 568
IEEE 802.3 applications
1: Engineered solution using a max. cabled fibre attenuation of 3.0 dB/km. If not distance is
400 m
543
Legrand cabling system LCS
standards and certification
General characteristics:
- 6 or 12 incoming ports (depending on Cat.No)
RJ 45 wiring
- 4, 8 or 12 outgoing ports (depending on Cat.No) maximum
Connection of mixed cords via RJ 45 connector
(RJ 45/stripped)
- UTP and FTP versions
- Cat. 5e, 6 and 6 A 7 lines
- for computer applications; telephone, access control, etc in reserve
Technical characteristics:
- Material: Polycarbonate PC hood
Polypropylene PP base
- Colour: RAL 7035
- Weatherproofing protection index: IP 21
- Mechanical impact protection index: IK 07 Connection to additional RJ 45 sockets is done by adding RJ 45 - RJ 45
cords between the unit and the RJ 45 sockets with copper feedthrough
- Holding strength of connector units in the box: 100 N
- Cables anchored on support using Colring cable ties
Dimensions
49.8
137.1
352 166
Performance
Maximum recommended lengths of links to ensure high performance
of the systems with the use of RJ 45 sockets with copper
feedthroughs and/or RJ 45 sockets
Associated lengths (m)
544
n Flush-mounting 10/100 Base-T Ethernet switches n Installation principle for a Wi-Fi access point with Power
over Ethernet injector
0 779 00 0 779 01
Power supply 230 V PoE
Speed 100 Mbps
Standards 802.3/802.3u 802.3u
802.3 af
Common technical Operating temperature: from 0C to +40C
characteristics Max. permissible humidity level: 95 %
Auto MDI-X (takes crossed and straight cords)
Orange LED: - on: speed of 100 Mbps
- off: speed 10 Mbps
Green LED on: traffic
230 V
n Installation
n Operation of PoE injector
In all supports able to take a Arteor mechanism (trunking, columns,
flush-mounting boxes, floor boxes, etc) A PoE injector has one input and one output per access point to be
Do not place access points behind anything that could limit the supplied
antenna's range
Access points are connected tool-free via an RJ 45 connector Incoming switch: data
Power supply
48 V
n Sizing
: Data
- Provide 1 access point for 1 localised requirement (in entrance hall)
- Provide 1 access point per 100 m2 for overall coverage and a : Power
maximum gross speed
- Provide 1 access point with an RJ 45 socket for a desk used by Pair 2
Outgoing cable to
visitors Pair 3 Pair 1 Pair 4
patch panel:
Data + power supply
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
n Legrand services
The Relations Pro (1) service will work with you and guide you in setting
up your VDI sites, offering:
- help with sizing the installation
- on-site assistance for integrating products and making important
installations secure
Advisors are also available to answer all your technical questions
1: 0810 48 48 48 (local call rate) Monday to Friday 8am to 6pm
545
Legrand cabling system LCS fibre optic
fibre optic connectors
n Advantages:
- High quality finish
- Can be reused 5 times
- Shallow connector, depth less than 40 mm
- Connector factory pre-polished and does not require any glue
- No special tools, easy to transport
- Speed of installation: simple connection process, quick training
It takes less than five seconds to fit the connector
2/ Slide the switch on the connector -
the splice is done
Inspection
546
Legrand cabling system LCS
LCS 19"cabling and server freestanding cabinets
ISO IEC 11801 Information technology - Generic cabling for customer premises A
B
450le
E b
Usaea
ar
n Overall dimensions (mm)
465ce
tan
D Dis
A B C A B 87(2)
(maximum 162)
G
F(2)
160 Min/Max 2: Continuous adjustment
W 160 with adjustments in widths
160 of 12.5 mm
Single front door cabinets Single front door cabinets
Cat.Nos Capacity H(1) W D A B
Usable area F(2)
0463 00 24 U 1226 Cat.Nos Capacity A E G
0463 06 29 U 1448 B C D Min. Max.
659 1208 0463 00 24 U 1086
0463 12 33 U 1626 610 1138
0463 18/30 0463 06 29 U 1308
659 490 425
0463 19 859 0463 12 33 U 1486 490 118 193 41
1408 0463 18/30
0463 21 42 U 2026 657
0463 22/33 857 1608 0463 19 859 690 625
0463 23 810 1057 1525 1808 0463 21 42 U 657 1886 490 425
0463 28 857 1608 0463 22/33 857 690 625
47 U 2248 0463 23 1057 690 890 825 122 197 141
0463 29 1057 1808
0463 28 857 690 625
Double front door cabinets 0463 29
47 U
1057
2108
890 825
Cat.Nos Capacity H(1) W D A B C
Double front door cabinets
0463 41 657 815
Usable area F(2)
0463 42 42 U 2026 810 857 1165 1015 1535 Cat.Nos Capacity A E G
B C D Min. Max.
0463 43 1057 1215
0463 41 657 490 425
0463 42 42 U 857 1886 690 690 625 122 197 141
Server cabinets
0463 43 1057 890 825
Cat.Nos Capacity H (1)
W D A B
0463 85 42 U 2026 610 1086 1160 1655
Server cabinets
Usable area F(2)
0463 86 42 U 2026 810 1096 1550 1858 Cat.Nos Capacity A E G
B C D Min. Max.
1: Without adjustment levelling feet (+ 15 to 45 mm with feet) 0463 85 1086 490 41
42 U 1886 890 825 75 150
0463 86 1096 690 141
547
Legrand cabling system LCS
LCS 19"cabling and server freestanding cabinets and accessories
Depth
600
E
Depth F C
D A
800 B
00
or 2
100
Pre-cut at the top in 19" format (usable area 451 mm) 600 x 1000 599 999 478 878 449 849
Bottom central cut (805 x 450 mm) 800 x 1000 799 999 678 878 649 849
Width
800
B
0463 12 84 - B
548
Legrand cabling system LCS
LCS cabling and server cabinet accessories
3U
89
465
482
3U
89
465
482
Ventilation zone
Cat.Nos Output
Number of fans (m3/h)
0464 87 2 180
0464 88 3 270
n Shelves (mm)
W3
th W2
Wid De
pth W1
D C
B D
31
A
t of (ti
sup le
Se ral 14 Usable width
te p Cat.Nos D C
2 la por t are or t W1 W2 W3
sup ets D a)
tilebrack os 9 0462 23(1) 120 216
t.N
Ca 4 38/ C
6 0 0465 00 115 435
0 4 39/4
30 0465 01 200 435
38
or ile 0465 02 360 435
(t )
e s s
kn 25 0465 05 425 440
hic
H t
15 0465 06 625 440
0465 07 825 440
0465 08 425 425 320
0465 09 625 425 420
H(1) Usable area Distance (width x depth) 0465 10 625 425 420
Width x
Cat.Nos With To the
Depth Min. Max. A B C D 0465 17 820 425
cabinet ground
0464 30 600 x 600 530 435 478 x 478 520 x 520 0465 18 820 380 650
0464 31 600 x 800 530 730 435 635 478 x 678 520 x 720
1: Fixing centre 236.5 mm
0464 32 600 x 1000 930 835 478 x 878 520 x 920
200 350
0464 33 800 x 600 530 435 678 x 478 720 x 520
n Keyboard support shelf (mm)
0464 34 800 x 800 730 730 635 635 678 x 678 720 x 720
0464 35 800 x 1000 930 835 678 x 878 720 x 920
1: Adjustable in steps of 25 mm + fine tuning
825
Cat.No 0464 78 max
. - 62
5 min
.
460
max
.
Cat.No 0464 79
5U
250
549
Legrand cabling system
19" racks and accessories
20
27 x 7
80.5 x 5.5 74 x 9
29 x 9
105.5 x 5.5
94 x 9
2185
2185
2135
2135
70.5 x 5.5
73
31.2
20
25
27 x 7
267 604 41
80.5 x 5.5 74 x 9 521 667 3 604
105.5 x 5.5 29 x 9
94 x 9
70.5 x 5.5
n Cord management grids
0464 25 0464 26 0464 27
1755 MAX (0 465 75)
1986 MAX ( 0 465 76)
165
5 x 7U ( 0 465 75)
6 x 7U ( 0 465 76)
1822 ( 0 465 76)
1600 (0 465 75)
156
153
1U
1U
800 (0 465 75)
911 (0 465 76)
7 U(1)
22(1)
1970
105.5
12(1)
1970
1965
204 331
165 267
550
n 0464 25 n Cable tray support
Swing latch replacement installation 0464 18/19
Installation can be either right or left hand swing out
n 0464 26/27
Bend limiting clips Cord coiling support
1U
1U
or
2U 172
551
Legrand cabling system LCS
19" and 10" LCS wall-mounting cabinets
n General characteristics
Metallic wall-mounting cabinets
RAL 7016 textured polyester coating providing excellent resistance to corrosion and scratching
Front door made of safety glass
Protection index (weatherproof) against solid objects and liquids: IP 20
Protection index against mechanical impact: IK 08
Perforations in uprights: 9.5 x 9.5 mm
Permissible load: 3 kg/U (or 48 kg for a 19" cabinet 16 U)
12 kg for the 10" cabinet 6 U
0462 06 9U 500
0462 07 12 U 600
580
0462 08 16 U 800
0462 09 21 U 1000
0462 11 9U 500
96
A
1 114
167 B
1 171 175
0462 09
180
0462 11
552
n Usable dimensions (mm)
19" LCS fixed cabinets depth 400 mm 19" LCS fixed cabinets depth 580 mm
50 50
Ove
rall Ove
dim
600 ens 600 rall
dim
area ions area ens
ble 400 ble ions
Usa 105 Usa 105 580
3 x 3 x
50 50
Usable area
200 x 80 200 x 80
451 rea
a
ble
Usa 5 451 rea
550 / 750
250 / 350 /
150 / 250 /
350 / 550
46 ce ble
a
an Usa
Dist 525 465 ce
n
Dista
(ma 258
xim (ma 435
um xim
308 um
) 92 485
(minimum 42) ) 92
(minimum 42)
19" LCS pivoting cabinets depth 600 mm 10" LCS cabinet depth 300 mm
62 50 Ove
rall
Ove dim
rall ens
600 ions
440 dim 314 305
le area ens
ions 105
b
Usa 615
Height 500 / 600 / 800 / 1000
Capacity 9U / 12U / 16U / 21U
.5
222 rea
a
Usable area
s a ble
U
200 x 140
Height 352
.5
236 ce
451 rea an
ble
a Dist
Usa
465 ce
n
Dista
(ma 207
xim
(ma 365 um
xim 257
um )
465 82
)
200 (minimum 32)
(minimum 100)
125 25
553
energy distribution
vertical Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
554
Aluminium snap-on
columns & mini-columns
Ideal for distribution of power and data vertically, close to
the workstations. Power supply via the ceiling and/or the floor
Time saving thanks to the direct clipping system
NEW
Snap-on aluminium columns and mini-columns
Arteor sockets for snap-on system Cablofil wire mesh cable tray
P.567
Lighting Lighting Management
management sensors for
sensors passageways with
natural light
P.560-561
Choosing the right
Selection chart sensor
P.565
Motion Sensors for
Technical data 1 circuit
Lighting
Management
with Sensors
556
P.567 P.570 P.571
Lighting Management Lighting Management Lighting Management
sensors for work areas sensors for multi-circuit sensors for controllers for
with natrual light ceiling mounted controllers passageway and work areas
for areas with natural light with natural light
P.562 P.563
Motion and Lighting Lighting Management
Management sensors sensors and room
for 1 circuit controllers for multiple
circuits control
P.568-569
Lighting
Management
sensors
557
pour exemple
STEP 2 : Choose
: xxxxxxx
the right sensor pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
Coverage patterns
2.5 m
Individual office,
5m :5 m corridor, stairways,
restrooms etc.
(1)
0488 04 m:
.
8m Individual office
(1)
0489 14
Individual office,
classroom, meeting
8m . room, open plan
office
5740 79
(2)
5740 31
.
6 m (US) Classroom, meeting
room, open plan
5 m (PIR) . office
0488 06/09
. .
.
Individual office,
7 m (US) classroom, meeting
12 m (PIR) room, restrooms
etc.
(1)
0489 16
.
0488 07 Hall, stairways
8m
. etc.
.
0488 08
(1)
1 lighting output & 1 fan output
(2)
without neutral
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
558 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Installation type Examples of
Cat.Nos Range Detection area
Technology applications
.
Hall, stairways, very
15 m
long areas
0489 17
(1) . 15 15
8m . Hall, stairways
5740 47
(2)
5740 34
.
2 x 12 m Long corridor
0488 17
0489 32
(1)
1 lighting output & 1 fan output
(2)
without neutral
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 559
pour exemple
STEP 2 : Choose
: xxxxxxx
the right sensor pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
room controller
.
6 m (US) Individual office,
. classroom
5 m (PIR)
0488 22 . .
0488 23
8m . Individual office,
classroom
5740 48
.
Restrooms,
8m
. changing room
0488 20
.
Restrooms,
5m
changing room
0488 24
Restrooms,
8m .
changing room
5740 46
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
560 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Installation type Examples of
Cat.Nos Range Detection area
Technology applications
12
2.4 m
m: 3 10 18 27
Corridors, very long
27 m
70 corridor
0488 25 10 m
.
Outdoor car park,
10 m cellar, laboratory,
test rooms
0488 30
DIMMIng
on-oFF
DaLI 1-10 v HaLogEn - InCanDESCEnT - DIMMaBLE LEDS (1)
1 lighting circuit
0488 50 0488 51 0488 52 -
+ fan output in the same room
2 lighting circuits
- 0488 51 - -
+ 1 fan output in the same room
0488 44
4 lighting circuits (4 inputs, 4 outputs)
0488 43 (max. 32 0488 43 -
in 4 rooms
ballasts)
(1)
Refer to the load table in the data sheet available online in the e-catalogue (note: some commercially available dimmable LEDs are not compatible).
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 561
pour exemple
motion and Lighting
: xxxxxxx
Management sensors for
pour
1 circuit
exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx chart
selection xxxxxxxx
MOTION SENSORS
Installation
areas without
Wall
natural light Ceiling
Surface mounting(2) Flush-mounting(1)
Passageway
Hall/lobby
Stairways/hallways
Storage areas/technical areas 8m 8m 8m
0488 03(1) 0489 11 5740 47(1)/5740 34(4) - Without neutral
Outdoor and damp areas
8m
Hall/lobby
Stairways/hallways 8m 20 m 8m
0488 07(1)/0488 08(1) 0489 17 (3) 5740 47(1)/5740 34(4) - Without neutral
Hallways
Very long areas 2 x 12 m 20 m 8m
0488 17 (1)
0489 17 (3) 5740 47 /5740 34 - Without neutral
(1) (4)
10 m 270
High ceiling areas fixing
(gymnasium, IP 55 25 m height -
storage areas...) 20 m
0489 32 (Flush-mounting)
0489 33
Restrooms, bathrooms
Dressing room 8m 8m 8m
8m
0489 32
Indoor/outdoor car park lot
IP 55 270 270 -
Indoor entrance areas
20 m 20 m
0489 33 Directional head 0489 33 Directional head
1: Surface mounting box option - 2: corner mounting option - 3: 1 lighting output + 1 fan output - 4: Dedicated retrofit solution
562
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensors and room controllers
pour exemple
for multiple
: xxxxxxx
circuits control
xxxxxxxx chart
selection xxxxxxxx
Individual office
Classroom 8m 5m 8m
0488 22 0488 23 5740 48
Passageway
Hallways
-
Very long areas 8m 30 m
0488 20 0488 25
0488 25
outdoor & damp areas
270
Car park lot, cellar, 15 m
laboratory, test room, IP 55 - 15 m -
changing room
0488 30 10 m
563
pour exemple
motion sensors
: xxxxxxx
for 1 circuit pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
motion sensors for passageway without natural light xxxxxxxx
Automatic on/off
Manual adjustment of light level threshold and time delay via potentiometer
All load 8.5 A - 240 V
Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for passageways Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for outdoor and damp areas
Surface mounted on wall Surface mounted on wall
1 0489 11 PIR wall mounted motion sensor 1 0489 31 PIR wall mounted motion sensor
180 infrared detection, range 8 m 180 infrared detection, range 8 m
Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m
3-wire with neutral 3-wire with neutral
IP 42 IP 55
Light level threshold: 1 to 1000 lux Light level threshold: 5 to 1275 lux
Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 30 min Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 30 min
Standby consumption: 0.7 W Standby consumption: 0.7 W
For direct surface mounting on wall For direct surface mounting on wall
Can be mounted in/on a corner using accessory Can be mounted in/on a corner using accessory
Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568) Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568)
Wall mounted - Arteor Ceiling mounted
PIR wall mounted motion sensors PIR wall and ceiling mounted motion sensor
180 infrared detection, range 8 m 360 infrared detection with directional head,
Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m range 8 m
IP 41 Fixes directly to ceiling or wall (min. height: 1.70 m)
Light level threshold: 5 to 1275 lux 3-wire with neutral
Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 30 min IP 55
Standby consumption: 0.2 W Light level threshold: 1 to 1000 lux
1 5740 47 White - with neutral Adjustable time delay: 12 s to 16 min
1 5740 34 White - without neutral Standby consumption: 0.4 W
Wall mounted Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
PIR wall mounted motion sensor 1 0697 40 Grey
180 infrared detection, range 8 m 1 0697 80 White
Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m
IP 41
Without neutral, ideal to replace push-buttons wired
to a timer
The time delay settings must be the same between
the sensor and the timer
1 0784 57 White
Ceiling mounted
6 0488 03 PIR ceiling motion sensor
360 infrared detection, range 8 m
Recommended fixing height: 2.50 m
3-wire with neutral
IP 41
Light level threshold: 1 to 1000 lux
Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 30 min
Consumption: 0.4 W on standby
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
Fixes directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws
(included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm
Can be surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
564 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
motion sensors for 1 circuit
detection areas and load table
n Detection areas
Cat.Nos 5740 47/34, 0784 54/55/56 and 0792 58/59 Cat.No 0488 03
8m
0.5 m
1.5 m 1.3 m
3m
5m 1.5 m
10 m 3m
2.4 m
3m 1.2 m
5m 1.5 m
10 m 3m
m: 5 4 2 1 0 1 2 4 5
2.50 m
2.50 m
2.5 m
8m 12 m
0 4m 8m 45
6m
6m
6m
45
4m 8m
n Load table
565
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensors for 1 circuit pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxManagement sensors for passageway with natural light
Lighting xxxxxxxx
With knock-out
cable entries
Check presence and natural light level continuously, switch off when there is sufficient natural light
Occupancy mode (automatic switch-on/off factory setting). Can be used with pushbutton Cat.No 0770 40 (or illuminated pushbutton Cat.No 0770 33) for
vacancy mode (manual switch-on and manual or automatic switch-off). Precise on-site adjustment using configuration tool Cat.No 0882 30 (p. 568)
Adjustable time delay: 5 s to 59 min. Light level threshold adjustable from 5 to 1275 lux
Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for passageways Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for outdoor and damp areas
Ceiling mounted Wall or ceiling mounted
Fix directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws 1 0489 33 PIR wall and ceiling mounted multi lens Lighting
(included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm, Management sensors
Cat.No 0893 58 270 infrared detection with directional head,
3-wire with neutral range 20 m
Standby consumption: 0.4 W Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m
Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m 3-wire with neutral
1 0488 17 PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors IP 55
360 infrared with detection angle of 2 x 12 m Standby consumption: 0.7 W
Ideal for hallway Can be mounted in/on a corner using accessory
IP 41 Cat.No 0489 72 (p. 568)
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 20 m
Connection via automatic terminals
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory Ideal for high ceiling areas
Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568) Ceiling mounted
1 0488 07 PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors 1 0489 32 PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors
360 infrared detection, range 8 m 360 infrared detection, 20 m at 10 m high, 8 m
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m at 2.5 m high
Connection via automatic terminals 3-wire with neutral
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory IP 55, IP 66 with cable gland Cat.No 0980 23
Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568) Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 20 m
1 0488 08 PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors Standby consumption: 0.4 W
360 infrared detection, range 8 m Compatible with Cablofil cable trays
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
Fast connection
Surface mounted on wall Ideal for storage areas and restrooms
1 0489 17 PIR wall mounted Lighting Management sensors Wall mounted
180 infrared detection, range 20 m
Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m 180 infrared detection, range 8 m
3-wire with neutral Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m
IP 42 Standby consumption: 0.2 W
Additional 2 A contact for HVAC control based on Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
presence data 2-wire cable (without neutral)
Standby consumption: 0.4 W IP 41
Can be mounted in/on a corner using accessory For installation in box, depth 40 mm min., or in
Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568) surface mounting box Cat.No 0802 81
2 modules
1 5740 34 PIR flush mounted Lighting Management sensors
without neutral
White
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
566 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensors for 1 circuit pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxManagement sensors for work areas with natural light
Lighting xxxxxxxx
Lighting Management
sensor: Integrated
pushbutton
Check presence and light level continuously, switch off when there is sufficient natural light
Manual switch-on and manual or automatic switch-off (factory setting)
Can be used with pushbutton Cat.No 0770 40 (or illuminated pushbutton Cat.No 0770 33) for manual switch-on and manual or automatic switch-off
Infrared and ultrasonic motion sensors for workplaces, providing precise presence detection as soon as the wave transmitted by the sensor is
modified (for example, by hand movement on a keyboard)
Precise on-site adjustment using configuration tool (p. 568)
Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for work areas Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for offices
Suitable for meeting room, classroom, open plan Wall mounted
office, etc. 180 infrared and ultrasonic detection, range 8 m
Ceiling mounted Recommended fixing height: 1.20 m
Standby consumption: 0.2 W
360 infrared and ultrasonic detection, 8 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
IP 20 3-wire cable
3-wire with neutral IP 41
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m For installation in box, depth 40 mm min., or in
Standby consumption: 0.8 W surface mounting box Cat.No 0802 81
Fix directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws 2 modules
(included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm 1 5740 49 Dual technology flush mounted Lighting
1 0488 06 Dual technology ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors with neutral
Management sensors White
Connection via automatic terminals
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568)
1 0488 09 Dual technology ceiling mounted Lighting
Management sensors
Fast connection Ideal for a individual office
Surface mounted on wall Ceiling mounted
1 0489 14 PIR technology wall mounted Lighting Management PIR ceiling mounted Lighting Management sensors
sensors with presence output 360 infrared detection, 8 m range
180 infrared detection, range (front) 8 m 3-wire with neutral
Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
3-wire with neutral Standby consumption: 0.4 W
IP 42 Fixes directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws
Additional 2 A contact for HVAC control based on (included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm
presence data Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Consumption: 0.4 W on standby Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568)
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m IP 41
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568) 1 0488 00 Without 2 A contact for HVAC control
1 0488 04 Additional 2 A contact for HVAC control based on
1 0489 16 Dual technology wall mounted Lighting Management presence data
sensors with presence output
180 infrared and ultrasonic detection, range (front)
8m
Recommended fixing height: 2.5 m
3-wire with neutral
IP 42
Additional 2 A contact for HVAC control based on
presence data
Consumption: 0.4 W on standby
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Cat.No 0489 71 (p. 568)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 567
configuration tools and accessories configuration tools and accessories
RJ 45 doubler
10 0488 68 Used to double the number of controller inputs
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
568 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
motion sensors and Lighting Management sensors for controllers
Arrival: low light level Strong light level Fading light level Departure: end of day
On entering the room the When someone is in When someone is in On leaving the room, the light is switched
light is switched on using the room, the sensor the room, the sensor off by pressing the pushbutton. If the light
the pushbutton by the door will turn the light off turns the light back on is not switched off, the sensor will operate
automatically if the automatically. automatically.
light level threshold is
reached (1)
n Load table
569
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensor for managingpour
several
exemple
circuits
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
multi-circuit ceiling mounted controllers for areas with natural light
xxxxxxxx
Rear view
Connection via screw
terminals
DALI 1
DALI 2
0488 51 0488 41
Ceiling mounted or installed in Cablofil cable trays (see Legrand Cable Management catalogue)
Connection to sensors (Cat.Nos 0488 20/22/30/24/23/25 and 0784 85/86) by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with
RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0488 72 (p. 571)
Pack Cat.Nos For controlling 1 or 2 circuits in one room Pack Cat.Nos For controlling 4 lighting circuits
1 sensor input, 2 inputs for auxiliaries Can be controlled for each output by a sensor
2 outputs and/or an individual BUS control unit
Can be used with a pushbutton, including a Addressing methods using sensors and control
pushbutton with LED indicator, Cat.Nos 0770 40/33 units:
for manual switch-on and manual or automatic - automatic configuration
switch-off - custom configuration by pressing the "Learn"
ON/OFF button on the product
1 0488 50 2 x 16 A outputs Dimming - ballast 1-10 V or ON/OFF
Used to control 2 ON/OFF lighting circuits or 1 0488 43 4 outputs
1 lighting circuit + 1 ventilation circuit 1000 VA maximum per output
Connection via screw terminals
Dimming - DALI ballast
Dimming - DALI ballast 1 0488 44 4 outputs
1 0488 51 2 DALI outputs (32 ballasts max.) and 1 ventilation 32 ballasts maximum per output
output (volt-free contact)
Used to dim the light level on the window side of a
room (where there is more natural light) separately For controlling 2 lighting circuits,
from the corridor side 1 shutter and 1 HVAC contact
Used to control a maximum of 32 DALI ballasts
Connection via screw terminals Can be controlled for each output by a sensor and/
or an individual BUS control unit
Dimming - 1-10 V ballast Addressing methods using sensors and control
1 0488 52 2 x 1000 VA lighting outputs units:
Used to dim the light level on the window side of a - automatic configuration
room (where there is more natural light) separately - custom configuration by pressing the "Learn"
from the corridor side button on the product
Connection via screw terminals 1 0488 47 2 ON/OFF or 1-10 V dimming lighting outputs
1 output for roller blind
1 ventilation output (volt-free contact)
For controlling 2 lighting circuits
Can be controlled for each output by a sensor and/
or an individual BUS control unit
Addressing methods using sensors and control
units:
- automatic configuration
- custom configuration by pressing the "Learn"
button on the product
ON/OFF
1 0488 41 2 x 16 A outputs
Dimming - 1-10 V ballast
1 0488 42 2 outputs
1000 VA maximum per output
Dimming - LV and ELV halogen
1 0488 45 2 outputs
1000 W maximum per output
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
570 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple
Lighting Management
: xxxxxxx
sensors for managing
pour
several
exemple
circuits
: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxManagement sensors for controllers for passageway and work
Lighting xxxxxxxx
areas with natural light
Local control
solutions
Integrated pushbutton
Check presence and light level continuously, switch off when there is sufficient natural light
Automatic switch-on/off (factory setting)
Precise on-site adjustment using configuration tool (p. 568)
Connect to controllers by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0488 72 (p. 568)
Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for large areas Pack Cat.Nos Ideal for work areas
Ceiling mounted Wall mounted
1 0488 20 360 infrared detection, range 8 m 1 5740 48 180 infrared and ultrasonic detection,
Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m range 8 m
Consumption: 0.2 W on standby Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m
Fixes directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws IP 41
(included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm Consumption: 0.2 W on standby
Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory Integrated pushbutton
Cat.No 0488 75 For installation in box, depth 40 mm min., or in
IP 41 surface mounting box Cat.No 0802 81
Surface mounted 2 modules
1 0488 25 140 infrared detection with directional head, range Ceiling mounted
30 m 1 0488 22 360 infrared and ultrasonic detection, range 8 m
IP 42 Recommended fixing height: 2.50 m
Consumption: 0.2 W on standby Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m
Supplied with fixing plate Consumption: 0.5 W on standby
Fixes directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws
Wall mounted (included) or installed in a Batibox box, depth 50 mm
1 5740 46 180 infrared detection, range 8 m Surface mounted on ceiling using accessory
Recommended fixing height: 1.2 m Cat.No 0488 75 (p. 568)
IP 41 IP 20
Consumption: 0.2 W on standby
Integrated pushbutton Surface mounted
For installation in box, depth 40 mm min., or in 1 0488 23 180 infrared and ultrasonic detection with
surface mounting box Cat.No 0802 81 directional head, range (front) 7 m
2 modules IP 42
Consumption: 0.5 W on standby
Surface mounted Supplied with fixing plate
1 0488 24 180 infrared detection with directional head, range
(front) 5 m
IP 42 Light level measurement cell
Consumption: 0.2 W on standby
Supplied with fixing plate 1 0488 28 For synchronising the light level measurement when
used with sensors
Use the configuration tool Cat.No 0882 30 (p. 568)
Ideal for outdoor and damp areas to configure the light level cell
Connects to the BUS/SCS cable with connector
Surface mounted Cat.No 0488 72 (p. 568)
1 0488 30 270 dual infrared detection, side range 2 x 15 m IP 20
and front range 10 m
IP 55
Consumption: 0.5 W on standby RJ 45-BUS/SCS connectors
Supplied with fixing plate
Used to connect controller(s) and sensor(s) to a
BUS/SCS cable via tap-off
10 0488 72 Male connector
10 0488 73 Female connector
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 571
>>>
Lighting Management
BUS/SCS OR BUS/KNX individual and centralised BUS controls
LIGHTING MANAGEMENT
Local or global
control, the
0791 75 0784 73 0784 78
Connection:
- To the BUS/SCS controller via cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to
choice is yours!
be fitted with RJ 45-BUS/SCS connector Cat.No 0488 72 (p. 568)
- Directly to the BUS/SCS cable (supplied with BUS/SCS connector
Cat.No 3515 for connection to the BUS/SCS cable via tap-off)
To be fitted with Arteor cover plates and Batibox support frames
572
Legrand a motive force in buildings
IP InFraSTrUCTUrE
KnX MoDBUS
LIgHTIng, BLInDS,
SoCKETS MEaSUrEMEnT
Building manager
viewer Ready to
supervise software
Cat.No 0490 00
Building manager
viewer Customised
software
Cat.No 0490 04
Automatic building
manager controller
Cat.No 0035 44
p. 578
Video door entry kits
Technical data
Safety &
Security
Solutions
with Door
Phones
574
575
Door Phones
Your home appreciates peace of mind
with safety and security.
+ +
Colour video kit with handset Colour video kit with handsfree
+ +
3690 71 3690 81
Pack Cat.Nos Colour video door phone monitor kit Pack Cat.Nos Colour video door phone monitor kit
Installation with 4 wire, monitor is with handset Installation with 4 wire, monitor is with handsfree
with possibility to adjust volume, brightness & with possibility to adjust volume, brightness &
contrast contrast
Composition Composition
Extra - slim street panel Extra - slim street panel
Colour monitor Colour monitor
Colour video kit with handset Colour video kit with handsfree
1 3690 71 1 flat 1 3690 81 1 flat
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 577
video door entry kits
cabling system
Technical data
Colour video door entry kits - 3690 71
578
High performance simplified
The D45 system simplifies installation in residential spaces right from a single
house to a group of houses to multi-apartment residential complexes.
Metra p. 594
Sockets
plugs and
sockets
p. 589
P17 Tempra plugs
Dimensions and sockets
Connection
solutions
with P17
Tempra,
Hypra &
Metra
580
p. 588 p. 588 p. 588
Interlocked switched Panel mounting with Interlocked switch
sockets with DIN rail inter locked socket combined
switched sockets units
p. 594
Plugs
581
> Hypra prisinter and > P17 Tempra
Hypra plugs and combined units
sockets Fast and reliable wiring
For extremely harsh environment DIN rail for fitting Lexic modular
With 2 half clamps for uniform protection device
grip on cable, in case of plugs Plug-in system : fast wiring of
IP 44, IP 66/67 the socket in the cover on site,
independently of the box already
Panel mounting and mobile
mounted on the wall Automatic
sockets
and reliable connection of the
Straight plugs socket when mounting in the box
IK 09
582
p17 Tempra,
Hypra & Metra
plugs and Sockets
For safe connection which you can depend on.
Ensures the protection of personnel at electrical
installation
LV Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack Cat.Nos Pack
A
380 to 415 V * 3P + T 0566 13 1 0566 33 1 0566 53 1 0566 73 1 0572 33 1
32 A
50 Hz 3P + N + T 0566 14 1 0566 34 1 0566 54 1 0566 74 1 0572 34 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
584 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple
plugs : xxxxxxx
& sockets - Hypra pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
16 to 125 A xxxxxxxx
A
200 to 250 V * 16 A / 20 A 2P + T 0520 02 1/10 0520 22 5/50 0520 92 5/50 0520 42 5/50
* In IEC 38, the network voltage value of 230/400 V AC has been standardised. This value should progressively supercede the values of 220/380 V AC and 240/415 V AC.
Wherever there is a reference to 230 V or 400 V, they may be read as 220 V or 240 V and 380 V or 415 V respectively.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 585
pourTempra
P17 exemple
combined
: xxxxxxxunits - LV 16 to 63 A pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
to be composed xxxxxxxx
Surface Base up to Base up to Base up to 1 for socket 2 for sockets 1 for socket Plain plate
mounting 2 sockets 3 sockets 6 sockets 16 or 32 A 16 A 63 A
box 16 A 16 A 16 A
220 x 125 mm(4) 371 x 125 mm(4) 441 x 265 mm(4) 441 x 405 mm(4)
Rail 5 Lexic Rail 12 Lexic Rail 18 Lexic
modules modules modules
Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No
280 x 125 mm(4) 421 x 125 mm(4) 501 x 265 mm(4) 501 x 405 mm(4)
Rail 5 Lexic Rail 12 Lexic Rail 18 Lexic
modules modules modules
Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No Pack Cat.No
3 0577 11 1 0577 20 1 0577 03 1 0577 04 4 0577 18(1) 2 0577 19(1) 4 0577 14(1) 4 0577 16
(1) Supplied with blanking plate (2) To be fixed horizontally except 16 A domestic pin sockets, vertically (IP 44 - connected)
(3) IP 54 cover closed - IP 44 connected (4) External dimensions: H x W
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
586 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
100/130 V 16 A 2P+E
With box or base
0577 11 - 2 - 1 - -
2 sockets
16 A 2P+E or - 1 1 - 1 -
200/250 V 32 A 2P+E
0577 20 3 sockets
3
-
-
4
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
-
63 A 2P+E 4 sockets - 2 2 - 2 -
- 3 1 1 1 -
3P+E 0577 03
3 1 1 - 1 1
16 A 5 sockets
- 3 2 - 1 - 1
6 sockets 6 - - - - 2
3P+E
380/415 V 32 A
- 6 - 3 - -
6 sockets
- - 3 3 - 3 -
- 5 1 2 1 -
3P+E - 4 2 1 2 -
63 A
- 3 2 2 - 2 1
0577 04
7 sockets 3 4 - 2 - 1
3 3 1 1 1 1
8 sockets 6 1 1 - 1 2
6 2 - 1 - 2
9 sockets 9 - - - - 3
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 587
pour
P 17 Tempra
exempleIP: xxxxxxx
44 - LV 16 A pourIP44,
P17 exemple
54, 66/67
: xxxxxxx
- LV 16-125 A
schuko sockets
xxxxxxxx combined
xxxxxxxx unit - interlock switch sockets & refrigerated
ontainer use
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat.Nos that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
588 Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
maximum
pour exemple
safety
: xxxxxxx
conforming to typical application
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
international standards
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
LV 32 A 2.5 to 10 mm2
LV 63 A 6 to 25 mm2
LV 125 A 25 to 70 mm2
589
pour exemple
typical application
: xxxxxxx P17
pourTempra
exemple
IP:66/67
xxxxxxx
- LV 32A
xxxxxxxx refrigerated
xxxxxxxx container use
Simple to use
Switched ON by simply rotating the plug
Safety of personnel
Earth continuity maintained even when the plug is not in use
Operating safety
Colour coding and 309-2 pin configuration prevent incorrect plugging
Straight plugs Mobile sockets
Switch performance
Increased safety Cat.No 6571 26 Cat.No 6571 46
Breaking capacity:
16 A 32 A 63 A
AC1 16 A 32 A 63 A
Hypra plug
B B
Weight
A B Weight
(kg) A B C
(kg)
LV 32 A LV 32 A
T
3P+ 0.276 152 94.5 12 to 21.5 T
3 P+ 0.320 171 94.5 103 12 to 21.5
16 A IP A IP A
2P+T 44 38 55 45
3P+T 44 38 55 45
Weatherproof seal Stainless steel Tensile force safety 3P+N+T 44 38 55 45
cable gland held external screws 2 half-clamps provide
in position uniform grip for
protection against
accidental
disconnection
Note : AC1 = Non inductive or slightly inductive load e.g., resistance furnace
AC3 = Inductive load e.g., squirrel cage motor, switching OFF motors while running
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Accuracy of dimensions = 2 mm
590
pourTempra
P17 exemple
combined
: xxxxxxxunits pourTempra
P17 exemple
combined
: xxxxxxxunits
xxxxxxxx to be composed
xxxxxxxx
Dimensions Dimensions
IP 44 according to IEC 60529 and EN 60529 Bases
IP 66 according to IEC 60529 and EN 60529 Cat.No 0589 38
IP 55 according to IEC 60529 and EN 60529
IK 08 according to EN 50102
Interlocked switch sockets with DIN rail
IP 44 A B C D IP 66 A B C D
Cat.No Cat.No
LV 16 A
T
2P+ 0566 40/41 290 125 155 135 0566 60/61 300 125 155 135
LV 32 A
T
2P+ 0566 49 295 125 155 145 0566 69 310 125 155 145
T
3P+ 0572 53 295 125 155 145 0572 73 310 125 155 145
Cat.No 0577 20
T
3P+N+ 0572 54 295 125 155 145 0572 74 310 125 155 144
IP 44 A B C D IP 55 A B C D
Cat.No Cat.No
LV 16 A
T
2P+ 0566 00/01 220 125 127 122 0566 20/21 220 125 133 128
0572 00/01 0572 20/21
T
3P+N+ 0572 06 220 125 130 125 0572 26 220 125 135 130
LV 32 A
T
2P+ 0566 09 220 125 138 133 0566 29 220 125 143 138
0572 09 0572 29
T
3P+ 0566 13 220 125 138 133 0566 33 220 125 143 138 Cat.No 0577 05
0572 13 0572 33
T
3P+N+ 0566 14 220 125 139 134 0566 34 220 125 144 139
0572 14 0572 34
IP 66 - LV 63 A
Without protection With empty Din rail -
Cat.Nos 0572 98 and 0589 10 Cat.Nos 0589 18 and 0572 99
5
Faceplates
Cat.No 0577 12 Cat.No 0577 13 Cat.No 0577 17
Cat.No 0577 03
70
Dimensions
Prisinter - panel mounting sockets - LV 16-32-63 A External screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contacts
According to IEC/EN 605 29 Max terminal connection:
ELV 16/32 A: 1 x 10 mm2 flexible
16-32 A IP 44 connected with an IP 44 plug LV 16 A: 1 x 2.5 mm2 flexible
IP 55 connected with an IP 66/67-55 Hypra plug LV 32 A: 1 x 6 mm2 flexible
IP 55 cover closed LV 63 A: 1 x 16 mm2 flexible
63 A IP 44 connected with any plug LV 125 A: 1 x 50 mm2 flexible
IP 55 cover closed
Dust resistance IP may be increased by rubber push-button (on request)
Icc 10 kA according to CEI 60309-1 Straight plugs IP 44
IK according to IEC 62262: Plastic = IK 09
Padlockable ELV and LV 16/32 A LV 63 A
Screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contacts
In case of extension, use a mobile Prisinter available on request
Notes : Colour
External screw in stainless steel Blue
Nickel plated contact 10 A 2P + T
250 V A Ivory
Blue
20 A 2P + T Ivory
20 A 3P + T Red
440 V A 3P + T
32 A Red
Pluge
6500 02
10 A 2P + T Pack - 1/10/100
250 V A 6500 22
Pack - 1/10/100
6500 08
20 A 2P + T Pack - 1/10/100
6500 28
Pack - 1/10/100
20 A 3P + T 6500 10
Pack - 1/10/100
440 V A 3P + T 6500 16
32 A Pack - 1/10/100
Sockets
6500 03
10 A 2P + T Pack - 1/10/100
250 V A 6500 23
Pack - 1/10/100
6500 09
20 A 2P + T Pack - 1/10/100
6500 29
Pack - 1/10/100
20 A 3P + T 6500 11
Pack - 1/10/100
440 V A 3P + T 6500 17
32 A Pack - 1/10/100
Dimensions
10 A/20 A 2P+E 20 A/32 A 3P+E
Plug Plug
A C A C A
B
B
Socket Socket
H H
E
N L
H
H
G G
E
E
D D
F
150
H
J
H
2
3
I, 4Nos. HOLE
EQUISPACED ON PCD J
I, 4 Nos. HOLES
Plug A B C D E F G H I J K
10 A - 2P+T 42.3 81.55 38 57 28 1.8 44 36.06 4 51 24.75
EQUISPACED ON PCD J
Click to
discover us
Surf the desired sections at the website
@ : www.legrand.co.in
picto guide-65767j.eps
597
Quality Certificate
a stamp of recognition
Our vision of achieving higher standards of quality has earned us the coveted ISO 14001: 2004 certification. The production
units of Legrand at Jalgaon and Sinnar has been assessed and approved by Bureau Vertias Quality International for
maintaining international quality standards in every stage of production. Our quest for quality doesn't end here. This
achievement has further inspired us to set higher standards of quality through innovation and advanced R&D activities.
Thereby assuring optimum consumer satisfaction.
598
0000000000000000000000000000000000000
current rating chart xxxxxxxx
for copper and aluminium
Estimated current ratings for copper and aluminium conductors, vulcanised rubber, PVC, or polythene
insulated cables (single, twin, three and four core)
Standard Continuous current rating* Standard
copper conductor (Subject to voltage drop) aluminium conductor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 .0015 1/.044 5 5 55 5 5
2 .002 3/.029 10 10 10.9 10 8/7 1.5 1/1.40
4 .0045 7/.029 20 20 15 20 15
5 20 20 17 20 14 4 1/2.24
6 27 27 24 27 19 6 1/2.80
7 .007 7/.036 28 28 25 28 20
8 34 34 31 34 25 10 1/3.55
9 .01 7/.044 36 36 32 36 25
11 .0225 7/.064 53 53 48 53 37
12 59 59 54 59 42 25 7/2.24
13 .03 19/.044 62 62 56 62 43
14 69 69 62 69 48 35 7/2.50
15 .04 19/.052 74 74 67 74 52
16 19 19 82 91 62 50 7/3.00
17 .06 19/.064 97 88 97 68 19/1.80
599
pour exemple
current carringXXXXXXxxxxxx
capacity chart
xxxxxxxx
for copper and aluminium busbars
600
Legrand worldwide
Algeria Denmark Mauritius Singapore
Legrand Electric Algrie Legrand Scandinavia Legrand Legrand (S) Pte Ltd
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
% : +213 23 23 04 12/13
www.legrandelectric.dz
% : +45 36 34 05 90
www.legrandgroup.dk pour exemple : xxxxxxx
% : +230 249 14 00
bureau.maurice@legrandelectric.com
% : +65 6416 1550
www.legrand.com.sg
xxxxxxxx
Australia Egypt xxxxxxxx
Mexico Slovakia
HPM/Legrand Australia EMB Electrical Industries SAE Bticino Legrand Kosice S.R.O.
% : +61 2 8719 4333 % : +202 35 36 00 00 % : +52 442 238 04 00 % : +421 2 32 153 601
www.legrand.com.au www.bticino.com www.bticino.com.mx www.legrand.sk
Austria Estonia Morocco
Legrand Slovenia
Legrand Austria GmbH Simapel Legrand SLV d.o.o.
% : +43 12 77 62 300 % : 372 68 27 268 % : +212 5 22 77 58 00 % : +386 1 562 01 70
www.legrand.at Finland www.legrand.ma info.slovenia@legrand.si
Azerbaijan Legrand
office.helsinki@legrandelectric.com Netherlands (The) South Africa
Legrand Legrand Nederland B.V. Legrand electrical accessories
% : 994 12 465 60 83 Germany
www.legrand.ru Legrand GmbH % : +31 411 653 111 % : +27 11 444 79 71
info@legrandnederland.nl www.legrand.co.za
Belarus % : +49 2921 104 317 New Caledonia
www.legrand.de Spain
Legrand SAS Legrand Pacifique
Ghana Legrand Group Espaa
% : +375 17 205 04 78/79 Legrand % : +687 462 818 % : +34 91 656 18 12
bureau.minsk@legrandelectric.com
% : +234 803 558 00 61 New Zealand www.legrand.es
Belgium office.ghana@legrandelectric.com HPM Legrand
Legrand Switzerland
Greece % : +64 9 44 20 824 Legrand (Suisse) S.A.
% : +32 2 719 17 11 Helliniki Legrand S.A. sales.auckland@legrand.co.nz
% : +41 56 464 67 67
www.legrand.be
Bosnia-Herzegovina
% : +30 210 67 97 500 Nigeria www.legrand.ch
www.legrand.gr Legrand
Legrand Thailand
% : +387 33 711 025 Hong Kong % : +234 803 558 00 61 Bticino (Thailand) Limited
Legrand (HK) Ltd office.nigeria@legrandelectric.com
www.legrand.ba % : +66 2 656 91 62-7
Brazil
% : +852 2687 4200 Peru bticino@zi-th.com
www.legrand.com.hk Ticino del Peru S.A.
Legrand Tunisia
Hungary % : +51 1242 60 00 Legrand
% : +55 11 5644 2400 Legrand Zrt www.bticino.com.pe
www.legrand.com.br
% : +36 63 510 200 % : +216 71 965 51 45
www.legrand.hu Philippines office.tunis@legrandelectric.com
Bulgaria Bticino Philippines Inc.
Legrand India Turkey
% : +359 2 489 92 97 Legrand (India) Pvt Ltd
% : +632 892 89 72 Legrand Elektrik San. A.S.
Fax: +632 892 89 71
bureau.sofia@legrandelectric.com % : +91 022 3041 6200 Poland
% : +90 262 648 90 00
Cameroon www.legrand.co.in www.legrand.com.tr
Legrand Legrand Polska Sp. z o.o.
Indonesia U.A.E.
% : +237 95 57 44 31 PT Legrand Indonesia % : +48 74 816 2300 Legrand SNC FZE
office.cameroun@legrandelectric.com www.legrand.pl
% : +62 21 525 06 08 Portugal
% : +971 4 3821 821
Canada office.indonesie@legrandelectric.com www.legrand.ae
Legrand Canada Ireland Legrand Elctrica S.A.
Ukraine
% : +1 905 738 91 21 Legrand Electric Ltd % : +351 214 548 800 Legrand Ukraine Ltd
www.legrand.pt
www.legrand.ca % : +44 121 515 0514 % : +38 044 494 00 10
Chile www.legrand.ie Qatar www.legrand.ua
Legrand Electro Andina Ltda (EAL) Italy Legrand
United Kingdom
% : +56 2 550 51 00 Bticino Spa % : +974 4 402 30 18 Legrand Electric Ltd
www.legrand.cl % : +39 02 3480 1 Fax: +974 4 436 66 73
www.bticino.it Reunion
% : +44 870 608 9000
China www.legrand.co.uk
Legrand China Head Office Jordan Legrand
United States
% : +8621 52110111 Legrand % : +33 2 62 90 01 80 Legrand North America
www.legrandgroup.cn % : +962 6 465 5902 bureau.reunion@legrandelectric.com
office.amman@legrandelectric.com Romania % : +1 860 523 3644
Colombia www.legrand.us
Legrand Colombia S.A. Kazakhstan Legrand Romania SRL
Legrand Kazakhstan LLP % : +40 21 232 07 77 Uzbekistan
% : +571 437 67 00/30 % : +7 727 226 26 25/27/28/29/30 www.legrand.ro Legrand
www.legrand.com.co
bureau.almaty@legrandelectric.com % : +998 71 14 80 948/23 89 948
Congo & DR Congo Russia www.legrand.ru
Korea Legrand
Legrand Anam Legrand Co. Ltd
% : +7 495 660 75 50/60 Venezuela
% : +242 068532032 % : +82 31 292 3055 www.legrand.ru Ticino De Venezuela C.A.
office.congo@legrandelectric.com www.anamlegrand.co.kr
Costa Rica Saudi Arabia % : +58 212 361 33 33
Lebanon www.bticino.com.ve
Legrand Costa Rica Legrand Legrand
% : +506 22 98 56 00 % : +966 2 261 96 96 Vietnam
legrand.cr@legrandelectric.com % : +961 1 422 166 office.jeddah@legrandelectric.com Legrand Vietnam
office.lebanon@legrandelectric.com
Croatia Lithuania Senegal % : +848 39 207 674
Legrand office.vietnam@legrand.com.vn
Legrand SNC Legrand
% : +385 1 606 43 50 % : +221 33 865 00 01 West Indies (The)
legrand@legrand.hr
% : +370 5 235 65 00 office.senegal@legrandelectric.com Legrand
office.vilnius@legrandelectric.com
Czech Republic Malaysia Serbia % : 33 5 90 86 18 53
Legrand s.r.o. Legrand Electric d.o.o. bureau.antilles@legrandelectric.com
Legrand
% : +420 246 007 668 % : +603 8962 3333 % : +381 11 383 50 60 Other countries :
www.legrand.cz www.legrand.com.my bureau.belgrade@legrandelectric.com www.legrand.com
2013
Group Net Sales: 4 460 Million H
Breakdown:
France: 21 %
Italy: 11 %
Other European countries: 18 %
US/Canada: 17 %
Rest of the world: 33 %
Number of employees: close to 36 000 Legrand SNC
35catalogues published snc with capital of 6 200 000 euros
in 25languages RCS Limoges 389 290 586
601
Branch offices Area offices
7. SCO 1-2-3, 17. ABC Business Club 16,
19
Second Floor, Sector 17B,
7 Tagore Villa,
17
Chandigarh - 160 017.
Chakrata Road,
Tel : (0172) 305 8631 / 32 / 33 / 34 / 35
8 18
21 20
Fax : (0172) 501 9008 Dehradun - 248 001.
Uttaranchal.
9
8. 507-510, Vth Floor, Soni Paris Point, Tel : (0135) 271 5189 / 248 001
15
Jai Singh Highway, Banipark,
14 24 Jaipur - 302 016. 18. Cabin No.104/105,
10 6 Telefax : (0141) 511 3129 Trade Point,
23
16 9. 504, Sakar IV, Ground Floor,
Opp. M. J. Library, Ellis Bridge, Saran Chamber 1,
11
Ahmedabad - 380 006. Gujarat 5, Park Road, Hazratganj,
13
Tel : (079) 2658 6561 / 2 Lucknow - 226 001.
12 22
Fax : (079) 2658 6563 Tel : (0522) 223 9044 / 7285
10. 402, Swastik Chambers, Fax : (0522) 223 9124
Head office Near Ashwamegh Marriage Hall,
19. Cabin No. 9,
1. 61 & 62, 6th Floor, Behind HP Petrol Pump,
Off Karve Road, Erandwane, Second Floor,
Kalpataru Square, Kondivita Road, Madhok Trade Centre,
Off Andheri-Kurla Road, Andheri (E), Pune - 411 004.
Tel : (020) 6729 5600 / 601 Madhok Complex,
Mumbai - 400 059.
Fax : (020) 6729 5604 Ferozpur Road,
Tel : (022) 3041 6200
Ludhiana - 141 001.
Fax : (022) 3041 6201 11. IInd Floor, Al-Latheef Building,
Website : www.legrand.co.in Tel/Fax No.: (0161) 277 0301 / 304
2/1, Union Street, Off. Infantry Road,
Bangalore 560 001. 20. House No. 97,
Regional sales offices Tel : (080) 2286 1081, 4113 3293 / 4
2014-2015
Ground Floor,
Fax : (080) 2286 1078
2. A-25, Mohan Co-operative Rajgarh Main Road,
Industrial Estate, Mathura Road, 12. No. 36/2178, Syda Building, 2nd Floor, Opp. City Heart Nursing Home,
New Delhi - 110 044. Kaloor Kadavanthra Road, Kaloor, Guwahati - 781 007.
Tel : (011) 2699 0028 / 29 / 30, 3990 2200 Kochi 682 017. Tel : (0361) 245 8498
Fax : (011) 2699 0047 Tel : (0484) 234 2921, 658 0921
Fax : (0484) 233 3921 21. 94, Udham Singh Sarani,
3. Bhakta Towers, 2nd & 3rd Floor,
Plot No. KB 22, Salt Lake, Sector - 3, 13. B-15, Thirumalai Towers, Ground Floor,
Kolkata - 700 098. IV-D, Fourth Floor, Ashrampara,
Tel : (033) 4021 3535 / 36 723, Avanashi Road, Siliguri - 734 001.
Fax : (033) 4021 3537 Coimbatore 641 018. Tel : 94341 91635 / 98009 77780
Tel : (0422) 650 2728, 222 3634 / 0283
4. 34, 3rd Floor, Kalpataru Square, 22. Aparna Towers,
Fax : (0422) 222 3164
Kondivita Road, Off Andheri-Kurla Road, 1st Floor,
Andheri (East), 14. Plot No.95, II Floor, Shreyash Heights,
2/3, Bypass Road,
Mumbai - 400 059. Ramdas Peth, VIP Road,
Madurai 625 010.
Tel : (022) 3385 6200 Nagpur - 440 010.
Fax : (022) 3385 6201 Telefax : (0452) 230 8414
Tel : (0712) 662 7857 / 58
Fax : (0712) 662 7859
5. Gee Gee Universal, 23. 404, Eshwar Plaza,
8th Floor, Door No. 2, 18/1 & 18/2, 15. 204-205, Megapolis Square, Dwaraka Nagar,
Catalogue
McNichols Road, Chetput, 579, M G Road, Main Road,
Chennai 600 031. Indore - 452 001. Vishakhapatnam 530 020.
MC14-15/10000/05/2015
Tel : (044) 3024 7200, 2836 4165 / 67 / 68 Tel : (0731) 393 1650 / 51 / 52
2014
Tel : (0891) 663 5652
Fax: (044) 2836 4169 Fax : (0731) 393 1653 Fax : (0891) 663 9363
6. 205-208, 2nd Floor, Block - II, 16. MF-2, Dattas Lords House,
White House, Kundan Bagh, Begumpet, Jammi Chettu Street, 24. Plot No. 359,
2015
Hyderabad 500 016. Vijayawada 520 010. Saheed Nagar, 2nd Floor,
Tel : (040) 2341 4398 / 67, 4567 1717 Tel : (0866) 661 1393, 664 6393 Bhubaneswar - 751 007.
Fax : (040) 6636 6974 Fax : (0866) 669 9393 Tel : (0674) 254 0623
customer.care@legrand.co.in